From 208b100df2ce7f22fc4208b807cda340591d24c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: cristy Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2011 18:51:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] --- MagickCore/cache.c | 15 +- index.html | 2 +- www/ImageMagickObject.html | 2 +- www/advanced-unix-installation.html | 2 +- www/advanced-windows-installation.html | 2 +- www/animate.html | 2 +- www/api.html | 2 +- www/api/animate.html | 27 +- www/api/annotate.html | 164 +- www/api/attribute.html | 163 +- www/api/blob.html | 181 +- www/api/cache-view.html | 401 +- www/api/cache.html | 337 +- www/api/cipher.html | 192 +- www/api/color.html | 261 +- www/api/colormap.html | 47 +- www/api/compare.html | 158 +- www/api/composite.html | 69 +- www/api/constitute.html | 171 +- www/api/decorate.html | 78 +- www/api/deprecate.html | 2 +- www/api/display.html | 78 +- www/api/distort.html | 97 +- www/api/draw.html | 213 +- www/api/drawing-wand.html | 2831 +----------- www/api/effect.html | 467 +- www/api/enhance.html | 462 +- www/api/exception.html | 293 +- www/api/feature.html | 37 +- www/api/fourier.html | 58 +- www/api/fx.html | 533 +-- www/api/histogram.html | 145 +- www/api/image-view.html | 469 +- www/api/image.html | 885 +--- www/api/layer.html | 259 +- www/api/list.html | 517 +-- www/api/magick-deprecate.html | 2 +- www/api/magick-image.html | 5755 +----------------------- www/api/magick-property.html | 1428 +----- www/api/magick-wand.html | 454 +- www/api/magick.html | 80 +- www/api/memory.html | 238 +- www/api/module.html | 348 +- www/api/mogrify.html | 50 +- www/api/monitor.html | 70 +- www/api/montage.html | 94 +- www/api/morphology.html | 470 +- www/api/paint.html | 157 +- www/api/pixel-iterator.html | 333 +- www/api/pixel-wand.html | 1241 +---- www/api/profile.html | 211 +- www/api/property.html | 231 +- www/api/quantize.html | 314 +- www/api/registry.html | 151 +- www/api/resize.html | 257 +- www/api/resource.html | 158 +- www/api/segment.html | 37 +- www/api/shear.html | 106 +- www/api/signature.html | 23 +- www/api/statistic.html | 201 +- www/api/stream.html | 51 +- www/api/transform.html | 355 +- www/api/version.html | 121 +- www/api/wand-view.html | 415 +- www/architecture.html | 2 +- www/binary-releases.html | 2 +- www/changelog.html | 1999 +++++++- www/color.html | 2 +- www/command-line-options.html | 2 +- www/command-line-processing.html | 2 +- www/command-line-tools.html | 2 +- www/compare.html | 2 +- www/compose.html | 2 +- www/composite.html | 2 +- www/conjure.html | 2 +- www/contact.html | 2 +- www/convert.html | 2 +- www/display.html | 2 +- www/download.html | 2 +- www/escape.html | 2 +- www/examples.html | 2 +- www/exception.html | 2 +- www/export.html | 2 +- www/formats.html | 2 +- www/fx.html | 2 +- www/high-dynamic-range.html | 2 +- www/identify.html | 2 +- www/index.html | 2 +- www/install-source.html | 2 +- www/jp2.html | 2 +- www/links.html | 2 +- www/magick++.html | 2 +- www/magick-vector-graphics.html | 2 +- www/magick-wand.html | 2 +- www/miff.html | 2 +- www/montage.html | 2 +- www/motion-picture.html | 2 +- www/perl-magick.html | 2 +- www/porting.html | 2 +- www/quantize.html | 2 +- www/resources.html | 2 +- www/search.html | 2 +- www/sitemap.html | 2 +- www/sponsors.html | 2 +- www/stream.html | 2 +- www/subversion.html | 2 +- 106 files changed, 2212 insertions(+), 22842 deletions(-) diff --git a/MagickCore/cache.c b/MagickCore/cache.c index 874c63055..368d228cc 100644 --- a/MagickCore/cache.c +++ b/MagickCore/cache.c @@ -1026,8 +1026,7 @@ static MagickBooleanType UnoptimizedPixelCacheClone(CacheInfo *clone_info, blob,length); else { - count=WritePixelCacheRegion(clone_info,clone_offset,length, - blob); + count=WritePixelCacheRegion(clone_info,clone_offset,length,blob); if ((MagickSizeType) count != length) { status=MagickFalse; @@ -1145,8 +1144,7 @@ static MagickBooleanType UnoptimizedPixelCacheClone(CacheInfo *clone_info, blob,length); else { - count=WritePixelCacheRegion(clone_info,clone_offset,length, - blob); + count=WritePixelCacheRegion(clone_info,clone_offset,length,blob); if ((MagickSizeType) count != length) { status=MagickFalse; @@ -1998,7 +1996,7 @@ static Cache GetImagePixelCache(Image *image,const MagickBooleanType clone, time_limit = 0; static time_t - cache_genesis = 0; + cache_timestamp = 0; status=MagickTrue; LockSemaphoreInfo(image->semaphore); @@ -2028,10 +2026,10 @@ static Cache GetImagePixelCache(Image *image,const MagickBooleanType clone, Set the exire time in seconds. */ time_limit=GetMagickResourceLimit(TimeResource); - cache_genesis=time((time_t *) NULL); + cache_timestamp=time((time_t *) NULL); } if ((time_limit != MagickResourceInfinity) && - ((MagickSizeType) (time((time_t *) NULL)-cache_genesis) >= time_limit)) + ((MagickSizeType) (time((time_t *) NULL)-cache_timestamp) >= time_limit)) ThrowFatalException(ResourceLimitFatalError,"TimeLimitExceeded"); assert(image->cache != (Cache) NULL); cache_info=(CacheInfo *) image->cache; @@ -3278,7 +3276,8 @@ MagickExport const Quantum *GetVirtualPixelsFromNexus(const Image *image, case GrayVirtualPixelMethod: { for (i=0; i < (ssize_t) cache_info->number_channels; i++) - SetPixelChannel(image,(PixelChannel) i,QuantumRange/2,virtual_pixel); + SetPixelChannel(image,(PixelChannel) i,QuantumRange/2, + virtual_pixel); SetPixelAlpha(image,OpaqueAlpha,virtual_pixel); break; } diff --git a/index.html b/index.html index 4e18eadb2..f154a86ee 100644 --- a/index.html +++ b/index.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/ImageMagickObject.html b/www/ImageMagickObject.html index 6c82e0c1d..a1785cd98 100644 --- a/www/ImageMagickObject.html +++ b/www/ImageMagickObject.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/advanced-unix-installation.html b/www/advanced-unix-installation.html index e652822d2..60ab40fde 100644 --- a/www/advanced-unix-installation.html +++ b/www/advanced-unix-installation.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/advanced-windows-installation.html b/www/advanced-windows-installation.html index e27622e54..5a5277fce 100644 --- a/www/advanced-windows-installation.html +++ b/www/advanced-windows-installation.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/animate.html b/www/animate.html index 4b2a7655b..a118438c2 100644 --- a/www/animate.html +++ b/www/animate.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/api.html b/www/api.html index 3dab60e93..0935127cc 100644 --- a/www/api.html +++ b/www/api.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/api/animate.html b/www/api/animate.html index c9837a7bd..ef3f3ad9c 100644 --- a/www/api/animate.html +++ b/www/api/animate.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,30 +215,9 @@
-

Module animate Methods

-

[AnimateImages]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AnimateImages

-
- -

AnimateImages() repeatedly displays an image sequence to any X window screen. It returns a value other than 0 if successful. Check the exception member of image to determine the reason for any failure.

- -

The format of the AnimateImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType AnimateImages(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/annotate.html b/www/api/annotate.html index 84df1fe67..13276de06 100644 --- a/www/api/annotate.html +++ b/www/api/annotate.html @@ -215,169 +215,9 @@
-

Module annotate Methods

-

[AnnotateImage • FormatMagickCaption • GetMultilineTypeMetrics • GetTypeMetrics]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AnnotateImage

-
- -

AnnotateImage() annotates an image with text. Optionally you can include any of the following bits of information about the image by embedding the appropriate special characters:

- -
-      b   file size in bytes.
-      c   comment.
-      d   directory in which the image resides.
-      e   extension of the image file.
-      f   original filename of the image.
-      h   height of image.
-      i   filename of the image.
-      k   number of unique colors.
-      l   image label.
-      m   image file format.
-      n   number of images in a image sequence.
-      o   output image filename.
-      p   page number of the image.
-      q   image depth (8 or 16).
-      q   image depth (8 or 16).
-      s   image scene number.
-      t   image filename without any extension.
-      u   a unique temporary filename.
-      w   image width.
-      x   x resolution of the image.
-      y   y resolution of the image.
-
- -

The format of the AnnotateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType AnnotateImage(Image *image,DrawInfo *draw_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
-

FormatMagickCaption

-
- -

FormatMagickCaption() formats a caption so that it fits within the image width. It returns the number of lines in the formatted caption.

- -

The format of the FormatMagickCaption method is:

- -
-  ssize_t FormatMagickCaption(Image *image,DrawInfo *draw_info,
-    const MagickBooleanType split,TypeMetric *metrics,char **caption)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

The image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
split
-

when no convenient line breaks-- insert newline.

- -
metrics
-

Return the font metrics in this structure.

- -
caption
-

the caption.

- -
-

GetMultilineTypeMetrics

-
- -

GetMultilineTypeMetrics() returns the following information for the specified font and text:

- -
-      character width
-      character height
-      ascender
-      descender
-      text width
-      text height
-      maximum horizontal advance
-      bounds: x1
-      bounds: y1
-      bounds: x2
-      bounds: y2
-      origin: x
-      origin: y
-      underline position
-      underline thickness
-
- -

This method is like GetTypeMetrics() but it returns the maximum text width and height for multiple lines of text.

- -

The format of the GetMultilineTypeMetrics method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetMultilineTypeMetrics(Image *image,
-    const DrawInfo *draw_info,TypeMetric *metrics)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
metrics
-

Return the font metrics in this structure.

- -
-

GetTypeMetrics

-
- -

GetTypeMetrics() returns the following information for the specified font and text:

- -
-      character width
-      character height
-      ascender
-      descender
-      text width
-      text height
-      maximum horizontal advance
-      bounds: x1
-      bounds: y1
-      bounds: x2
-      bounds: y2
-      origin: x
-      origin: y
-      underline position
-      underline thickness
-
- -

The format of the GetTypeMetrics method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetTypeMetrics(Image *image,const DrawInfo *draw_info,
-    TypeMetric *metrics)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
metrics
-

Return the font metrics in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/attribute.html b/www/api/attribute.html index d6e085dee..cd90d95a9 100644 --- a/www/api/attribute.html +++ b/www/api/attribute.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,166 +215,9 @@
-

Module attribute Methods

-

[GetImageDepth • GetImageQuantumDepth • GetImageType • IsImageGray • IsImageMonochrome • IsImageOpaque • SetImageDepth]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

GetImageDepth

-
- -

GetImageDepth() returns the depth of a particular image channel.

- -

The format of the GetImageDepth method is:

- -
-  size_t GetImageDepth(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetImageQuantumDepth

-
- -

GetImageQuantumDepth() returns the depth of the image rounded to a legal quantum depth: 8, 16, or 32.

- -

The format of the GetImageQuantumDepth method is:

- -
-  size_t GetImageQuantumDepth(const Image *image,
-    const MagickBooleanType constrain)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
constrain
-

A value other than MagickFalse, constrains the depth to a maximum of MAGICKCORE_QUANTUM_DEPTH.

- -
-

GetImageType

-
- -

GetImageType() returns the potential type of image:

- -

Bilevel Grayscale GrayscaleMatte Palette PaletteMatte TrueColor TrueColorMatte ColorSeparation ColorSeparationMatte

- -

To ensure the image type matches its potential, use SetImageType():

- -
-      (void) SetImageType(image,GetImageType(image));
-
- -

The format of the GetImageType method is:

- -
-  ImageType GetImageType(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

IsImageGray

-
- -

IsImageGray() returns MagickTrue if all the pixels in the image have the same red, green, and blue intensities.

- -

The format of the IsImageGray method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsImageGray(const Image *image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

IsImageMonochrome

-
- -

IsImageMonochrome() returns MagickTrue if all the pixels in the image have the same red, green, and blue intensities and the intensity is either 0 or QuantumRange.

- -

The format of the IsImageMonochrome method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsImageMonochrome(const Image *image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

IsImageOpaque

-
- -

IsImageOpaque() returns MagickTrue if none of the pixels in the image have an opacity value other than opaque (0).

- -

The format of the IsImageOpaque method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsImageOpaque(const Image *image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SetImageDepth

-
- -

SetImageDepth() sets the depth of the image.

- -

The format of the SetImageDepth method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageDepth(Image *image,const size_t depth)
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageDepth(Image *image,
-    const ChannelType channel,const size_t depth)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
channel
-

the channel.

- -
depth
-

the image depth.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/blob.html b/www/api/blob.html index 77c61507a..84e572092 100644 --- a/www/api/blob.html +++ b/www/api/blob.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,184 +215,9 @@
-

Module blob Methods

-

[BlobToImage • FileToImage • GetBlobProperties • ImageToBlob • ImageToFile • ImagesToBlob • InjectImageBlob]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

BlobToImage

-
- -

BlobToImage() implements direct to memory image formats. It returns the blob as an image.

- -

The format of the BlobToImage method is:

- -
-  Image *BlobToImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,const void *blob,
-    const size_t length,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
blob
-

the address of a character stream in one of the image formats understood by ImageMagick.

- -
length
-

This size_t integer reflects the length in bytes of the blob.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

FileToImage

-
- -

FileToImage() write the contents of a file to an image.

- -

The format of the FileToImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType FileToImage(Image *,const char *filename)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
filename
-

the filename.

- -
-

GetBlobProperties

-
- -

GetBlobProperties() returns information about an image blob.

- -

The format of the GetBlobProperties method is:

- -
-  const struct stat *GetBlobProperties(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

ImageToBlob

-
- -

ImageToBlob() implements direct to memory image formats. It returns the image as a formatted blob and its length. The magick member of the Image structure determines the format of the returned blob (GIF, JPEG, PNG, etc.). This method is the equivalent of WriteImage(), but writes the formatted "file" to a memory buffer rather than to an actual file.

- -

The format of the ImageToBlob method is:

- -
-  unsigned char *ImageToBlob(const ImageInfo *image_info,Image *image,
-    size_t *length,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
length
-

This pointer to a size_t integer sets the initial length of the blob. On return, it reflects the actual length of the blob.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ImageToFile

-
- -

ImageToFile() writes an image to a file. It returns MagickFalse if an error occurs otherwise MagickTrue.

- -

The format of the ImageToFile method is:

- -
-   MagickBooleanType ImageToFile(Image *image,char *filename,
-     ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
filename
-

Write the image to this file.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ImagesToBlob

-
- -

ImagesToBlob() implements direct to memory image formats. It returns the image sequence as a blob and its length. The magick member of the ImageInfo structure determines the format of the returned blob (GIF, JPEG, PNG, etc.)

- -

Note, some image formats do not permit multiple images to the same image stream (e.g. JPEG). in this instance, just the first image of the sequence is returned as a blob.

- -

The format of the ImagesToBlob method is:

- -
-  unsigned char *ImagesToBlob(const ImageInfo *image_info,Image *images,
-    size_t *length,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
length
-

This pointer to a size_t integer sets the initial length of the blob. On return, it reflects the actual length of the blob.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

InjectImageBlob

-
- -

InjectImageBlob() injects the image with a copy of itself in the specified format (e.g. inject JPEG into a PDF image).

- -

The format of the InjectImageBlob method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType InjectImageBlob(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    Image *image,Image *inject_image,const char *format,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info..

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
inject_image
-

inject into the image stream.

- -
format
-

the image format.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/cache-view.html b/www/api/cache-view.html index c8b51f05b..e978acff6 100644 --- a/www/api/cache-view.html +++ b/www/api/cache-view.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,404 +215,9 @@
-

Module cache-view Methods

-

[AcquireCacheView • CloneCacheView • DestroyCacheView • GetCacheViewColorspace • GetCacheViewException • GetCacheViewStorageClass • GetCacheViewAuthenticPixels • GetCacheViewAuthenticMetacontent • GetCacheViewAuthenticPixelQueue • GetCacheViewVirtualMetacontent • GetCacheViewVirtualPixelQueue • GetCacheViewVirtualPixels • GetOneCacheViewAuthenticPixel • GetOneCacheViewVirtualPixel • GetOneCacheViewVirtualMethodPixel • QueueCacheViewAuthenticPixels • SetCacheViewStorageClass • SetCacheViewVirtualPixelMethod • SyncCacheViewAuthenticPixels]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquireCacheView

-
- -

AcquireCacheView() acquires a view into the pixel cache, using the VirtualPixelMethod that is defined within the given image itself.

- -

The format of the AcquireCacheView method is:

- -
-  CacheView *AcquireCacheView(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

CloneCacheView

-
- -

CloneCacheView() makes an exact copy of the specified cache view.

- -

The format of the CloneCacheView method is:

- -
-  CacheView *CloneCacheView(const CacheView *cache_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
-

DestroyCacheView

-
- -

DestroyCacheView() destroys the specified view returned by a previous call to AcquireCacheView().

- -

The format of the DestroyCacheView method is:

- -
-  CacheView *DestroyCacheView(CacheView *cache_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
-

GetCacheViewColorspace

-
- -

GetCacheViewColorspace() returns the image colorspace associated with the specified view.

- -

The format of the GetCacheViewColorspace method is:

- -
-  ColorspaceType GetCacheViewColorspace(const CacheView *cache_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
-

GetCacheViewException

-
- -

GetCacheViewException() returns the image exception associated with the specified view.

- -

The format of the GetCacheViewException method is:

- -
-  ExceptionInfo GetCacheViewException(const CacheView *cache_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
-

GetCacheViewStorageClass

-
- -

GetCacheViewStorageClass() returns the image storage class associated with the specified view.

- -

The format of the GetCacheViewStorageClass method is:

- -
-  ClassType GetCacheViewStorageClass(const CacheView *cache_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
-

GetCacheViewAuthenticPixels

-
- -

GetCacheViewAuthenticPixels() gets pixels from the in-memory or disk pixel cache as defined by the geometry parameters. A pointer to the pixels is returned if the pixels are transferred, otherwise a NULL is returned.

- -

The format of the GetCacheViewAuthenticPixels method is:

- -
-  Quantum *GetCacheViewAuthenticPixels(CacheView *cache_view,
-    const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
x,y,columns,rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a region of pixels.

- -
-

GetCacheViewAuthenticMetacontent

-
- -

GetCacheViewAuthenticMetacontent() returns the meta-content corresponding with the last call to SetCacheViewIndexes() or GetCacheViewAuthenticMetacontent(). The meta-content are authentic and can be updated.

- -

The format of the GetCacheViewAuthenticMetacontent() method is:

- -
-  void *GetCacheViewAuthenticMetacontent(CacheView *cache_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
-

GetCacheViewAuthenticPixelQueue

-
- -

GetCacheViewAuthenticPixelQueue() returns the pixels associated with the last call to QueueCacheViewAuthenticPixels() or GetCacheViewAuthenticPixels(). The pixels are authentic and therefore can be updated.

- -

The format of the GetCacheViewAuthenticPixelQueue() method is:

- -
-  Quantum *GetCacheViewAuthenticPixelQueue(CacheView *cache_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
-

GetCacheViewVirtualMetacontent

-
- -

GetCacheViewVirtualMetacontent() returns the meta-content corresponding with the last call to GetCacheViewVirtualMetacontent(). The meta-content is virtual and therefore cannot be updated.

- -

The format of the GetCacheViewVirtualMetacontent() method is:

- -
-  const void *GetCacheViewVirtualMetacontent(
-    const CacheView *cache_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
-

GetCacheViewVirtualPixelQueue

-
- -

GetCacheViewVirtualPixelQueue() returns the the pixels associated with the last call to GetCacheViewVirtualPixels(). The pixels are virtual and therefore cannot be updated.

- -

The format of the GetCacheViewVirtualPixelQueue() method is:

- -
-  const Quantum *GetCacheViewVirtualPixelQueue(
-    const CacheView *cache_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
-

GetCacheViewVirtualPixels

-
- -

GetCacheViewVirtualPixels() gets virtual pixels from the in-memory or disk pixel cache as defined by the geometry parameters. A pointer to the pixels is returned if the pixels are transferred, otherwise a NULL is returned.

- -

The format of the GetCacheViewVirtualPixels method is:

- -
-  const Quantum *GetCacheViewVirtualPixels(
-    const CacheView *cache_view,const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
x,y,columns,rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a region of pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetOneCacheViewAuthenticPixel

-
- -

GetOneCacheViewAuthenticPixel() returns a single pixel at the specified (x,y) location. The image background color is returned if an error occurs.

- -

The format of the GetOneCacheViewAuthenticPixel method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleaNType GetOneCacheViewAuthenticPixel(
-    const CacheView *cache_view,const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,
-    PixelPacket *pixel,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
x,y
-

These values define the offset of the pixel.

- -
pixel
-

return a pixel at the specified (x,y) location.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetOneCacheViewVirtualPixel

-
- -

GetOneCacheViewVirtualPixel() returns a single pixel at the specified (x,y) location. The image background color is returned if an error occurs. If you plan to modify the pixel, use GetOneCacheViewAuthenticPixel() instead.

- -

The format of the GetOneCacheViewVirtualPixel method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetOneCacheViewVirtualPixel(
-    const CacheView *cache_view,const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,
-    PixelPacket *pixel,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
x,y
-

These values define the offset of the pixel.

- -
pixel
-

return a pixel at the specified (x,y) location.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetOneCacheViewVirtualMethodPixel

-
- -

GetOneCacheViewVirtualMethodPixel() returns a single virtual pixel at the specified (x,y) location. The image background color is returned if an error occurs. If you plan to modify the pixel, use GetOneCacheViewAuthenticPixel() instead.

- -

The format of the GetOneCacheViewVirtualPixel method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetOneCacheViewVirtualMethodPixel(
-    const CacheView *cache_view,
-    const VirtualPixelMethod virtual_pixel_method,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,PixelPacket *pixel,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
virtual_pixel_method
-

the virtual pixel method.

- -
x,y
-

These values define the offset of the pixel.

- -
pixel
-

return a pixel at the specified (x,y) location.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

QueueCacheViewAuthenticPixels

-
- -

QueueCacheViewAuthenticPixels() queues authentic pixels from the in-memory or disk pixel cache as defined by the geometry parameters. A pointer to the pixels is returned if the pixels are transferred, otherwise a NULL is returned.

- -

The format of the QueueCacheViewAuthenticPixels method is:

- -
-  Quantum *QueueCacheViewAuthenticPixels(CacheView *cache_view,
-    const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
x,y,columns,rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a region of pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SetCacheViewStorageClass

-
- -

SetCacheViewStorageClass() sets the image storage class associated with the specified view.

- -

The format of the SetCacheViewStorageClass method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetCacheViewStorageClass(CacheView *cache_view,
-    const ClassType storage_class)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
storage_class
-

the image storage class: PseudoClass or DirectClass.

- -
-

SetCacheViewVirtualPixelMethod

-
- -

SetCacheViewVirtualPixelMethod() sets the virtual pixel method associated with the specified cache view.

- -

The format of the SetCacheViewVirtualPixelMethod method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetCacheViewVirtualPixelMethod(CacheView *cache_view,
-    const VirtualPixelMethod virtual_pixel_method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
virtual_pixel_method
-

the virtual pixel method.

- -
-

SyncCacheViewAuthenticPixels

-
- -

SyncCacheViewAuthenticPixels() saves the cache view pixels to the in-memory or disk cache. It returns MagickTrue if the pixel region is flushed, otherwise MagickFalse.

- -

The format of the SyncCacheViewAuthenticPixels method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SyncCacheViewAuthenticPixels(CacheView *cache_view,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
cache_view
-

the cache view.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/cache.html b/www/api/cache.html index b664f6787..2a0320577 100644 --- a/www/api/cache.html +++ b/www/api/cache.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,340 +215,9 @@
-

Module cache Methods

-

[AcquirePixelCacheNexus • GetAuthenticMetacontent • GetAuthenticPixelQueue • GetAuthenticPixels • GetOneAuthenticPixel • GetOneVirtualMagickPixel • GetOneVirtualMethodPixel • GetOneVirtualPixel • GetVirtualMetacontent • GetVirtualPixelQueue • GetVirtualPixels • QueueAuthenticPixels • SetPixelCacheVirtualMethod • SyncAuthenticPixels]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquirePixelCacheNexus

-
- -

AcquirePixelCacheNexus() allocates the NexusInfo structure.

- -

The format of the AcquirePixelCacheNexus method is:

- -
-  NexusInfo **AcquirePixelCacheNexus(const size_t number_threads)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
number_threads
-

the number of nexus threads.

- -
-

GetAuthenticMetacontent

-
- -

GetAuthenticMetacontent() returns the authentic metacontent corresponding with the last call to QueueAuthenticPixels() or GetVirtualPixels(). NULL is returned if the associated pixels are not available.

- -

The format of the GetAuthenticMetacontent() method is:

- -
-  void *GetAuthenticMetacontent(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

GetAuthenticPixelQueue

-
- -

GetAuthenticPixelQueue() returns the authentic pixels associated corresponding with the last call to QueueAuthenticPixels() or GetAuthenticPixels().

- -

The format of the GetAuthenticPixelQueue() method is:

- -
-  Quantum *GetAuthenticPixelQueue(const Image image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

GetAuthenticPixels

-
- -

GetAuthenticPixels() obtains a pixel region for read/write access. If the region is successfully accessed, a pointer to a Quantum array representing the region is returned, otherwise NULL is returned.

- -

The returned pointer may point to a temporary working copy of the pixels or it may point to the original pixels in memory. Performance is maximized if the selected region is part of one row, or one or more full rows, since then there is opportunity to access the pixels in-place (without a copy) if the image is in memory, or in a memory-mapped file. The returned pointer must *never* be deallocated by the user.

- -

Pixels accessed via the returned pointer represent a simple array of type Quantum. If the image has corresponding metacontent,call GetAuthenticMetacontent() after invoking GetAuthenticPixels() to obtain the meta-content corresponding to the region. Once the Quantum array has been updated, the changes must be saved back to the underlying image using SyncAuthenticPixels() or they may be lost.

- -

The format of the GetAuthenticPixels() method is:

- -
-  Quantum *GetAuthenticPixels(Image *image,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,const size_t columns,const size_t rows,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
x,y,columns,rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a region of pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetOneAuthenticPixel

-
- -

GetOneAuthenticPixel() returns a single pixel at the specified (x,y) location. The image background color is returned if an error occurs.

- -

The format of the GetOneAuthenticPixel() method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetOneAuthenticPixel(const Image image,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,PixelPacket *pixel,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
x,y
-

These values define the location of the pixel to return.

- -
pixel
-

return a pixel at the specified (x,y) location.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetOneVirtualMagickPixel

-
- -

GetOneVirtualMagickPixel() returns a single pixel at the specified (x,y) location. The image background color is returned if an error occurs. If you plan to modify the pixel, use GetOneAuthenticPixel() instead.

- -

The format of the GetOneVirtualMagickPixel() method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetOneVirtualMagickPixel(const Image image,
-    const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,PixelInfo *pixel,
-    ExceptionInfo exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
x,y
-

these values define the location of the pixel to return.

- -
pixel
-

return a pixel at the specified (x,y) location.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetOneVirtualMethodPixel

-
- -

GetOneVirtualMethodPixel() returns a single pixel at the specified (x,y) location as defined by specified pixel method. The image background color is returned if an error occurs. If you plan to modify the pixel, use GetOneAuthenticPixel() instead.

- -

The format of the GetOneVirtualMethodPixel() method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetOneVirtualMethodPixel(const Image image,
-    const VirtualPixelMethod virtual_pixel_method,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,PixelPacket *pixel,ExceptionInfo exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
virtual_pixel_method
-

the virtual pixel method.

- -
x,y
-

These values define the location of the pixel to return.

- -
pixel
-

return a pixel at the specified (x,y) location.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetOneVirtualPixel

-
- -

GetOneVirtualPixel() returns a single virtual pixel at the specified (x,y) location. The image background color is returned if an error occurs. If you plan to modify the pixel, use GetOneAuthenticPixel() instead.

- -

The format of the GetOneVirtualPixel() method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetOneVirtualPixel(const Image image,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,PixelPacket *pixel,ExceptionInfo exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
x,y
-

These values define the location of the pixel to return.

- -
pixel
-

return a pixel at the specified (x,y) location.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetVirtualMetacontent

-
- -

GetVirtualMetacontent() returns the virtual metacontent corresponding with the last call to QueueAuthenticPixels() or GetVirtualPixels(). NULL is returned if the meta-content are not available.

- -

The format of the GetVirtualMetacontent() method is:

- -
-  const void *GetVirtualMetacontent(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

GetVirtualPixelQueue

-
- -

GetVirtualPixelQueue() returns the virtual pixels associated corresponding with the last call to QueueAuthenticPixels() or GetVirtualPixels().

- -

The format of the GetVirtualPixelQueue() method is:

- -
-  const Quantum *GetVirtualPixelQueue(const Image image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

GetVirtualPixels

-
- -

GetVirtualPixels() returns an immutable pixel region. If the region is successfully accessed, a pointer to it is returned, otherwise NULL is returned. The returned pointer may point to a temporary working copy of the pixels or it may point to the original pixels in memory. Performance is maximized if the selected region is part of one row, or one or more full rows, since there is opportunity to access the pixels in-place (without a copy) if the image is in memory, or in a memory-mapped file. The returned pointer must *never* be deallocated by the user.

- -

Pixels accessed via the returned pointer represent a simple array of type Quantum. If the image type is CMYK or the storage class is PseudoClass, call GetAuthenticMetacontent() after invoking GetAuthenticPixels() to access the meta-content (of type void) corresponding to the the region.

- -

If you plan to modify the pixels, use GetAuthenticPixels() instead.

- -

Note, the GetVirtualPixels() and GetAuthenticPixels() methods are not thread- safe. In a threaded environment, use GetCacheViewVirtualPixels() or GetCacheViewAuthenticPixels() instead.

- -

The format of the GetVirtualPixels() method is:

- -
-  const Quantum *GetVirtualPixels(const Image *image,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,const size_t columns,const size_t rows,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
x,y,columns,rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a region of pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

QueueAuthenticPixels

-
- -

QueueAuthenticPixels() queues a mutable pixel region. If the region is successfully initialized a pointer to a Quantum array representing the region is returned, otherwise NULL is returned. The returned pointer may point to a temporary working buffer for the pixels or it may point to the final location of the pixels in memory.

- -

Write-only access means that any existing pixel values corresponding to the region are ignored. This is useful if the initial image is being created from scratch, or if the existing pixel values are to be completely replaced without need to refer to their pre-existing values. The application is free to read and write the pixel buffer returned by QueueAuthenticPixels() any way it pleases. QueueAuthenticPixels() does not initialize the pixel array values. Initializing pixel array values is the application's responsibility.

- -

Performance is maximized if the selected region is part of one row, or one or more full rows, since then there is opportunity to access the pixels in-place (without a copy) if the image is in memory, or in a memory-mapped file. The returned pointer must *never* be deallocated by the user.

- -

Pixels accessed via the returned pointer represent a simple array of type Quantum. If the image type is CMYK or the storage class is PseudoClass, call GetAuthenticMetacontent() after invoking GetAuthenticPixels() to obtain the meta-content (of type void) corresponding to the region. Once the Quantum (and/or Quantum) array has been updated, the changes must be saved back to the underlying image using SyncAuthenticPixels() or they may be lost.

- -

The format of the QueueAuthenticPixels() method is:

- -
-  Quantum *QueueAuthenticPixels(Image *image,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,const size_t columns,const size_t rows,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
x,y,columns,rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a region of pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SetPixelCacheVirtualMethod

-
- -

SetPixelCacheVirtualMethod() sets the "virtual pixels" method for the pixel cache and returns the previous setting. A virtual pixel is any pixel access that is outside the boundaries of the image cache.

- -

The format of the SetPixelCacheVirtualMethod() method is:

- -
-  VirtualPixelMethod SetPixelCacheVirtualMethod(const Image *image,
-    const VirtualPixelMethod virtual_pixel_method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
virtual_pixel_method
-

choose the type of virtual pixel.

- -
-

SyncAuthenticPixels

-
- -

SyncAuthenticPixels() saves the image pixels to the in-memory or disk cache. The method returns MagickTrue if the pixel region is flushed, otherwise MagickFalse.

- -

The format of the SyncAuthenticPixels() method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SyncAuthenticPixels(Image *image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/cipher.html b/www/api/cipher.html index 6715700e0..746594709 100644 --- a/www/api/cipher.html +++ b/www/api/cipher.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,195 +215,9 @@
-

Module cipher Methods

-

[AcquireAESInfo • DestroyAESInfo • EncipherAESBlock • PasskeyDecipherImage • PasskeyEncipherImage • SetAESKey • PasskeyDecipherImage • PasskeyEncipherImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquireAESInfo

-
- -

AcquireAESInfo() allocate the AESInfo structure.

- -

The format of the AcquireAESInfo method is:

- -
-  AESInfo *AcquireAESInfo(void)
-
- -
-

DestroyAESInfo

-
- -

DestroyAESInfo() zeros memory associated with the AESInfo structure.

- -

The format of the DestroyAESInfo method is:

- -
-  AESInfo *DestroyAESInfo(AESInfo *aes_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
aes_info
-

the cipher context.

- -
-

EncipherAESBlock

-
- -

EncipherAESBlock() enciphers a single block of plaintext to produce a block of ciphertext.

- -

The format of the EncipherAESBlock method is:

- -
-  void EncipherAES(AESInfo *aes_info,const unsigned char *plaintext,
-    unsigned char *ciphertext)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
aes_info
-

the cipher context.

- -
plaintext
-

the plain text.

- -
ciphertext
-

the cipher text.

- -
-

PasskeyDecipherImage

-
- -

PasskeyDecipherImage() converts cipher pixels to plain pixels.

- -

The format of the PasskeyDecipherImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PasskeyDecipherImage(Image *image,
-    const StringInfo *passkey,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-  MagickBooleanType DecipherImage(Image *image,const char *passphrase,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
passphrase
-

decipher cipher pixels with this passphrase.

- -
passkey
-

decrypt cipher pixels with this passkey.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

PasskeyEncipherImage

-
- -

PasskeyEncipherImage() converts pixels to cipher-pixels.

- -

The format of the PasskeyEncipherImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PasskeyEncipherImage(Image *image,
-    const StringInfo *passkey,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-  MagickBooleanType EncipherImage(Image *image,const char *passphrase,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
passphrase
-

encipher pixels with this passphrase.

- -
passkey
-

decrypt cipher pixels with this passkey.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SetAESKey

-
- -

SetAESKey() sets the key for the AES cipher. The key length is specified in bits. Valid values are 128, 192, or 256 requiring a key buffer length in bytes of 16, 24, and 32 respectively.

- -

The format of the SetAESKey method is:

- -
-  SetAESKey(AESInfo *aes_info,const StringInfo *key)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
aes_info
-

the cipher context.

- -
key
-

the key.

- -
-

PasskeyDecipherImage

-
- -

PasskeyDecipherImage() converts cipher pixels to plain pixels.

- -

The format of the PasskeyDecipherImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PasskeyDecipherImage(Image *image,
-    const StringInfo *passkey,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-  MagickBooleanType DecipherImage(Image *image,const char *passphrase,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
passphrase
-

decipher cipher pixels with this passphrase.

- -
passkey
-

decrypt cipher pixels with this passkey.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

PasskeyEncipherImage

-
- -

PasskeyEncipherImage() converts pixels to cipher-pixels.

- -

The format of the PasskeyEncipherImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PasskeyEncipherImage(Image *image,
-    const StringInfo *passkey,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-  MagickBooleanType EncipherImage(Image *image,const char *passphrase,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
passphrase
-

decipher cipher pixels with this passphrase.

- -
passkey
-

decrypt cipher pixels with this passkey.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/color.html b/www/api/color.html index 8521a84cb..1f2b591c9 100644 --- a/www/api/color.html +++ b/www/api/color.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,264 +215,9 @@
-

Module color Methods

-

[GetColorInfoList • GetColorList • ListColorInfo • LoadColorList • QueryColorDatabase • QueryColorDatabase • QueryColorname • QueryMagickColorCompliance • QueryMagickColor • QueryMagickColorname]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

GetColorInfoList

-
- -

GetColorInfoList() returns any colors that match the specified pattern.

- -

The format of the GetColorInfoList function is:

- -
-  const ColorInfo **GetColorInfoList(const char *pattern,
-    size_t *number_colors,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_colors
-

This integer returns the number of colors in the list.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetColorList

-
- -

GetColorList() returns any colors that match the specified pattern.

- -

The format of the GetColorList function is:

- -
-  char **GetColorList(const char *pattern,size_t *number_colors,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_colors
-

This integer returns the number of colors in the list.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ListColorInfo

-
- -

ListColorInfo() lists color names to the specified file. Color names are a convenience. Rather than defining a color by its red, green, and blue intensities just use a color name such as white, blue, or yellow.

- -

The format of the ListColorInfo method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ListColorInfo(FILE *file,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
file
-

List color names to this file handle.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

LoadColorList

-
- -

LoadColorList() loads one or more color configuration file which provides a mapping between color attributes and a color name.

- -

The format of the LoadColorLists method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType LoadColorLists(const char *filename,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
filename
-

the font file name.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

QueryColorDatabase

-
- -

QueryColorDatabase() returns the red, green, blue, and opacity intensities for a given color name.

- -

The format of the QueryColorDatabase method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType QueryColorDatabase(const char *name,
-    const ComplianceType compliance,PixelPacket *color,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
name
-

the color name (e.g. white, blue, yellow).

- -
compliance
-

Adhere to this color standard: SVG, X11, or XPM.

- -
color
-

the red, green, blue, and opacity intensities values of the named color in this structure.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

QueryColorDatabase

-
- -

QueryColorDatabase() returns the red, green, blue, and opacity intensities for a given color name.

- -

The format of the QueryColorDatabase method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType QueryColorDatabase(const char *name,PixelPacket *color,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
name
-

the color name (e.g. white, blue, yellow).

- -
color
-

the red, green, blue, and opacity intensities values of the named color in this structure.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

QueryColorname

-
- -

QueryColorname() returns a named color for the given color intensity. If an exact match is not found, a rgb() color is returned instead.

- -

The format of the QueryColorname method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType QueryColorname(const Image *image,
-    const PixelPacket *color,const ComplianceType compliance,char *name,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
color
-

the color intensities.

- -
compliance
-

Adhere to this color standard: SVG, X11, or XPM.

- -
name
-

Return the color name or hex value.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

QueryMagickColorCompliance

-
- -

QueryMagickColorCompliance() returns the red, green, blue, and alpha intensities for a given color name and standards compliance.

- -

The format of the QueryMagickColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType QueryMagickColor(const char *name,
-    const ComplianceType compliance,PixelInfo *color,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
name
-

the color name (e.g. white, blue, yellow).

- -
compliance
-

Adhere to this color standard: SVG, X11, or XPM.

- -
color
-

the red, green, blue, and opacity intensities values of the named color in this structure.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

QueryMagickColor

-
- -

QueryMagickColor() returns the red, green, blue, and opacity intensities for a given color name.

- -

The format of the QueryMagickColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType QueryMagickColor(const char *name,
-    PixelInfo *color,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
name
-

the color name (e.g. white, blue, yellow).

- -
color
-

the red, green, blue, and opacity intensities values of the named color in this structure.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

QueryMagickColorname

-
- -

QueryMagickColorname() returns a named color for the given color intensity. If an exact match is not found, a hex value is returned instead. For example an intensity of rgb:(0,0,0) returns black whereas rgb:(223,223,223) returns #dfdfdf.

- -

The format of the QueryMagickColorname method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType QueryMagickColorname(const Image *image,
-    const PixelPacket *color,const ComplianceType compliance,char *name,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
color
-

the color intensities.

- -
Compliance
-

Adhere to this color standard: SVG, X11, or XPM.

- -
name
-

Return the color name or hex value.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/colormap.html b/www/api/colormap.html index f6e3b343e..74ff1d72c 100644 --- a/www/api/colormap.html +++ b/www/api/colormap.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,50 +215,9 @@
-

Module colormap Methods

-

[AcquireImageColormap • CycleColormap]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquireImageColormap

-
- -

AcquireImageColormap() allocates an image colormap and initializes it to a linear gray colorspace. If the image already has a colormap, it is replaced. AcquireImageColormap() returns MagickTrue if successful, otherwise MagickFalse if there is not enough memory.

- -

The format of the AcquireImageColormap method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType AcquireImageColormap(Image *image,
-    const size_t colors)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
colors
-

the number of colors in the image colormap.

- -
-

CycleColormap

-
- -

CycleColormap() displaces an image's colormap by a given number of positions. If you cycle the colormap a number of times you can produce a psychodelic effect.

- -

The format of the CycleColormapImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType CycleColormapImage(Image *image,const ssize_t displace)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
displace
-

displace the colormap this amount.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/compare.html b/www/api/compare.html index 39f347901..7f2b5fd51 100644 --- a/www/api/compare.html +++ b/www/api/compare.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,161 +215,9 @@
-

Module compare Methods

-

[CompareImages • GetImageDistortion • GetImageDistrortion • IsImagesEqual • SimilarityImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

CompareImages

-
- -

CompareImages() compares one or more pixel channels of an image to a reconstructed image and returns the difference image.

- -

The format of the CompareImages method is:

- -
-  Image *CompareImages(const Image *image,const Image *reconstruct_image,
-    const MetricType metric,double *distortion,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
reconstruct_image
-

the reconstruct image.

- -
metric
-

the metric.

- -
distortion
-

the computed distortion between the images.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetImageDistortion

-
- -

GetImageDistortion() compares one or more pixel channels of an image to a reconstructed image and returns the specified distortion metric.

- -

The format of the CompareImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageDistortion(const Image *image,
-    const Image *reconstruct_image,const MetricType metric,
-    double *distortion,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
reconstruct_image
-

the reconstruct image.

- -
metric
-

the metric.

- -
distortion
-

the computed distortion between the images.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetImageDistrortion

-
- -

GetImageDistrortion() compares the pixel channels of an image to a reconstructed image and returns the specified distortion metric for each channel.

- -

The format of the CompareImages method is:

- -
-  double *GetImageDistortions(const Image *image,
-    const Image *reconstruct_image,const MetricType metric,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
reconstruct_image
-

the reconstruct image.

- -
metric
-

the metric.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

IsImagesEqual

-
- -

IsImagesEqual() measures the difference between colors at each pixel location of two images. A value other than 0 means the colors match exactly. Otherwise an error measure is computed by summing over all pixels in an image the distance squared in RGB space between each image pixel and its corresponding pixel in the reconstruct image. The error measure is assigned to these image members:

- -
-      o mean_error_per_pixel:  The mean error for any single pixel in
-  the image.
-
- -
normalized_mean_error
-

The normalized mean quantization error for any single pixel in the image. This distance measure is normalized to a range between 0 and 1. It is independent of the range of red, green, and blue values in the image.

- -
normalized_maximum_error
-

The normalized maximum quantization error for any single pixel in the image. This distance measure is normalized to a range between 0 and 1. It is independent of the range of red, green, and blue values in your image.

- -

A small normalized mean square error, accessed as image->normalized_mean_error, suggests the images are very similar in spatial layout and color.

- -

The format of the IsImagesEqual method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsImagesEqual(Image *image,
-    const Image *reconstruct_image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
reconstruct_image
-

the reconstruct image.

- -
-

SimilarityImage

-
- -

SimilarityImage() compares the reference image of the image and returns the best match offset. In addition, it returns a similarity image such that an exact match location is completely white and if none of the pixels match, black, otherwise some gray level in-between.

- -

The format of the SimilarityImageImage method is:

- -
-  Image *SimilarityImage(const Image *image,const Image *reference,
-    RectangleInfo *offset,double *similarity,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
reference
-

find an area of the image that closely resembles this image.

- -

o the best match offset of the reference image within the image.

- -
similarity
-

the computed similarity between the images.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/composite.html b/www/api/composite.html index d6326b8f8..c82fb560d 100644 --- a/www/api/composite.html +++ b/www/api/composite.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,72 +215,9 @@
-

Module composite Methods

-

[CompositeImage • TextureImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

CompositeImage

-
- -

CompositeImage() returns the second image composited onto the first at the specified offset, using the specified composite method.

- -

The format of the CompositeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType CompositeImage(Image *image,
-    const CompositeOperator compose,Image *composite_image,
-    const ssize_t x_offset,const ssize_t y_offset)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the destination image, modified by he composition

- -
compose
-

This operator affects how the composite is applied to the image. The operators and how they are utilized are listed here http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG12/#compositing.

- -
composite_image
-

the composite (source) image.

- -
x_offset
-

the column offset of the composited image.

- -
y_offset
-

the row offset of the composited image.

- -

Extra Controls from Image meta-data in 'composite_image' (artifacts)

- -

o "compose:args" A string containing extra numerical arguments for specific compose methods, generally expressed as a 'geometry' or a comma separated list of numbers.

- -

Compose methods needing such arguments include "BlendCompositeOp" and "DisplaceCompositeOp".

- -

o "compose:outside-overlay" Modify how the composition is to effect areas not directly covered by the 'composite_image' at the offset given. Normally this is dependant on the 'compose' method, especially Duff-Porter methods.

- -

If set to "false" then disable all normal handling of pixels not covered by the composite_image. Typically used for repeated tiling of the composite_image by the calling API.

- -

Previous to IM v6.5.3-3 this was called "modify-outside-overlay"

- -
-

TextureImage

-
- -

TextureImage() repeatedly tiles the texture image across and down the image canvas.

- -

The format of the TextureImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType TextureImage(Image *image,const Image *texture)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
texture
-

This image is the texture to layer on the background.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/constitute.html b/www/api/constitute.html index 7787e2167..031402ded 100644 --- a/www/api/constitute.html +++ b/www/api/constitute.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,174 +215,9 @@
-

Module constitute Methods

-

[ConstituteImage • PingImage • PingImages • ReadImage • ReadImages • WriteImage • WriteImages]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

ConstituteImage

-
- -

ConstituteImage() returns an image from the pixel data you supply. The pixel data must be in scanline order top-to-bottom. The data can be char, short int, int, float, or double. Float and double require the pixels to be normalized [0..1], otherwise [0..QuantumRange]. For example, to create a 640x480 image from unsigned red-green-blue character data, use:

- -
-  image = ConstituteImage(640,480,"RGB",CharPixel,pixels,&exception);
-
- -

The format of the ConstituteImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ConstituteImage(const size_t columns,const size_t rows,
-    const char *map,const StorageType storage,const void *pixels,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
columns
-

width in pixels of the image.

- -
rows
-

height in pixels of the image.

- -
map
-

This string reflects the expected ordering of the pixel array. It can be any combination or order of R = red, G = green, B = blue, A = alpha (0 is transparent), O = opacity (0 is opaque), C = cyan, Y = yellow, M = magenta, K = black, I = intensity (for grayscale), P = pad.

- -
storage
-

Define the data type of the pixels. Float and double types are expected to be normalized [0..1] otherwise [0..QuantumRange]. Choose from these types: CharPixel, DoublePixel, FloatPixel, IntegerPixel, LongPixel, QuantumPixel, or ShortPixel.

- -
pixels
-

This array of values contain the pixel components as defined by map and type. You must preallocate this array where the expected length varies depending on the values of width, height, map, and type.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

PingImage

-
- -

PingImage() returns all the properties of an image or image sequence except for the pixels. It is much faster and consumes far less memory than ReadImage(). On failure, a NULL image is returned and exception describes the reason for the failure.

- -

The format of the PingImage method is:

- -
-  Image *PingImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

Ping the image defined by the file or filename members of this structure.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

PingImages

-
- -

PingImages() pings one or more images and returns them as an image list.

- -

The format of the PingImage method is:

- -
-  Image *PingImages(const ImageInfo *image_info,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ReadImage

-
- -

ReadImage() reads an image or image sequence from a file or file handle. The method returns a NULL if there is a memory shortage or if the image cannot be read. On failure, a NULL image is returned and exception describes the reason for the failure.

- -

The format of the ReadImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ReadImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

Read the image defined by the file or filename members of this structure.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ReadImages

-
- -

ReadImages() reads one or more images and returns them as an image list.

- -

The format of the ReadImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ReadImages(const ImageInfo *image_info,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

WriteImage

-
- -

WriteImage() writes an image or an image sequence to a file or file handle. If writing to a file is on disk, the name is defined by the filename member of the image structure. WriteImage() returns MagickFalse is there is a memory shortage or if the image cannot be written. Check the exception member of image to determine the cause for any failure.

- -

The format of the WriteImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType WriteImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

WriteImages

-
- -

WriteImages() writes an image sequence into one or more files. While WriteImage() can write an image sequence, it is limited to writing the sequence into a single file using a format which supports multiple frames. WriteImages(), however, does not have this limitation, instead it generates multiple output files if necessary (or when requested). When ImageInfo's adjoin flag is set to MagickFalse, the file name is expected to include a printf-style formatting string for the frame number (e.g. "image02d.png").

- -

The format of the WriteImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType WriteImages(const ImageInfo *image_info,Image *images,
-    const char *filename,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
filename
-

the image filename.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/decorate.html b/www/api/decorate.html index 03b643580..2d7835395 100644 --- a/www/api/decorate.html +++ b/www/api/decorate.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,81 +215,9 @@
-

Module decorate Methods

-

[BorderImage • FrameImage • RaiseImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

BorderImage

-
- -

BorderImage() surrounds the image with a border of the color defined by the bordercolor member of the image structure. The width and height of the border are defined by the corresponding members of the border_info structure.

- -

The format of the BorderImage method is:

- -
-  Image *BorderImage(const Image *image,const RectangleInfo *border_info,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
border_info
-

Define the width and height of the border.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

FrameImage

-
- -

FrameImage() adds a simulated three-dimensional border around the image. The color of the border is defined by the matte_color member of image. Members width and height of frame_info specify the border width of the vertical and horizontal sides of the frame. Members inner and outer indicate the width of the inner and outer shadows of the frame.

- -

The format of the FrameImage method is:

- -
-  Image *FrameImage(const Image *image,const FrameInfo *frame_info,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
frame_info
-

Define the width and height of the frame and its bevels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

RaiseImage

-
- -

RaiseImage() creates a simulated three-dimensional button-like effect by lightening and darkening the edges of the image. Members width and height of raise_info define the width of the vertical and horizontal edge of the effect.

- -

The format of the RaiseImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType RaiseImage(const Image *image,
-    const RectangleInfo *raise_info,const MagickBooleanType raise)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
raise_info
-

Define the width and height of the raise area.

- -
raise
-

A value other than zero creates a 3-D raise effect, otherwise it has a lowered effect.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/deprecate.html b/www/api/deprecate.html index 8fcca967b..64bf7ecbb 100644 --- a/www/api/deprecate.html +++ b/www/api/deprecate.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/api/display.html b/www/api/display.html index 878c09fe3..7f291dc6b 100644 --- a/www/api/display.html +++ b/www/api/display.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,81 +215,9 @@
-

Module display Methods

-

[DisplayImages • RemoteDisplayCommand • XDisplayBackgroundImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

DisplayImages

-
- -

DisplayImages() displays an image sequence to any X window screen. It returns a value other than 0 if successful. Check the exception member of image to determine the reason for any failure.

- -

The format of the DisplayImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DisplayImages(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

RemoteDisplayCommand

-
- -

RemoteDisplayCommand() encourages a remote display program to display the specified image filename.

- -

The format of the RemoteDisplayCommand method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType RemoteDisplayCommand(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    const char *window,const char *filename,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
window
-

Specifies the name or id of an X window.

- -
filename
-

the name of the image filename to display.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

XDisplayBackgroundImage

-
- -

XDisplayBackgroundImage() displays an image in the background of a window.

- -

The format of the XDisplayBackgroundImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType XDisplayBackgroundImage(Display *display,
-    XResourceInfo *resource_info,Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
display
-

Specifies a connection to an X server; returned from XOpenDisplay.

- -
resource_info
-

Specifies a pointer to a X11 XResourceInfo structure.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/distort.html b/www/api/distort.html index e3e18fac7..bc359bf8a 100644 --- a/www/api/distort.html +++ b/www/api/distort.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,100 +215,9 @@
-

Module distort Methods

-

[DistortImage • SparseColorImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

DistortImage

-
- -

DistortImage() distorts an image using various distortion methods, by mapping color lookups of the source image to a new destination image usally of the same size as the source image, unless 'bestfit' is set to true.

- -

If 'bestfit' is enabled, and distortion allows it, the destination image is adjusted to ensure the whole source 'image' will just fit within the final destination image, which will be sized and offset accordingly. Also in many cases the virtual offset of the source image will be taken into account in the mapping.

- -

If the '-verbose' control option has been set print to standard error the equicelent '-fx' formula with coefficients for the function, if practical.

- -

The format of the DistortImage() method is:

- -
-  Image *DistortImage(const Image *image,const DistortImageMethod method,
-    const size_t number_arguments,const double *arguments,
-    MagickBooleanType bestfit, ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image to be distorted.

- -
method
-

the method of image distortion.

- -

ArcDistortion always ignores source image offset, and always 'bestfit' the destination image with the top left corner offset relative to the polar mapping center.

- -

Affine, Perspective, and Bilinear, do least squares fitting of the distrotion when more than the minimum number of control point pairs are provided.

- -

Perspective, and Bilinear, fall back to a Affine distortion when less than 4 control point pairs are provided. While Affine distortions let you use any number of control point pairs, that is Zero pairs is a No-Op (viewport only) distortion, one pair is a translation and two pairs of control points do a scale-rotate-translate, without any shearing.

- -
number_arguments
-

the number of arguments given.

- -
arguments
-

an array of floating point arguments for this method.

- -
bestfit
-

Attempt to 'bestfit' the size of the resulting image. This also forces the resulting image to be a 'layered' virtual canvas image. Can be overridden using 'distort:viewport' setting.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure

- -

Extra Controls from Image meta-data (artifacts)...

- -

o "verbose" Output to stderr alternatives, internal coefficents, and FX equivalents for the distortion operation (if feasible). This forms an extra check of the distortion method, and allows users access to the internal constants IM calculates for the distortion.

- -

o "distort:viewport" Directly set the output image canvas area and offest to use for the resulting image, rather than use the original images canvas, or a calculated 'bestfit' canvas.

- -

o "distort:scale" Scale the size of the output canvas by this amount to provide a method of Zooming, and for super-sampling the results.

- -

Other settings that can effect results include

- -

o 'interpolate' For source image lookups (scale enlargements)

- -

o 'filter' Set filter to use for area-resampling (scale shrinking). Set to 'point' to turn off and use 'interpolate' lookup instead

- -
-

SparseColorImage

-
- -

SparseColorImage(), given a set of coordinates, interpolates the colors found at those coordinates, across the whole image, using various methods.

- -

The format of the SparseColorImage() method is:

- -
-  Image *SparseColorImage(const Image *image,
-    const SparseColorMethod method,const size_t number_arguments,
-    const double *arguments,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image to be filled in.

- -
method
-

the method to fill in the gradient between the control points.

- -

The methods used for SparseColor() are often simular to methods used for DistortImage(), and even share the same code for determination of the function coefficents, though with more dimensions (or resulting values).

- -
number_arguments
-

the number of arguments given.

- -
arguments
-

array of floating point arguments for this method-- x,y,color_values-- with color_values given as normalized values.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure

- -
diff --git a/www/api/draw.html b/www/api/draw.html index 6416ca802..a37ffbcbe 100644 --- a/www/api/draw.html +++ b/www/api/draw.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,216 +215,9 @@
-

Module draw Methods

-

[AcquireDrawInfo • CloneDrawInfo • DestroyDrawInfo • DrawAffineImage • DrawClipPath • DrawImage • DrawGradientImage • DrawPatternPath • DrawPrimitive • GetAffineMatrix]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquireDrawInfo

-
- -

AcquireDrawInfo() returns a DrawInfo structure properly initialized.

- -

The format of the AcquireDrawInfo method is:

- -
-  DrawInfo *AcquireDrawInfo(void)
-
- -
-

CloneDrawInfo

-
- -

CloneDrawInfo() makes a copy of the given draw info structure. If NULL is specified, a new image info structure is created initialized to default values.

- -

The format of the CloneDrawInfo method is:

- -
-  DrawInfo *CloneDrawInfo(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    const DrawInfo *draw_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
-

DestroyDrawInfo

-
- -

DestroyDrawInfo() deallocates memory associated with an DrawInfo structure.

- -

The format of the DestroyDrawInfo method is:

- -
-  DrawInfo *DestroyDrawInfo(DrawInfo *draw_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
-

DrawAffineImage

-
- -

DrawAffineImage() composites the source over the destination image as dictated by the affine transform.

- -

The format of the DrawAffineImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawAffineImage(Image *image,const Image *source,
-    const AffineMatrix *affine)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
source
-

the source image.

- -
affine
-

the affine transform.

- -
-

DrawClipPath

-
- -

DrawClipPath() draws the clip path on the image mask.

- -

The format of the DrawClipPath method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawClipPath(Image *image,const DrawInfo *draw_info,
-    const char *name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
name
-

the name of the clip path.

- -
-

DrawImage

-
- -

DrawImage() draws a graphic primitive on your image. The primitive may be represented as a string or filename. Precede the filename with an "at" sign (@) and the contents of the file are drawn on the image. You can affect how text is drawn by setting one or more members of the draw info structure.

- -

The format of the DrawImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawImage(Image *image,const DrawInfo *draw_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
-

DrawGradientImage

-
- -

DrawGradientImage() draws a linear gradient on the image.

- -

The format of the DrawGradientImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawGradientImage(Image *image,
-    const DrawInfo *draw_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
_info
-

the draw info.

- -
-

DrawPatternPath

-
- -

DrawPatternPath() draws a pattern.

- -

The format of the DrawPatternPath method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawPatternPath(Image *image,const DrawInfo *draw_info,
-    const char *name,Image **pattern)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
name
-

the pattern name.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

DrawPrimitive

-
- -

DrawPrimitive() draws a primitive (line, rectangle, ellipse) on the image.

- -

The format of the DrawPrimitive method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawPrimitive(Image *image,const DrawInfo *draw_info,
-    PrimitiveInfo *primitive_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
primitive_info
-

Specifies a pointer to a PrimitiveInfo structure.

- -
-

GetAffineMatrix

-
- -

GetAffineMatrix() returns an AffineMatrix initialized to the identity matrix.

- -

The format of the GetAffineMatrix method is:

- -
-  void GetAffineMatrix(AffineMatrix *affine_matrix)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
affine_matrix
-

the affine matrix.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/drawing-wand.html b/www/api/drawing-wand.html index 500fe7cdc..702793ac4 100644 --- a/www/api/drawing-wand.html +++ b/www/api/drawing-wand.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,2834 +215,9 @@
-

Module drawing-wand Methods

-

[ClearDrawingWand • CloneDrawingWand • DestroyDrawingWand • DrawAffine • DrawAnnotation • DrawArc • DrawBezier • DrawCircle • DrawClearException • DrawComposite • DrawColor • DrawComment • DrawEllipse • DrawGetBorderColor • DrawGetClipPath • DrawGetClipRule • DrawGetClipUnits • DrawGetException • DrawGetExceptionType • DrawGetFillColor • DrawGetFillOpacity • DrawGetFillRule • DrawGetFont • DrawGetFontFamily • DrawGetFontResolution • DrawGetFontSize • DrawGetFontStretch • DrawGetFontStyle • DrawGetFontWeight • DrawGetGravity • DrawGetOpacity • DrawGetStrokeAntialias • DrawGetStrokeColor • DrawGetStrokeDashArray • DrawGetStrokeDashOffset • DrawGetStrokeLineCap • DrawGetStrokeLineJoin • DrawGetStrokeMiterLimit • DrawGetStrokeOpacity • DrawGetStrokeWidth • DrawGetTextAlignment • DrawGetTextAntialias • DrawGetTextDecoration • DrawGetTextEncoding • DrawGetTextKerning • DrawGetTextInterwordSpacing • DrawGetTextInterwordSpacing • DrawGetVectorGraphics • DrawGetTextUnderColor • DrawLine • DrawMatte • DrawPathClose • DrawPathCurveToAbsolute • DrawPathCurveToRelative • DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute • DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative • DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute • DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute • DrawPathCurveToSmoothAbsolute • DrawPathCurveToSmoothRelative • DrawPathEllipticArcAbsolute • DrawPathEllipticArcRelative • DrawPathFinish • DrawPathLineToAbsolute • DrawPathLineToRelative • DrawPathLineToHorizontalAbsolute • DrawPathLineToHorizontalRelative • DrawPathLineToVerticalAbsolute • DrawPathLineToVerticalRelative • DrawPathMoveToAbsolute • DrawPathMoveToRelative • DrawPathStart • DrawPoint • DrawPolygon • DrawPolyline • DrawPopClipPath • DrawPopDefs • DrawPopPattern • DrawPushClipPath • DrawPushDefs • DrawPushPattern • DrawRectangle • DrawResetVectorGraphics • DrawRotate • DrawRoundRectangle • DrawScale • DrawSetBorderColor • DrawSetClipPath • DrawSetClipRule • DrawSetClipUnits • DrawSetFillColor • DrawSetFillOpacity • DrawSetFontResolution • DrawSetOpacity • DrawSetFillPatternURL • DrawSetFillRule • DrawSetFont • DrawSetFontFamily • DrawSetFontSize • DrawSetFontStretch • DrawSetFontStyle • DrawSetFontWeight • DrawSetGravity • DrawSetStrokeColor • DrawSetStrokePatternURL • DrawSetStrokeAntialias • DrawSetStrokeDashArray • DrawSetStrokeDashOffset • DrawSetStrokeLineCap • DrawSetStrokeLineJoin • DrawSetStrokeMiterLimit • DrawSetStrokeOpacity • DrawSetStrokeWidth • DrawSetTextAlignment • DrawSetTextAntialias • DrawSetTextDecoration • DrawSetTextEncoding • DrawSetTextKerning • DrawSetTextInterwordSpacing • DrawSetTextInterwordSpacing • DrawSetTextUnderColor • DrawSetVectorGraphics • DrawSkewX • DrawSkewY • DrawTranslate • DrawSetViewbox • IsDrawingWand • NewDrawingWand • PeekDrawingWand • PopDrawingWand • PushDrawingWand]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

ClearDrawingWand

-
- -

ClearDrawingWand() clears resources associated with the drawing wand.

- -

The format of the ClearDrawingWand method is:

- -
-  void ClearDrawingWand(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand to clear.

- -
-

CloneDrawingWand

-
- -

CloneDrawingWand() makes an exact copy of the specified wand.

- -

The format of the CloneDrawingWand method is:

- -
-  DrawingWand *CloneDrawingWand(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

DestroyDrawingWand

-
- -

DestroyDrawingWand() frees all resources associated with the drawing wand. Once the drawing wand has been freed, it should not be used and further unless it re-allocated.

- -

The format of the DestroyDrawingWand method is:

- -
-  DrawingWand *DestroyDrawingWand(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand to destroy.

- -
-

DrawAffine

-
- -

DrawAffine() adjusts the current affine transformation matrix with the specified affine transformation matrix. Note that the current affine transform is adjusted rather than replaced.

- -

The format of the DrawAffine method is:

- -
-  void DrawAffine(DrawingWand *wand,const AffineMatrix *affine)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

Drawing wand

- -
affine
-

Affine matrix parameters

- -
-

DrawAnnotation

-
- -

DrawAnnotation() draws text on the image.

- -

The format of the DrawAnnotation method is:

- -
-  void DrawAnnotation(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,
-    const double y,const unsigned char *text)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

x ordinate to left of text

- -
y
-

y ordinate to text baseline

- -
text
-

text to draw

- -
-

DrawArc

-
- -

DrawArc() draws an arc falling within a specified bounding rectangle on the image.

- -

The format of the DrawArc method is:

- -
-  void DrawArc(DrawingWand *wand,const double sx,const double sy,
-    const double ex,const double ey,const double sd,const double ed)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
sx
-

starting x ordinate of bounding rectangle

- -
sy
-

starting y ordinate of bounding rectangle

- -
ex
-

ending x ordinate of bounding rectangle

- -
ey
-

ending y ordinate of bounding rectangle

- -
sd
-

starting degrees of rotation

- -
ed
-

ending degrees of rotation

- -
-

DrawBezier

-
- -

DrawBezier() draws a bezier curve through a set of points on the image.

- -

The format of the DrawBezier method is:

- -
-  void DrawBezier(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const size_t number_coordinates,const PointInfo *coordinates)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
number_coordinates
-

number of coordinates

- -
coordinates
-

coordinates

- -
-

DrawCircle

-
- -

DrawCircle() draws a circle on the image.

- -

The format of the DrawCircle method is:

- -
-  void DrawCircle(DrawingWand *wand,const double ox,
-    const double oy,const double px, const double py)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
ox
-

origin x ordinate

- -
oy
-

origin y ordinate

- -
px
-

perimeter x ordinate

- -
py
-

perimeter y ordinate

- -
-

DrawClearException

-
- -

DrawClearException() clear any exceptions associated with the wand.

- -

The format of the DrawClearException method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawClearException(DrawWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawComposite

-
- -

DrawComposite() composites an image onto the current image, using the specified composition operator, specified position, and at the specified size.

- -

The format of the DrawComposite method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawComposite(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const CompositeOperator compose,const double x,
-    const double y,const double width,const double height,
-    MagickWand *magick_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
compose
-

composition operator

- -
x
-

x ordinate of top left corner

- -
y
-

y ordinate of top left corner

- -
width
-

Width to resize image to prior to compositing. Specify zero to use existing width.

- -
height
-

Height to resize image to prior to compositing. Specify zero to use existing height.

- -
magick_wand
-

Image to composite is obtained from this wand.

- -
-

DrawColor

-
- -

DrawColor() draws color on image using the current fill color, starting at specified position, and using specified paint method. The available paint methods are:

- -
-      PointMethod: Recolors the target pixel
-      ReplaceMethod: Recolor any pixel that matches the target pixel.
-      FloodfillMethod: Recolors target pixels and matching neighbors.
-      ResetMethod: Recolor all pixels.
-
- -

The format of the DrawColor method is:

- -
-  void DrawColor(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,const double y,
-    const PaintMethod paint_method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

x ordinate.

- -
y
-

y ordinate.

- -
paint_method
-

paint method.

- -
-

DrawComment

-
- -

DrawComment() adds a comment to a vector output stream.

- -

The format of the DrawComment method is:

- -
-  void DrawComment(DrawingWand *wand,const char *comment)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
comment
-

comment text

- -
-

DrawEllipse

-
- -

DrawEllipse() draws an ellipse on the image.

- -

The format of the DrawEllipse method is:

- -
-   void DrawEllipse(DrawingWand *wand,const double ox,const double oy,
-     const double rx,const double ry,const double start,const double end)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
ox
-

origin x ordinate

- -
oy
-

origin y ordinate

- -
rx
-

radius in x

- -
ry
-

radius in y

- -
start
-

starting rotation in degrees

- -
end
-

ending rotation in degrees

- -
-

DrawGetBorderColor

-
- -

DrawGetBorderColor() returns the border color used for drawing bordered objects.

- -

The format of the DrawGetBorderColor method is:

- -
-  void DrawGetBorderColor(const DrawingWand *wand,
-    PixelWand *border_color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
border_color
-

Return the border color.

- -
-

DrawGetClipPath

-
- -

DrawGetClipPath() obtains the current clipping path ID. The value returned must be deallocated by the user when it is no longer needed.

- -

The format of the DrawGetClipPath method is:

- -
-  char *DrawGetClipPath(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetClipRule

-
- -

DrawGetClipRule() returns the current polygon fill rule to be used by the clipping path.

- -

The format of the DrawGetClipRule method is:

- -
-       FillRule DrawGetClipRule(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetClipUnits

-
- -

DrawGetClipUnits() returns the interpretation of clip path units.

- -

The format of the DrawGetClipUnits method is:

- -
-  ClipPathUnits DrawGetClipUnits(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetException

-
- -

DrawGetException() returns the severity, reason, and description of any error that occurs when using other methods in this API.

- -

The format of the DrawGetException method is:

- -
-  char *DrawGetException(const DrawWand *wand,
-    ExceptionType *severity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
severity
-

the severity of the error is returned here.

- -
-

DrawGetExceptionType

-
- -

DrawGetExceptionType() the exception type associated with the wand. If no exception has occurred, UndefinedExceptionType is returned.

- -

The format of the DrawGetExceptionType method is:

- -
-  ExceptionType DrawGetExceptionType(const DrawWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

DrawGetFillColor

-
- -

DrawGetFillColor() returns the fill color used for drawing filled objects.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFillColor method is:

- -
-  void DrawGetFillColor(const DrawingWand *wand,
-    PixelWand *fill_color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
fill_color
-

Return the fill color.

- -
-

DrawGetFillOpacity

-
- -

DrawGetFillOpacity() returns the opacity used when drawing using the fill color or fill texture. Fully opaque is 1.0.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFillOpacity method is:

- -
-  double DrawGetFillOpacity(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetFillRule

-
- -

DrawGetFillRule() returns the fill rule used while drawing polygons.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFillRule method is:

- -
-  FillRule DrawGetFillRule(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetFont

-
- -

DrawGetFont() returns a null-terminaged string specifying the font used when annotating with text. The value returned must be freed by the user when no longer needed.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFont method is:

- -
-  char *DrawGetFont(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetFontFamily

-
- -

DrawGetFontFamily() returns the font family to use when annotating with text. The value returned must be freed by the user when it is no longer needed.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFontFamily method is:

- -
-  char *DrawGetFontFamily(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetFontResolution

-
- -

DrawGetFontResolution() gets the image X and Y resolution.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFontResolution method is:

- -
-  DrawBooleanType DrawGetFontResolution(const DrawingWand *wand,
-    double *x,double *y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the x-resolution.

- -
y
-

the y-resolution.

- -
-

DrawGetFontSize

-
- -

DrawGetFontSize() returns the font pointsize used when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFontSize method is:

- -
-  double DrawGetFontSize(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetFontStretch

-
- -

DrawGetFontStretch() returns the font stretch used when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFontStretch method is:

- -
-  StretchType DrawGetFontStretch(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetFontStyle

-
- -

DrawGetFontStyle() returns the font style used when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFontStyle method is:

- -
-  StyleType DrawGetFontStyle(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetFontWeight

-
- -

DrawGetFontWeight() returns the font weight used when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawGetFontWeight method is:

- -
-  size_t DrawGetFontWeight(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetGravity

-
- -

DrawGetGravity() returns the text placement gravity used when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawGetGravity method is:

- -
-  GravityType DrawGetGravity(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetOpacity

-
- -

DrawGetOpacity() returns the opacity used when drawing with the fill or stroke color or texture. Fully opaque is 1.0.

- -

The format of the DrawGetOpacity method is:

- -
-  double DrawGetOpacity(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetStrokeAntialias

-
- -

DrawGetStrokeAntialias() returns the current stroke antialias setting. Stroked outlines are antialiased by default. When antialiasing is disabled stroked pixels are thresholded to determine if the stroke color or underlying canvas color should be used.

- -

The format of the DrawGetStrokeAntialias method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawGetStrokeAntialias(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetStrokeColor

-
- -

DrawGetStrokeColor() returns the color used for stroking object outlines.

- -

The format of the DrawGetStrokeColor method is:

- -
-  void DrawGetStrokeColor(const DrawingWand *wand,
-  $  PixelWand *stroke_color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
stroke_color
-

Return the stroke color.

- -
-

DrawGetStrokeDashArray

-
- -

DrawGetStrokeDashArray() returns an array representing the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths (see DrawSetStrokeDashArray). The array must be freed once it is no longer required by the user.

- -

The format of the DrawGetStrokeDashArray method is:

- -
-  double *DrawGetStrokeDashArray(const DrawingWand *wand,
-    size_t *number_elements)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
number_elements
-

address to place number of elements in dash array

- -
-

DrawGetStrokeDashOffset

-
- -

DrawGetStrokeDashOffset() returns the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash.

- -

The format of the DrawGetStrokeDashOffset method is:

- -
-  double DrawGetStrokeDashOffset(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetStrokeLineCap

-
- -

DrawGetStrokeLineCap() returns the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. Values of LineCap are UndefinedCap, ButtCap, RoundCap, and SquareCap.

- -

The format of the DrawGetStrokeLineCap method is:

- -
-  LineCap DrawGetStrokeLineCap(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetStrokeLineJoin

-
- -

DrawGetStrokeLineJoin() returns the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. Values of LineJoin are UndefinedJoin, MiterJoin, RoundJoin, and BevelJoin.

- -

The format of the DrawGetStrokeLineJoin method is:

- -
-  LineJoin DrawGetStrokeLineJoin(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetStrokeMiterLimit

-
- -

DrawGetStrokeMiterLimit() returns the miter limit. When two line segments meet at a sharp angle and miter joins have been specified for 'lineJoin', it is possible for the miter to extend far beyond the thickness of the line stroking the path. The miterLimit' imposes a limit on the ratio of the miter length to the 'lineWidth'.

- -

The format of the DrawGetStrokeMiterLimit method is:

- -
-  size_t DrawGetStrokeMiterLimit(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetStrokeOpacity

-
- -

DrawGetStrokeOpacity() returns the opacity of stroked object outlines.

- -

The format of the DrawGetStrokeOpacity method is:

- -
-  double DrawGetStrokeOpacity(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetStrokeWidth

-
- -

DrawGetStrokeWidth() returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines.

- -

The format of the DrawGetStrokeWidth method is:

- -
-  double DrawGetStrokeWidth(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetTextAlignment

-
- -

DrawGetTextAlignment() returns the alignment applied when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawGetTextAlignment method is:

- -
-  AlignType DrawGetTextAlignment(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetTextAntialias

-
- -

DrawGetTextAntialias() returns the current text antialias setting, which determines whether text is antialiased. Text is antialiased by default.

- -

The format of the DrawGetTextAntialias method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawGetTextAntialias(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetTextDecoration

-
- -

DrawGetTextDecoration() returns the decoration applied when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawGetTextDecoration method is:

- -
-  DecorationType DrawGetTextDecoration(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetTextEncoding

-
- -

DrawGetTextEncoding() returns a null-terminated string which specifies the code set used for text annotations. The string must be freed by the user once it is no longer required.

- -

The format of the DrawGetTextEncoding method is:

- -
-  char *DrawGetTextEncoding(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetTextKerning

-
- -

DrawGetTextKerning() gets the spacing between characters in text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFontKerning method is:

- -
-  double DrawGetTextKerning(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetTextInterwordSpacing

-
- -

DrawGetTextInterwordSpacing() gets the spacing between lines in text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFontKerning method is:

- -
-  double DrawGetTextInterwordSpacing(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetTextInterwordSpacing

-
- -

DrawGetTextInterwordSpacing() gets the spacing between words in text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFontKerning method is:

- -
-  double DrawGetTextInterwordSpacing(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetVectorGraphics

-
- -

DrawGetVectorGraphics() returns a null-terminated string which specifies the vector graphics generated by any graphics calls made since the wand was instantiated. The string must be freed by the user once it is no longer required.

- -

The format of the DrawGetVectorGraphics method is:

- -
-  char *DrawGetVectorGraphics(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawGetTextUnderColor

-
- -

DrawGetTextUnderColor() returns the color of a background rectangle to place under text annotations.

- -

The format of the DrawGetTextUnderColor method is:

- -
-  void DrawGetTextUnderColor(const DrawingWand *wand,
-    PixelWand *under_color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
under_color
-

Return the under color.

- -
-

DrawLine

-
- -

DrawLine() draws a line on the image using the current stroke color, stroke opacity, and stroke width.

- -

The format of the DrawLine method is:

- -
-  void DrawLine(DrawingWand *wand,const double sx,const double sy,
-    const double ex,const double ey)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
sx
-

starting x ordinate

- -
sy
-

starting y ordinate

- -
ex
-

ending x ordinate

- -
ey
-

ending y ordinate

- -
-

DrawMatte

-
- -

DrawMatte() paints on the image's opacity channel in order to set effected pixels to transparent. to influence the opacity of pixels. The available paint methods are:

- -
-      PointMethod: Select the target pixel
-      ReplaceMethod: Select any pixel that matches the target pixel.
-      FloodfillMethod: Select the target pixel and matching neighbors.
-      FillToBorderMethod: Select the target pixel and neighbors not matching
-  border color.
-      ResetMethod: Select all pixels.
-
- -

The format of the DrawMatte method is:

- -
-  void DrawMatte(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,const double y,
-    const PaintMethod paint_method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

x ordinate

- -
y
-

y ordinate

- -
paint_method
-

paint method.

- -
-

DrawPathClose

-
- -

DrawPathClose() adds a path element to the current path which closes the current subpath by drawing a straight line from the current point to the current subpath's most recent starting point (usually, the most recent moveto point).

- -

The format of the DrawPathClose method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathClose(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawPathCurveToAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathCurveToAbsolute() draws a cubic Bezier curve from the current point to (x,y) using (x1,y1) as the control point at the beginning of the curve and (x2,y2) as the control point at the end of the curve using absolute coordinates. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.

- -

The format of the DrawPathCurveToAbsolute method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathCurveToAbsolute(DrawingWand *wand,const double x1,
-    const double y1,const double x2,const double y2,const double x,
-    const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x1
-

x ordinate of control point for curve beginning

- -
y1
-

y ordinate of control point for curve beginning

- -
x2
-

x ordinate of control point for curve ending

- -
y2
-

y ordinate of control point for curve ending

- -
x
-

x ordinate of the end of the curve

- -
y
-

y ordinate of the end of the curve

- -
-

DrawPathCurveToRelative

-
- -

DrawPathCurveToRelative() draws a cubic Bezier curve from the current point to (x,y) using (x1,y1) as the control point at the beginning of the curve and (x2,y2) as the control point at the end of the curve using relative coordinates. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.

- -

The format of the DrawPathCurveToRelative method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathCurveToRelative(DrawingWand *wand,const double x1,
-    const double y1,const double x2,const double y2,const double x,
-    const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x1
-

x ordinate of control point for curve beginning

- -
y1
-

y ordinate of control point for curve beginning

- -
x2
-

x ordinate of control point for curve ending

- -
y2
-

y ordinate of control point for curve ending

- -
x
-

x ordinate of the end of the curve

- -
y
-

y ordinate of the end of the curve

- -
-

DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute() draws a quadratic Bezier curve from the current point to (x,y) using (x1,y1) as the control point using absolute coordinates. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.

- -

The format of the DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double x1,const double y1,onst double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x1
-

x ordinate of the control point

- -
y1
-

y ordinate of the control point

- -
x
-

x ordinate of final point

- -
y
-

y ordinate of final point

- -
-

DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative

-
- -

DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative() draws a quadratic Bezier curve from the current point to (x,y) using (x1,y1) as the control point using relative coordinates. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.

- -

The format of the DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double x1,const double y1,const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x1
-

x ordinate of the control point

- -
y1
-

y ordinate of the control point

- -
x
-

x ordinate of final point

- -
y
-

y ordinate of final point

- -
-

DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute() draws a quadratic Bezier curve (using absolute coordinates) from the current point to (x,y). The control point is assumed to be the reflection of the control point on the previous command relative to the current point. (If there is no previous command or if the previous command was not a DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute, DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative, DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute or DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothRelative, assume the control point is coincident with the current point.). At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.

- -

The format of the DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute(
-    DrawingWand *wand,const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

x ordinate of final point

- -
y
-

y ordinate of final point

- -
-

DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute() draws a quadratic Bezier curve (using relative coordinates) from the current point to (x,y). The control point is assumed to be the reflection of the control point on the previous command relative to the current point. (If there is no previous command or if the previous command was not a DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute, DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative, DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute or DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothRelative, assume the control point is coincident with the current point.). At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.

- -

The format of the DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothRelative method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothRelative(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

x ordinate of final point

- -
y
-

y ordinate of final point

- -
-

DrawPathCurveToSmoothAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathCurveToSmoothAbsolute() draws a cubic Bezier curve from the current point to (x,y) using absolute coordinates. The first control point is assumed to be the reflection of the second control point on the previous command relative to the current point. (If there is no previous command or if the previous command was not an DrawPathCurveToAbsolute, DrawPathCurveToRelative, DrawPathCurveToSmoothAbsolute or DrawPathCurveToSmoothRelative, assume the first control point is coincident with the current point.) (x2,y2) is the second control point (i.e., the control point at the end of the curve). At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.

- -

The format of the DrawPathCurveToSmoothAbsolute method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathCurveToSmoothAbsolute(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double x2const double y2,const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x2
-

x ordinate of second control point

- -
y2
-

y ordinate of second control point

- -
x
-

x ordinate of termination point

- -
y
-

y ordinate of termination point

- -
-

DrawPathCurveToSmoothRelative

-
- -

DrawPathCurveToSmoothRelative() draws a cubic Bezier curve from the current point to (x,y) using relative coordinates. The first control point is assumed to be the reflection of the second control point on the previous command relative to the current point. (If there is no previous command or if the previous command was not an DrawPathCurveToAbsolute, DrawPathCurveToRelative, DrawPathCurveToSmoothAbsolute or DrawPathCurveToSmoothRelative, assume the first control point is coincident with the current point.) (x2,y2) is the second control point (i.e., the control point at the end of the curve). At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.

- -

The format of the DrawPathCurveToSmoothRelative method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathCurveToSmoothRelative(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double x2,const double y2,const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x2
-

x ordinate of second control point

- -
y2
-

y ordinate of second control point

- -
x
-

x ordinate of termination point

- -
y
-

y ordinate of termination point

- -
-

DrawPathEllipticArcAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathEllipticArcAbsolute() draws an elliptical arc from the current point to (x, y) using absolute coordinates. The size and orientation of the ellipse are defined by two radii (rx, ry) and an xAxisRotation, which indicates how the ellipse as a whole is rotated relative to the current coordinate system. The center (cx, cy) of the ellipse is calculated automagically to satisfy the constraints imposed by the other parameters. largeArcFlag and sweepFlag contribute to the automatic calculations and help determine how the arc is drawn. If largeArcFlag is true then draw the larger of the available arcs. If sweepFlag is true, then draw the arc matching a clock-wise rotation.

- -

The format of the DrawPathEllipticArcAbsolute method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathEllipticArcAbsolute(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double rx,const double ry,const double x_axis_rotation,
-    const MagickBooleanType large_arc_flag,
-    const MagickBooleanType sweep_flag,const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
rx
-

x radius

- -
ry
-

y radius

- -
x_axis_rotation
-

indicates how the ellipse as a whole is rotated relative to the current coordinate system

- -
large_arc_flag
-

If non-zero (true) then draw the larger of the available arcs

- -
sweep_flag
-

If non-zero (true) then draw the arc matching a clock-wise rotation

- - -
-

DrawPathEllipticArcRelative

-
- -

DrawPathEllipticArcRelative() draws an elliptical arc from the current point to (x, y) using relative coordinates. The size and orientation of the ellipse are defined by two radii (rx, ry) and an xAxisRotation, which indicates how the ellipse as a whole is rotated relative to the current coordinate system. The center (cx, cy) of the ellipse is calculated automagically to satisfy the constraints imposed by the other parameters. largeArcFlag and sweepFlag contribute to the automatic calculations and help determine how the arc is drawn. If largeArcFlag is true then draw the larger of the available arcs. If sweepFlag is true, then draw the arc matching a clock-wise rotation.

- -

The format of the DrawPathEllipticArcRelative method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathEllipticArcRelative(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double rx,const double ry,const double x_axis_rotation,
-    const MagickBooleanType large_arc_flag,
-    const MagickBooleanType sweep_flag,const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
rx
-

x radius

- -
ry
-

y radius

- -
x_axis_rotation
-

indicates how the ellipse as a whole is rotated relative to the current coordinate system

- -
large_arc_flag
-

If non-zero (true) then draw the larger of the available arcs

- -
sweep_flag
-

If non-zero (true) then draw the arc matching a clock-wise rotation

- -
-

DrawPathFinish

-
- -

DrawPathFinish() terminates the current path.

- -

The format of the DrawPathFinish method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathFinish(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawPathLineToAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathLineToAbsolute() draws a line path from the current point to the given coordinate using absolute coordinates. The coordinate then becomes the new current point.

- -

The format of the DrawPathLineToAbsolute method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathLineToAbsolute(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,
-    const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

target x ordinate

- -
y
-

target y ordinate

- -
-

DrawPathLineToRelative

-
- -

DrawPathLineToRelative() draws a line path from the current point to the given coordinate using relative coordinates. The coordinate then becomes the new current point.

- -

The format of the DrawPathLineToRelative method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathLineToRelative(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,
-    const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

target x ordinate

- -
y
-

target y ordinate

- -
-

DrawPathLineToHorizontalAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathLineToHorizontalAbsolute() draws a horizontal line path from the current point to the target point using absolute coordinates. The target point then becomes the new current point.

- -

The format of the DrawPathLineToHorizontalAbsolute method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathLineToHorizontalAbsolute(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const PathMode mode,const double x)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

target x ordinate

- -
-

DrawPathLineToHorizontalRelative

-
- -

DrawPathLineToHorizontalRelative() draws a horizontal line path from the current point to the target point using relative coordinates. The target point then becomes the new current point.

- -

The format of the DrawPathLineToHorizontalRelative method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathLineToHorizontalRelative(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double x)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

target x ordinate

- -
-

DrawPathLineToVerticalAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathLineToVerticalAbsolute() draws a vertical line path from the current point to the target point using absolute coordinates. The target point then becomes the new current point.

- -

The format of the DrawPathLineToVerticalAbsolute method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathLineToVerticalAbsolute(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
y
-

target y ordinate

- -
-

DrawPathLineToVerticalRelative

-
- -

DrawPathLineToVerticalRelative() draws a vertical line path from the current point to the target point using relative coordinates. The target point then becomes the new current point.

- -

The format of the DrawPathLineToVerticalRelative method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathLineToVerticalRelative(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
y
-

target y ordinate

- -
-

DrawPathMoveToAbsolute

-
- -

DrawPathMoveToAbsolute() starts a new sub-path at the given coordinate using absolute coordinates. The current point then becomes the specified coordinate.

- -

The format of the DrawPathMoveToAbsolute method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathMoveToAbsolute(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,
-    const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

target x ordinate

- -
y
-

target y ordinate

- -
-

DrawPathMoveToRelative

-
- -

DrawPathMoveToRelative() starts a new sub-path at the given coordinate using relative coordinates. The current point then becomes the specified coordinate.

- -

The format of the DrawPathMoveToRelative method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathMoveToRelative(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,
-    const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

target x ordinate

- -
y
-

target y ordinate

- -
-

DrawPathStart

-
- -

DrawPathStart() declares the start of a path drawing list which is terminated by a matching DrawPathFinish() command. All other DrawPath commands must be enclosed between a DrawPathStart() and a DrawPathFinish() command. This is because path drawing commands are subordinate commands and they do not function by themselves.

- -

The format of the DrawPathStart method is:

- -
-  void DrawPathStart(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawPoint

-
- -

DrawPoint() draws a point using the current fill color.

- -

The format of the DrawPoint method is:

- -
-  void DrawPoint(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

target x coordinate

- -
y
-

target y coordinate

- -
-

DrawPolygon

-
- -

DrawPolygon() draws a polygon using the current stroke, stroke width, and fill color or texture, using the specified array of coordinates.

- -

The format of the DrawPolygon method is:

- -
-  void DrawPolygon(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const size_t number_coordinates,const PointInfo *coordinates)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
number_coordinates
-

number of coordinates

- -
coordinates
-

coordinate array

- -
-

DrawPolyline

-
- -

DrawPolyline() draws a polyline using the current stroke, stroke width, and fill color or texture, using the specified array of coordinates.

- -

The format of the DrawPolyline method is:

- -
-  void DrawPolyline(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const size_t number_coordinates,const PointInfo *coordinates)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
number_coordinates
-

number of coordinates

- -
coordinates
-

coordinate array

- -
-

DrawPopClipPath

-
- -

DrawPopClipPath() terminates a clip path definition.

- -

The format of the DrawPopClipPath method is:

- -
-  void DrawPopClipPath(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawPopDefs

-
- -

DrawPopDefs() terminates a definition list.

- -

The format of the DrawPopDefs method is:

- -
-  void DrawPopDefs(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawPopPattern

-
- -

DrawPopPattern() terminates a pattern definition.

- -

The format of the DrawPopPattern method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawPopPattern(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawPushClipPath

-
- -

DrawPushClipPath() starts a clip path definition which is comprized of any number of drawing commands and terminated by a DrawPopClipPath() command.

- -

The format of the DrawPushClipPath method is:

- -
-  void DrawPushClipPath(DrawingWand *wand,const char *clip_mask_id)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
clip_mask_id
-

string identifier to associate with the clip path for later use.

- -
-

DrawPushDefs

-
- -

DrawPushDefs() indicates that commands up to a terminating DrawPopDefs() command create named elements (e.g. clip-paths, textures, etc.) which may safely be processed earlier for the sake of efficiency.

- -

The format of the DrawPushDefs method is:

- -
-  void DrawPushDefs(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawPushPattern

-
- -

DrawPushPattern() indicates that subsequent commands up to a DrawPopPattern() command comprise the definition of a named pattern. The pattern space is assigned top left corner coordinates, a width and height, and becomes its own drawing space. Anything which can be drawn may be used in a pattern definition. Named patterns may be used as stroke or brush definitions.

- -

The format of the DrawPushPattern method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawPushPattern(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const char *pattern_id,const double x,const double y,
-    const double width,const double height)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
pattern_id
-

pattern identification for later reference

- -
x
-

x ordinate of top left corner

- -
y
-

y ordinate of top left corner

- -
width
-

width of pattern space

- -
height
-

height of pattern space

- -
-

DrawRectangle

-
- -

DrawRectangle() draws a rectangle given two coordinates and using the current stroke, stroke width, and fill settings.

- -

The format of the DrawRectangle method is:

- -
-  void DrawRectangle(DrawingWand *wand,const double x1,
-    const double y1,const double x2,const double y2)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
x1
-

x ordinate of first coordinate

- -
y1
-

y ordinate of first coordinate

- -
x2
-

x ordinate of second coordinate

- -
y2
-

y ordinate of second coordinate

- -
-

DrawResetVectorGraphics

-
- -

DrawResetVectorGraphics() resets the vector graphics associated with the specified wand.

- -

The format of the DrawResetVectorGraphics method is:

- -
-  void DrawResetVectorGraphics(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

DrawRotate

-
- -

DrawRotate() applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space.

- -

The format of the DrawRotate method is:

- -
-  void DrawRotate(DrawingWand *wand,const double degrees)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
degrees
-

degrees of rotation

- -
-

DrawRoundRectangle

-
- -

DrawRoundRectangle() draws a rounted rectangle given two coordinates, x & y corner radiuses and using the current stroke, stroke width, and fill settings.

- -

The format of the DrawRoundRectangle method is:

- -
-  void DrawRoundRectangle(DrawingWand *wand,double x1,double y1,
-    double x2,double y2,double rx,double ry)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x1
-

x ordinate of first coordinate

- -
y1
-

y ordinate of first coordinate

- -
x2
-

x ordinate of second coordinate

- -
y2
-

y ordinate of second coordinate

- -
rx
-

radius of corner in horizontal direction

- -
ry
-

radius of corner in vertical direction

- -
-

DrawScale

-
- -

DrawScale() adjusts the scaling factor to apply in the horizontal and vertical directions to the current coordinate space.

- -

The format of the DrawScale method is:

- -
-  void DrawScale(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

horizontal scale factor

- -
y
-

vertical scale factor

- -
-

DrawSetBorderColor

-
- -

DrawSetBorderColor() sets the border color to be used for drawing bordered objects.

- -

The format of the DrawSetBorderColor method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetBorderColor(DrawingWand *wand,const PixelWand *border_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
border_wand
-

border wand.

- -
-

DrawSetClipPath

-
- -

DrawSetClipPath() associates a named clipping path with the image. Only the areas drawn on by the clipping path will be modified as ssize_t as it remains in effect.

- -

The format of the DrawSetClipPath method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawSetClipPath(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const char *clip_mask)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
clip_mask
-

name of clipping path to associate with image

- -
-

DrawSetClipRule

-
- -

DrawSetClipRule() set the polygon fill rule to be used by the clipping path.

- -

The format of the DrawSetClipRule method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetClipRule(DrawingWand *wand,const FillRule fill_rule)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
fill_rule
-

fill rule (EvenOddRule or NonZeroRule)

- -
-

DrawSetClipUnits

-
- -

DrawSetClipUnits() sets the interpretation of clip path units.

- -

The format of the DrawSetClipUnits method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetClipUnits(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const ClipPathUnits clip_units)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
clip_units
-

units to use (UserSpace, UserSpaceOnUse, or ObjectBoundingBox)

- -
-

DrawSetFillColor

-
- -

DrawSetFillColor() sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFillColor method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetFillColor(DrawingWand *wand,const PixelWand *fill_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
fill_wand
-

fill wand.

- -
-

DrawSetFillOpacity

-
- -

DrawSetFillOpacity() sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture. Fully opaque is 1.0.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFillOpacity method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetFillOpacity(DrawingWand *wand,const double fill_opacity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
fill_opacity
-

fill opacity

- -
-

DrawSetFontResolution

-
- -

DrawSetFontResolution() sets the image resolution.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFontResolution method is:

- -
-  DrawBooleanType DrawSetFontResolution(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double x_resolution,const doubtl y_resolution)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x_resolution
-

the image x resolution.

- -
y_resolution
-

the image y resolution.

- -
-

DrawSetOpacity

-
- -

DrawSetOpacity() sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill or stroke color or texture. Fully opaque is 1.0.

- -

The format of the DrawSetOpacity method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetOpacity(DrawingWand *wand,const double opacity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
opacity
-

fill opacity

- -
-

DrawSetFillPatternURL

-
- -

DrawSetFillPatternURL() sets the URL to use as a fill pattern for filling objects. Only local URLs ("#identifier") are supported at this time. These local URLs are normally created by defining a named fill pattern with DrawPushPattern/DrawPopPattern.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFillPatternURL method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawSetFillPatternURL(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const char *fill_url)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
fill_url
-

URL to use to obtain fill pattern.

- -
-

DrawSetFillRule

-
- -

DrawSetFillRule() sets the fill rule to use while drawing polygons.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFillRule method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetFillRule(DrawingWand *wand,const FillRule fill_rule)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
fill_rule
-

fill rule (EvenOddRule or NonZeroRule)

- -
-

DrawSetFont

-
- -

DrawSetFont() sets the fully-sepecified font to use when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFont method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawSetFont(DrawingWand *wand,const char *font_name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
font_name
-

font name

- -
-

DrawSetFontFamily

-
- -

DrawSetFontFamily() sets the font family to use when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFontFamily method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawSetFontFamily(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const char *font_family)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
font_family
-

font family

- -
-

DrawSetFontSize

-
- -

DrawSetFontSize() sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFontSize method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetFontSize(DrawingWand *wand,const double pointsize)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
pointsize
-

text pointsize

- -
-

DrawSetFontStretch

-
- -

DrawSetFontStretch() sets the font stretch to use when annotating with text. The AnyStretch enumeration acts as a wild-card "don't care" option.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFontStretch method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetFontStretch(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const StretchType font_stretch)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
font_stretch
-

font stretch (NormalStretch, UltraCondensedStretch, CondensedStretch, SemiCondensedStretch, SemiExpandedStretch, ExpandedStretch, ExtraExpandedStretch, UltraExpandedStretch, AnyStretch)

- -
-

DrawSetFontStyle

-
- -

DrawSetFontStyle() sets the font style to use when annotating with text. The AnyStyle enumeration acts as a wild-card "don't care" option.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFontStyle method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetFontStyle(DrawingWand *wand,const StyleType style)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
style
-

font style (NormalStyle, ItalicStyle, ObliqueStyle, AnyStyle)

- -
-

DrawSetFontWeight

-
- -

DrawSetFontWeight() sets the font weight to use when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetFontWeight method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetFontWeight(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const size_t font_weight)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
font_weight
-

font weight (valid range 100-900)

- -
-

DrawSetGravity

-
- -

DrawSetGravity() sets the text placement gravity to use when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetGravity method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetGravity(DrawingWand *wand,const GravityType gravity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
gravity
-

positioning gravity (NorthWestGravity, NorthGravity, NorthEastGravity, WestGravity, CenterGravity, EastGravity, SouthWestGravity, SouthGravity, SouthEastGravity)

- -
-

DrawSetStrokeColor

-
- -

DrawSetStrokeColor() sets the color used for stroking object outlines.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokeColor method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetStrokeColor(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *stroke_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
stroke_wand
-

stroke wand.

- -
-

DrawSetStrokePatternURL

-
- -

DrawSetStrokePatternURL() sets the pattern used for stroking object outlines.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokePatternURL method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawSetStrokePatternURL(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const char *stroke_url)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
stroke_url
-

URL specifying pattern ID (e.g. "#pattern_id")

- -
-

DrawSetStrokeAntialias

-
- -

DrawSetStrokeAntialias() controls whether stroked outlines are antialiased. Stroked outlines are antialiased by default. When antialiasing is disabled stroked pixels are thresholded to determine if the stroke color or underlying canvas color should be used.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokeAntialias method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetStrokeAntialias(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType stroke_antialias)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
stroke_antialias
-

set to false (zero) to disable antialiasing

- -
-

DrawSetStrokeDashArray

-
- -

DrawSetStrokeDashArray() specifies the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. The stroke dash array represents an array of numbers that specify the lengths of alternating dashes and gaps in pixels. If an odd number of values is provided, then the list of values is repeated to yield an even number of values. To remove an existing dash array, pass a zero number_elements argument and null dash_array. A typical stroke dash array might contain the members 5 3 2.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokeDashArray method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawSetStrokeDashArray(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const size_t number_elements,const double *dash_array)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
number_elements
-

number of elements in dash array

- -
dash_array
-

dash array values

- -
-

DrawSetStrokeDashOffset

-
- -

DrawSetStrokeDashOffset() specifies the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokeDashOffset method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetStrokeDashOffset(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double dash_offset)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
dash_offset
-

dash offset

- -
-

DrawSetStrokeLineCap

-
- -

DrawSetStrokeLineCap() specifies the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. Values of LineCap are UndefinedCap, ButtCap, RoundCap, and SquareCap.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokeLineCap method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetStrokeLineCap(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const LineCap linecap)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
linecap
-

linecap style

- -
-

DrawSetStrokeLineJoin

-
- -

DrawSetStrokeLineJoin() specifies the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. Values of LineJoin are UndefinedJoin, MiterJoin, RoundJoin, and BevelJoin.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokeLineJoin method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetStrokeLineJoin(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const LineJoin linejoin)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
linejoin
-

line join style

- -
-

DrawSetStrokeMiterLimit

-
- -

DrawSetStrokeMiterLimit() specifies the miter limit. When two line segments meet at a sharp angle and miter joins have been specified for 'lineJoin', it is possible for the miter to extend far beyond the thickness of the line stroking the path. The miterLimit' imposes a limit on the ratio of the miter length to the 'lineWidth'.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokeMiterLimit method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetStrokeMiterLimit(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const size_t miterlimit)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
miterlimit
-

miter limit

- -
-

DrawSetStrokeOpacity

-
- -

DrawSetStrokeOpacity() specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokeOpacity method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetStrokeOpacity(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double stroke_opacity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
stroke_opacity
-

stroke opacity. The value 1.0 is opaque.

- -
-

DrawSetStrokeWidth

-
- -

DrawSetStrokeWidth() sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines.

- -

The format of the DrawSetStrokeWidth method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetStrokeWidth(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double stroke_width)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
stroke_width
-

stroke width

- -
-

DrawSetTextAlignment

-
- -

DrawSetTextAlignment() specifies a text alignment to be applied when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetTextAlignment method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetTextAlignment(DrawingWand *wand,const AlignType alignment)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
alignment
-

text alignment. One of UndefinedAlign, LeftAlign, CenterAlign, or RightAlign.

- -
-

DrawSetTextAntialias

-
- -

DrawSetTextAntialias() controls whether text is antialiased. Text is antialiased by default.

- -

The format of the DrawSetTextAntialias method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetTextAntialias(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType text_antialias)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
text_antialias
-

antialias boolean. Set to false (0) to disable antialiasing.

- -
-

DrawSetTextDecoration

-
- -

DrawSetTextDecoration() specifies a decoration to be applied when annotating with text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetTextDecoration method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetTextDecoration(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const DecorationType decoration)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
decoration
-

text decoration. One of NoDecoration, UnderlineDecoration, OverlineDecoration, or LineThroughDecoration

- -
-

DrawSetTextEncoding

-
- -

DrawSetTextEncoding() specifies the code set to use for text annotations. The only character encoding which may be specified at this time is "UTF-8" for representing Unicode as a sequence of bytes. Specify an empty string to set text encoding to the system's default. Successful text annotation using Unicode may require fonts designed to support Unicode.

- -

The format of the DrawSetTextEncoding method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetTextEncoding(DrawingWand *wand,const char *encoding)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
encoding
-

character string specifying text encoding

- -
-

DrawSetTextKerning

-
- -

DrawSetTextKerning() sets the spacing between characters in text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetTextKerning method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetTextKerning(DrawingWand *wand,const double kerning)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
kerning
-

text kerning

- -
-

DrawSetTextInterwordSpacing

-
- -

DrawSetTextInterwordSpacing() sets the spacing between line in text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetInterwordSpacing method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetTextInterwordSpacing(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double interline_spacing)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
interline_spacing
-

text line spacing

- -
-

DrawSetTextInterwordSpacing

-
- -

DrawSetTextInterwordSpacing() sets the spacing between words in text.

- -

The format of the DrawSetInterwordSpacing method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetTextInterwordSpacing(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const double interword_spacing)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
interword_spacing
-

text word spacing

- -
-

DrawSetTextUnderColor

-
- -

DrawSetTextUnderColor() specifies the color of a background rectangle to place under text annotations.

- -

The format of the DrawSetTextUnderColor method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetTextUnderColor(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *under_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
under_wand
-

text under wand.

- -
-

DrawSetVectorGraphics

-
- -

DrawSetVectorGraphics() sets the vector graphics associated with the specified wand. Use this method with DrawGetVectorGraphics() as a method to persist the vector graphics state.

- -

The format of the DrawSetVectorGraphics method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DrawSetVectorGraphics(DrawingWand *wand,
-    const char *xml)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
xml
-

the drawing wand XML.

- -
-

DrawSkewX

-
- -

DrawSkewX() skews the current coordinate system in the horizontal direction.

- -

The format of the DrawSkewX method is:

- -
-  void DrawSkewX(DrawingWand *wand,const double degrees)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
degrees
-

number of degrees to skew the coordinates

- -
-

DrawSkewY

-
- -

DrawSkewY() skews the current coordinate system in the vertical direction.

- -

The format of the DrawSkewY method is:

- -
-  void DrawSkewY(DrawingWand *wand,const double degrees)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
degrees
-

number of degrees to skew the coordinates

- -
-

DrawTranslate

-
- -

DrawTranslate() applies a translation to the current coordinate system which moves the coordinate system origin to the specified coordinate.

- -

The format of the DrawTranslate method is:

- -
-  void DrawTranslate(DrawingWand *wand,const double x,
-    const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x
-

new x ordinate for coordinate system origin

- -
y
-

new y ordinate for coordinate system origin

- -
-

DrawSetViewbox

-
- -

DrawSetViewbox() sets the overall canvas size to be recorded with the drawing vector data. Usually this will be specified using the same size as the canvas image. When the vector data is saved to SVG or MVG formats, the viewbox is use to specify the size of the canvas image that a viewer will render the vector data on.

- -

The format of the DrawSetViewbox method is:

- -
-  void DrawSetViewbox(DrawingWand *wand,size_t x1,
-    size_t y1,size_t x2,size_t y2)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
x1
-

left x ordinate

- -
y1
-

top y ordinate

- -
x2
-

right x ordinate

- -
y2
-

bottom y ordinate

- -
-

IsDrawingWand

-
- -

IsDrawingWand() returns MagickTrue if the wand is verified as a drawing wand.

- -

The format of the IsDrawingWand method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsDrawingWand(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

NewDrawingWand

-
- -

NewDrawingWand() returns a drawing wand required for all other methods in the API.

- -

The format of the NewDrawingWand method is:

- -
-  DrawingWand NewDrawingWand(void)
-
- -
-

PeekDrawingWand

-
- -

PeekDrawingWand() returns the current drawing wand.

- -

The format of the PeekDrawingWand method is:

- -
-  DrawInfo *PeekDrawingWand(const DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

PopDrawingWand

-
- -

PopDrawingWand() destroys the current drawing wand and returns to the previously pushed drawing wand. Multiple drawing wands may exist. It is an error to attempt to pop more drawing wands than have been pushed, and it is proper form to pop all drawing wands which have been pushed.

- -

The format of the PopDrawingWand method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PopDrawingWand(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
-

PushDrawingWand

-
- -

PushDrawingWand() clones the current drawing wand to create a new drawing wand. The original drawing wand(s) may be returned to by invoking PopDrawingWand(). The drawing wands are stored on a drawing wand stack. For every Pop there must have already been an equivalent Push.

- -

The format of the PushDrawingWand method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PushDrawingWand(DrawingWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/effect.html b/www/api/effect.html index 511875226..84126f06d 100644 --- a/www/api/effect.html +++ b/www/api/effect.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,470 +215,9 @@
-

Module effect Methods

-

[AdaptiveBlurImage • AdaptiveSharpenImage • BlurImage • ConvolveImage • DespeckleImage • EdgeImage • EmbossImage • GaussianBlurImage • MotionBlurImage • PreviewImage • RadialBlurImage • SelectiveBlurImage • ShadeImage • SharpenImage • SpreadImage • StatisticImage • UnsharpMaskImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AdaptiveBlurImage

-
- -

AdaptiveBlurImage() adaptively blurs the image by blurring less intensely near image edges and more intensely far from edges. We blur the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and AdaptiveBlurImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the AdaptiveBlurImage method is:

- -
-  Image *AdaptiveBlurImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    const double sigma,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

AdaptiveSharpenImage

-
- -

AdaptiveSharpenImage() adaptively sharpens the image by sharpening more intensely near image edges and less intensely far from edges. We sharpen the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and AdaptiveSharpenImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the AdaptiveSharpenImage method is:

- -
-  Image *AdaptiveSharpenImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    const double sigma,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

BlurImage

-
- -

BlurImage() blurs an image. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, the radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and BlurImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

BlurImage() differs from GaussianBlurImage() in that it uses a separable kernel which is faster but mathematically equivalent to the non-separable kernel.

- -

The format of the BlurImage method is:

- -
-  Image *BlurImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    const double sigma,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ConvolveImage

-
- -

ConvolveImage() applies a custom convolution kernel to the image.

- -

The format of the ConvolveImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ConvolveImage(const Image *image,const KernelInfo *kernel,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
kernel
-

the filtering kernel.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

DespeckleImage

-
- -

DespeckleImage() reduces the speckle noise in an image while perserving the edges of the original image.

- -

The format of the DespeckleImage method is:

- -
-  Image *DespeckleImage(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

EdgeImage

-
- -

EdgeImage() finds edges in an image. Radius defines the radius of the convolution filter. Use a radius of 0 and EdgeImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the EdgeImage method is:

- -
-  Image *EdgeImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the pixel neighborhood.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

EmbossImage

-
- -

EmbossImage() returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and Emboss() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the EmbossImage method is:

- -
-  Image *EmbossImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    const double sigma,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the pixel neighborhood.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GaussianBlurImage

-
- -

GaussianBlurImage() blurs an image. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, the radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and GaussianBlurImage() selects a suitable radius for you

- -

The format of the GaussianBlurImage method is:

- -
-  Image *GaussianBlurImage(const Image *image,onst double radius,
-    const double sigma,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

MotionBlurImage

-
- -

MotionBlurImage() simulates motion blur. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and MotionBlurImage() selects a suitable radius for you. Angle gives the angle of the blurring motion.

- -

Andrew Protano contributed this effect.

- -

The format of the MotionBlurImage method is:

- -
-      Image *MotionBlurImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-  const double sigma,const double angle,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
angle
-

Apply the effect along this angle.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

PreviewImage

-
- -

PreviewImage() tiles 9 thumbnails of the specified image with an image processing operation applied with varying parameters. This may be helpful pin-pointing an appropriate parameter for a particular image processing operation.

- -

The format of the PreviewImages method is:

- -
-  Image *PreviewImages(const Image *image,const PreviewType preview,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
preview
-

the image processing operation.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

RadialBlurImage

-
- -

RadialBlurImage() applies a radial blur to the image.

- -

Andrew Protano contributed this effect.

- -

The format of the RadialBlurImage method is:

- -
-      Image *RadialBlurImage(const Image *image,const double angle,
-  ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
angle
-

the angle of the radial blur.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SelectiveBlurImage

-
- -

SelectiveBlurImage() selectively blur pixels within a contrast threshold. It is similar to the unsharpen mask that sharpens everything with contrast above a certain threshold.

- -

The format of the SelectiveBlurImage method is:

- -
-  Image *SelectiveBlurImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    const double sigma,const double threshold,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
threshold
-

only pixels within this contrast threshold are included in the blur operation.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ShadeImage

-
- -

ShadeImage() shines a distant light on an image to create a three-dimensional effect. You control the positioning of the light with azimuth and elevation; azimuth is measured in degrees off the x axis and elevation is measured in pixels above the Z axis.

- -

The format of the ShadeImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ShadeImage(const Image *image,const MagickBooleanType gray,
-    const double azimuth,const double elevation,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
gray
-

A value other than zero shades the intensity of each pixel.

- -
azimuth, elevation
-

Define the light source direction.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SharpenImage

-
- -

SharpenImage() sharpens the image. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and SharpenImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

Using a separable kernel would be faster, but the negative weights cancel out on the corners of the kernel producing often undesirable ringing in the filtered result; this can be avoided by using a 2D gaussian shaped image sharpening kernel instead.

- -

The format of the SharpenImage method is:

- -
-      Image *SharpenImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-  const double sigma,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SpreadImage

-
- -

SpreadImage() is a special effects method that randomly displaces each pixel in a block defined by the radius parameter.

- -

The format of the SpreadImage method is:

- -
-  Image *SpreadImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

Choose a random pixel in a neighborhood of this extent.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

StatisticImage

-
- -

StatisticImage() makes each pixel the min / max / median / mode / etc. of the neighborhood of the specified width and height.

- -

The format of the StatisticImage method is:

- -
-  Image *StatisticImage(const Image *image,const StatisticType type,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
type
-

the statistic type (median, mode, etc.).

- -
width
-

the width of the pixel neighborhood.

- -
height
-

the height of the pixel neighborhood.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

UnsharpMaskImage

-
- -

UnsharpMaskImage() sharpens one or more image channels. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and UnsharpMaskImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the UnsharpMaskImage method is:

- -
-      Image *UnsharpMaskImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-  const double sigma,const double amount,const double threshold,
-  ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
amount
-

the percentage of the difference between the original and the blur image that is added back into the original.

- -
threshold
-

the threshold in pixels needed to apply the diffence amount.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/enhance.html b/www/api/enhance.html index 2affa121f..0414a216e 100644 --- a/www/api/enhance.html +++ b/www/api/enhance.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,465 +215,9 @@
-

Module enhance Methods

-

[AutoGammaImage • AutoLevelImage • BrightnessContrastImage • ColorDecisionListImage • ClutImage • ContrastImage • ContrastStretchImage • EnhanceImage • EqualizeImage • GammaImage • HaldClutImage • LevelImage • LevelizeImage • LevelImageColors • LinearStretchImage • ModulateImage • NegateImage • NormalizeImage • SigmoidalContrastImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AutoGammaImage

-
- -

AutoGammaImage() extract the 'mean' from the image and adjust the image to try make set its gamma appropriatally.

- -

The format of the AutoGammaImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType AutoGammaImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

The image to auto-level

- -
-

AutoLevelImage

-
- -

AutoLevelImage() adjusts the levels of a particular image channel by scaling the minimum and maximum values to the full quantum range.

- -

The format of the LevelImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType AutoLevelImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

The image to auto-level

- -
-

BrightnessContrastImage

-
- -

BrightnessContrastImage() changes the brightness and/or contrast of an image. It converts the brightness and contrast parameters into slope and intercept and calls a polynomical function to apply to the image.

- -

The format of the BrightnessContrastImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType BrightnessContrastImage(Image *image,
-    const double brightness,const double contrast)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
brightness
-

the brightness percent (-100 .. 100).

- -
contrast
-

the contrast percent (-100 .. 100).

- -
-

ColorDecisionListImage

-
- -

ColorDecisionListImage() accepts a lightweight Color Correction Collection (CCC) file which solely contains one or more color corrections and applies the correction to the image. Here is a sample CCC file:

- -
-      
-      
-            
-                  0.9 1.2 0.5 
-                  0.4 -0.5 0.6 
-                  1.0 0.8 1.5 
-            
-            
-                  0.85 
-            
-      
-      
-
- -

which includes the slop, offset, and power for each of the RGB channels as well as the saturation.

- -

The format of the ColorDecisionListImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ColorDecisionListImage(Image *image,
-    const char *color_correction_collection)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
color_correction_collection
-

the color correction collection in XML.

- -
-

ClutImage

-
- -

ClutImage() replaces each color value in the given image, by using it as an index to lookup a replacement color value in a Color Look UP Table in the form of an image. The values are extracted along a diagonal of the CLUT image so either a horizontal or vertial gradient image can be used.

- -

Typically this is used to either re-color a gray-scale image according to a color gradient in the CLUT image, or to perform a freeform histogram (level) adjustment according to the (typically gray-scale) gradient in the CLUT image.

- -

When the 'channel' mask includes the matte/alpha transparency channel but one image has no such channel it is assumed that that image is a simple gray-scale image that will effect the alpha channel values, either for gray-scale coloring (with transparent or semi-transparent colors), or a histogram adjustment of existing alpha channel values. If both images have matte channels, direct and normal indexing is applied, which is rarely used.

- -

The format of the ClutImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ClutImage(Image *image,Image *clut_image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image, which is replaced by indexed CLUT values

- -
clut_image
-

the color lookup table image for replacement color values.

- -
channel
-

the channel.

- -
-

ContrastImage

-
- -

ContrastImage() enhances the intensity differences between the lighter and darker elements of the image. Set sharpen to a MagickTrue to increase the image contrast otherwise the contrast is reduced.

- -

The format of the ContrastImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ContrastImage(Image *image,
-    const MagickBooleanType sharpen)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
sharpen
-

Increase or decrease image contrast.

- -
-

ContrastStretchImage

-
- -

ContrastStretchImage() is a simple image enhancement technique that attempts to improve the contrast in an image by `stretching' the range of intensity values it contains to span a desired range of values. It differs from the more sophisticated histogram equalization in that it can only apply a linear scaling function to the image pixel values. As a result the `enhancement' is less harsh.

- -

The format of the ContrastStretchImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ContrastStretchImage(Image *image,
-    const char *levels)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
black_point
-

the black point.

- -
white_point
-

the white point.

- -
levels
-

Specify the levels where the black and white points have the range of 0 to number-of-pixels (e.g. 1, 10x90, etc.).

- -
-

EnhanceImage

-
- -

EnhanceImage() applies a digital filter that improves the quality of a noisy image.

- -

The format of the EnhanceImage method is:

- -
-  Image *EnhanceImage(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

EqualizeImage

-
- -

EqualizeImage() applies a histogram equalization to the image.

- -

The format of the EqualizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType EqualizeImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
channel
-

the channel.

- -
-

GammaImage

-
- -

GammaImage() gamma-corrects a particular image channel. The same image viewed on different devices will have perceptual differences in the way the image's intensities are represented on the screen. Specify individual gamma levels for the red, green, and blue channels, or adjust all three with the gamma parameter. Values typically range from 0.8 to 2.3.

- -

You can also reduce the influence of a particular channel with a gamma value of 0.

- -

The format of the GammaImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GammaImage(Image *image,const double gamma,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
level
-

the image gamma as a string (e.g. 1.6,1.2,1.0).

- -
gamma
-

the image gamma.

- -
-

HaldClutImage

-
- -

HaldClutImage() applies a Hald color lookup table to the image. A Hald color lookup table is a 3-dimensional color cube mapped to 2 dimensions. Create it with the HALD coder. You can apply any color transformation to the Hald image and then use this method to apply the transform to the image.

- -

The format of the HaldClutImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType HaldClutImage(Image *image,Image *hald_image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image, which is replaced by indexed CLUT values

- -
hald_image
-

the color lookup table image for replacement color values.

- -
-

LevelImage

-
- -

LevelImage() adjusts the levels of a particular image channel by scaling the colors falling between specified white and black points to the full available quantum range.

- -

The parameters provided represent the black, and white points. The black point specifies the darkest color in the image. Colors darker than the black point are set to zero. White point specifies the lightest color in the image. Colors brighter than the white point are set to the maximum quantum value.

- -

If a '!' flag is given, map black and white colors to the given levels rather than mapping those levels to black and white. See LevelizeImage() below.

- -

Gamma specifies a gamma correction to apply to the image.

- -

The format of the LevelImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType LevelImage(Image *image,const char *levels)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
levels
-

Specify the levels where the black and white points have the range of 0-QuantumRange, and gamma has the range 0-10 (e.g. 10x90+2). A '!' flag inverts the re-mapping.

- -
-

LevelizeImage

-
- -

LevelizeImage() applies the reversed LevelImage() operation to just the specific channels specified. It compresses the full range of color values, so that they lie between the given black and white points. Gamma is applied before the values are mapped.

- -

LevelizeImage() can be called with by using a +level command line API option, or using a '!' on a -level or LevelImage() geometry string.

- -

It can be used for example de-contrast a greyscale image to the exact levels specified. Or by using specific levels for each channel of an image you can convert a gray-scale image to any linear color gradient, according to those levels.

- -

The format of the LevelizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType LevelizeImage(Image *image,const double black_point,
-    const double white_point,const double gamma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
black_point
-

The level to map zero (black) to.

- -
white_point
-

The level to map QuantiumRange (white) to.

- -
gamma
-

adjust gamma by this factor before mapping values.

- -
-

LevelImageColors

-
- -

LevelImageColors() maps the given color to "black" and "white" values, linearly spreading out the colors, and level values on a channel by channel bases, as per LevelImage(). The given colors allows you to specify different level ranges for each of the color channels separately.

- -

If the boolean 'invert' is set true the image values will modifyed in the reverse direction. That is any existing "black" and "white" colors in the image will become the color values given, with all other values compressed appropriatally. This effectivally maps a greyscale gradient into the given color gradient.

- -

The format of the LevelImageColors method is:

- -
-      MagickBooleanType LevelImageColors(Image *image,
-  const PixelInfo *black_color,const PixelInfo *white_color,
-  const MagickBooleanType invert)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
black_color
-

The color to map black to/from

- -
white_point
-

The color to map white to/from

- -
invert
-

if true map the colors (levelize), rather than from (level)

- -
-

LinearStretchImage

-
- -

LinearStretchImage() discards any pixels below the black point and above the white point and levels the remaining pixels.

- -

The format of the LinearStretchImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType LinearStretchImage(Image *image,
-    const double black_point,const double white_point)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
black_point
-

the black point.

- -
white_point
-

the white point.

- -
-

ModulateImage

-
- -

ModulateImage() lets you control the brightness, saturation, and hue of an image. Modulate represents the brightness, saturation, and hue as one parameter (e.g. 90,150,100). If the image colorspace is HSL, the modulation is lightness, saturation, and hue. And if the colorspace is HWB, use blackness, whiteness, and hue.

- -

The format of the ModulateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ModulateImage(Image *image,const char *modulate)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
modulate
-

Define the percent change in brightness, saturation, and hue.

- -
-

NegateImage

-
- -

NegateImage() negates the colors in the reference image. The grayscale option means that only grayscale values within the image are negated.

- -

The format of the NegateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType NegateImage(Image *image,
-    const MagickBooleanType grayscale,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
grayscale
-

If MagickTrue, only negate grayscale pixels within the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

NormalizeImage

-
- -

NormalizeImage() enhances the contrast of a color image by mapping the darkest 2 percent of all pixel to black and the brightest 1 percent to white.

- -

The format of the NormalizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType NormalizeImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

SigmoidalContrastImage

-
- -

SigmoidalContrastImage() adjusts the contrast of an image with a non-linear sigmoidal contrast algorithm. Increase the contrast of the image using a sigmoidal transfer function without saturating highlights or shadows. Contrast indicates how much to increase the contrast (0 is none; 3 is typical; 20 is pushing it); mid-point indicates where midtones fall in the resultant image (0 is white; 50 is middle-gray; 100 is black). Set sharpen to MagickTrue to increase the image contrast otherwise the contrast is reduced.

- -

The format of the SigmoidalContrastImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SigmoidalContrastImage(Image *image,
-    const MagickBooleanType sharpen,const char *levels)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
sharpen
-

Increase or decrease image contrast.

- -
alpha
-

strength of the contrast, the larger the number the more 'threshold-like' it becomes.

- -
beta
-

midpoint of the function as a color value 0 to QuantumRange.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/exception.html b/www/api/exception.html index b74bc3333..fd1035ad0 100644 --- a/www/api/exception.html +++ b/www/api/exception.html @@ -215,298 +215,9 @@
-

Module exception Methods

-

[AcquireExceptionInfo • ClearMagickException • CatchException • DestroyExceptionInfo • GetExceptionInfo • GetExceptionMessage • GetLocaleExceptionMessage • InheritException • MagickError • MagickFatalError • MagickWarning • SetErrorHandler • SetFatalErrorHandler • SetWarningHandler • ThrowException]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquireExceptionInfo

-
- -

AcquireExceptionInfo() allocates the ExceptionInfo structure.

- -

The format of the AcquireExceptionInfo method is:

- -
-  ExceptionInfo *AcquireExceptionInfo(void)
-
- -
-

ClearMagickException

-
- -

ClearMagickException() clears any exception that may not have been caught yet.

- -

The format of the ClearMagickException method is:

- -
-  ClearMagickException(ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
exception
-

the exception info.

- -
-

CatchException

-
- -

CatchException() returns if no exceptions is found otherwise it reports the exception as a warning, error, or fatal depending on the severity.

- -

The format of the CatchException method is:

- -
-  CatchException(ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
exception
-

the exception info.

- -
-

DestroyExceptionInfo

-
- -

DestroyExceptionInfo() deallocates memory associated with an exception.

- -

The format of the DestroyExceptionInfo method is:

- -
-  ExceptionInfo *DestroyExceptionInfo(ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
exception
-

the exception info.

- -
-

GetExceptionInfo

-
- -

GetExceptionInfo() initializes an exception to default values.

- -

The format of the GetExceptionInfo method is:

- -
-  GetExceptionInfo(ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
exception
-

the exception info.

- -
-

GetExceptionMessage

-
- -

GetExceptionMessage() returns the error message defined by the specified error code.

- -

The format of the GetExceptionMessage method is:

- -
-  char *GetExceptionMessage(const int error)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
error
-

the error code.

- -
-

GetLocaleExceptionMessage

-
- -

GetLocaleExceptionMessage() converts a enumerated exception severity and tag to a message in the current locale.

- -

The format of the GetLocaleExceptionMessage method is:

- -
-  const char *GetLocaleExceptionMessage(const ExceptionType severity,
-    const char *tag)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
severity
-

the severity of the exception.

- -
tag
-

the message tag.

- -
-

InheritException

-
- -

InheritException() inherits an exception from a related exception.

- -

The format of the InheritException method is:

- -
-  InheritException(ExceptionInfo *exception,const ExceptionInfo *relative)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
exception
-

the exception info.

- -
relative
-

the related exception info.

- -
-

MagickError

-
- -

MagickError() calls the exception handler methods with an error reason.

- -

The format of the MagickError method is:

- -
-  void MagickError(const ExceptionType error,const char *reason,
-    const char *description)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
exception
-

Specifies the numeric error category.

- -
reason
-

Specifies the reason to display before terminating the program.

- -
description
-

Specifies any description to the reason.

- -
-

MagickFatalError

-
- -

MagickFatalError() calls the fatal exception handler methods with an error reason.

- -

The format of the MagickError method is:

- -
-  void MagickFatalError(const ExceptionType error,const char *reason,
-    const char *description)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
exception
-

Specifies the numeric error category.

- -
reason
-

Specifies the reason to display before terminating the program.

- -
description
-

Specifies any description to the reason.

- -
-

MagickWarning

-
- -

MagickWarning() calls the warning handler methods with a warning reason.

- -

The format of the MagickWarning method is:

- -
-  void MagickWarning(const ExceptionType warning,const char *reason,
-    const char *description)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
warning
-

the warning severity.

- -
reason
-

Define the reason for the warning.

- -
description
-

Describe the warning.

- -
-

SetErrorHandler

-
- -

SetErrorHandler() sets the exception handler to the specified method and returns the previous exception handler.

- -

The format of the SetErrorHandler method is:

- -
-  ErrorHandler SetErrorHandler(ErrorHandler handler)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
handler
-

the method to handle errors.

- -
-

SetFatalErrorHandler

-
- -

SetFatalErrorHandler() sets the fatal exception handler to the specified method and returns the previous fatal exception handler.

- -

The format of the SetErrorHandler method is:

- -
-  ErrorHandler SetErrorHandler(ErrorHandler handler)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
handler
-

the method to handle errors.

- -
-

SetWarningHandler

-
- -

SetWarningHandler() sets the warning handler to the specified method and returns the previous warning handler.

- -

The format of the SetWarningHandler method is:

- -
-  ErrorHandler SetWarningHandler(ErrorHandler handler)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
handler
-

the method to handle warnings.

- -
-

ThrowException

-
- -

ThrowException() throws an exception with the specified severity code, reason, and optional description.

- -

The format of the ThrowException method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ThrowException(ExceptionInfo *exception,
-    const ExceptionType severity,const char *reason,
-    const char *description)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
exception
-

the exception info.

- -
severity
-

the severity of the exception.

- -
reason
-

the reason for the exception.

- -
description
-

the exception description.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/feature.html b/www/api/feature.html index a029ddda2..c62f9b918 100644 --- a/www/api/feature.html +++ b/www/api/feature.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,40 +215,9 @@
-

Module feature Methods

-

[GetImageFeatures]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

GetImageFeatures

-
- -

GetImageFeatures() returns features for each channel in the image in each of four directions (horizontal, vertical, left and right diagonals) for the specified distance. The features include the angular second moment, contrast, correlation, sum of squares: variance, inverse difference moment, sum average, sum varience, sum entropy, entropy, difference variance, difference entropy, information measures of correlation 1, information measures of correlation 2, and maximum correlation coefficient. You can access the red channel contrast, for example, like this:

- -
-  channel_features=GetImageFeatures(image,1,exception);
-  contrast=channel_features[RedChannel].contrast[0];
-
- -

Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the features buffer.

- -

The format of the GetImageFeatures method is:

- -
-  ChannelFeatures *GetImageFeatures(const Image *image,
-    const size_t distance,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
distance
-

the distance.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/fourier.html b/www/api/fourier.html index 79290f395..93b69057f 100644 --- a/www/api/fourier.html +++ b/www/api/fourier.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,61 +215,9 @@
-

Module fourier Methods

-

[ForwardFourierTransformImage • InverseFourierTransformImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

ForwardFourierTransformImage

-
- -

ForwardFourierTransformImage() implements the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the image either as a magnitude / phase or real / imaginary image pair.

- -

The format of the ForwadFourierTransformImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ForwardFourierTransformImage(const Image *image,
-    const MagickBooleanType modulus,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
modulus
-

if true, return as transform as a magnitude / phase pair otherwise a real / imaginary image pair.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

InverseFourierTransformImage

-
- -

InverseFourierTransformImage() implements the inverse discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the image either as a magnitude / phase or real / imaginary image pair.

- -

The format of the InverseFourierTransformImage method is:

- -
-  Image *InverseFourierTransformImage(const Image *magnitude_image,
-    const Image *phase_image,const MagickBooleanType modulus,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
magnitude_image
-

the magnitude or real image.

- -
phase_image
-

the phase or imaginary image.

- -
modulus
-

if true, return transform as a magnitude / phase pair otherwise a real / imaginary image pair.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/fx.html b/www/api/fx.html index cae15d1e1..914876667 100644 --- a/www/api/fx.html +++ b/www/api/fx.html @@ -215,538 +215,9 @@
-

Module fx Methods

-

[AddNoiseImage • BlueShiftImage • CharcoalImage • ColorizeImage • ColorMatrixImage • FxImage • ImplodeImage • The MorphImages • PlasmaImage • PolaroidImage • MagickSepiaToneImage • ShadowImage • SketchImage • SolarizeImage • SteganoImage • StereoAnaglyphImage • SwirlImage • TintImage • VignetteImage • WaveImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AddNoiseImage

-
- -

AddNoiseImage() adds random noise to the image.

- -

The format of the AddNoiseImage method is:

- -
-  Image *AddNoiseImage(const Image *image,const NoiseType noise_type,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
channel
-

the channel type.

- -
noise_type
-

The type of noise: Uniform, Gaussian, Multiplicative, Impulse, Laplacian, or Poisson.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

BlueShiftImage

-
- -

BlueShiftImage() mutes the colors of the image to simulate a scene at nighttime in the moonlight.

- -

The format of the BlueShiftImage method is:

- -
-  Image *BlueShiftImage(const Image *image,const double factor,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
factor
-

the shift factor.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

CharcoalImage

-
- -

CharcoalImage() creates a new image that is a copy of an existing one with the edge highlighted. It allocates the memory necessary for the new Image structure and returns a pointer to the new image.

- -

The format of the CharcoalImage method is:

- -
-  Image *CharcoalImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    const double sigma,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the pixel neighborhood.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ColorizeImage

-
- -

ColorizeImage() blends the fill color with each pixel in the image. A percentage blend is specified with opacity. Control the application of different color components by specifying a different percentage for each component (e.g. 90/100/10 is 90 red, 100 green, and 10 blue).

- -

The format of the ColorizeImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ColorizeImage(const Image *image,const char *opacity,
-    const PixelPacket colorize,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
opacity
-

A character string indicating the level of opacity as a percentage.

- -
colorize
-

A color value.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ColorMatrixImage

-
- -

ColorMatrixImage() applies color transformation to an image. This method permits saturation changes, hue rotation, luminance to alpha, and various other effects. Although variable-sized transformation matrices can be used, typically one uses a 5x5 matrix for an RGBA image and a 6x6 for CMYKA (or RGBA with offsets). The matrix is similar to those used by Adobe Flash except offsets are in column 6 rather than 5 (in support of CMYKA images) and offsets are normalized (divide Flash offset by 255).

- -

The format of the ColorMatrixImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ColorMatrixImage(const Image *image,
-    const KernelInfo *color_matrix,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
color_matrix
-

the color matrix.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

FxImage

-
- -

FxImage() applies a mathematical expression to the specified image.

- -

The format of the FxImage method is:

- -
-  Image *FxImage(const Image *image,const char *expression,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
expression
-

A mathematical expression.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ImplodeImage

-
- -

ImplodeImage() creates a new image that is a copy of an existing one with the image pixels "implode" by the specified percentage. It allocates the memory necessary for the new Image structure and returns a pointer to the new image.

- -

The format of the ImplodeImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ImplodeImage(const Image *image,const double amount,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
implode_image
-

Method ImplodeImage returns a pointer to the image after it is implode. A null image is returned if there is a memory shortage.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
amount
-

Define the extent of the implosion.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

The MorphImages

-
- -

The MorphImages() method requires a minimum of two images. The first image is transformed into the second by a number of intervening images as specified by frames.

- -

The format of the MorphImage method is:

- -
-  Image *MorphImages(const Image *image,const size_t number_frames,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
number_frames
-

Define the number of in-between image to generate. The more in-between frames, the smoother the morph.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

PlasmaImage

-
- -

PlasmaImage() initializes an image with plasma fractal values. The image must be initialized with a base color and the random number generator seeded before this method is called.

- -

The format of the PlasmaImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PlasmaImage(Image *image,const SegmentInfo *segment,
-    size_t attenuate,size_t depth)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
segment
-

Define the region to apply plasma fractals values.

- -
attenuate
-

Define the plasma attenuation factor.

- -
depth
-

Limit the plasma recursion depth.

- -
-

PolaroidImage

-
- -

PolaroidImage() simulates a Polaroid picture.

- -

The format of the AnnotateImage method is:

- -
-  Image *PolaroidImage(const Image *image,const DrawInfo *draw_info,
-    const double angle,ExceptionInfo exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
angle
-

Apply the effect along this angle.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

MagickSepiaToneImage

-
- -

MagickSepiaToneImage() applies a special effect to the image, similar to the effect achieved in a photo darkroom by sepia toning. Threshold ranges from 0 to QuantumRange and is a measure of the extent of the sepia toning. A threshold of 80 is a good starting point for a reasonable tone.

- -

The format of the SepiaToneImage method is:

- -
-  Image *SepiaToneImage(const Image *image,const double threshold,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
threshold
-

the tone threshold.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ShadowImage

-
- -

ShadowImage() simulates a shadow from the specified image and returns it.

- -

The format of the ShadowImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ShadowImage(const Image *image,const double opacity,
-    const double sigma,const ssize_t x_offset,const ssize_t y_offset,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
opacity
-

percentage transparency.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
x_offset
-

the shadow x-offset.

- -
y_offset
-

the shadow y-offset.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SketchImage

-
- -

SketchImage() simulates a pencil sketch. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and SketchImage() selects a suitable radius for you. Angle gives the angle of the sketch.

- -

The format of the SketchImage method is:

- -
-      Image *SketchImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-  const double sigma,const double angle,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
angle
-

Apply the effect along this angle.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SolarizeImage

-
- -

SolarizeImage() applies a special effect to the image, similar to the effect achieved in a photo darkroom by selectively exposing areas of photo sensitive paper to light. Threshold ranges from 0 to QuantumRange and is a measure of the extent of the solarization.

- -

The format of the SolarizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SolarizeImage(Image *image,const double threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
threshold
-

Define the extent of the solarization.

- -
-

SteganoImage

-
- -

SteganoImage() hides a digital watermark within the image. Recover the hidden watermark later to prove that the authenticity of an image. Offset defines the start position within the image to hide the watermark.

- -

The format of the SteganoImage method is:

- -
-  Image *SteganoImage(const Image *image,Image *watermark,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
watermark
-

the watermark image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

StereoAnaglyphImage

-
- -

StereoAnaglyphImage() combines two images and produces a single image that is the composite of a left and right image of a stereo pair. Special red-green stereo glasses are required to view this effect.

- -

The format of the StereoAnaglyphImage method is:

- -
-  Image *StereoImage(const Image *left_image,const Image *right_image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-  Image *StereoAnaglyphImage(const Image *left_image,
-    const Image *right_image,const ssize_t x_offset,const ssize_t y_offset,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
left_image
-

the left image.

- -
right_image
-

the right image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
x_offset
-

amount, in pixels, by which the left image is offset to the right of the right image.

- -
y_offset
-

amount, in pixels, by which the left image is offset to the bottom of the right image.

- - -
-

SwirlImage

-
- -

SwirlImage() swirls the pixels about the center of the image, where degrees indicates the sweep of the arc through which each pixel is moved. You get a more dramatic effect as the degrees move from 1 to 360.

- -

The format of the SwirlImage method is:

- -
-  Image *SwirlImage(const Image *image,double degrees,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
degrees
-

Define the tightness of the swirling effect.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

TintImage

-
- -

TintImage() applies a color vector to each pixel in the image. The length of the vector is 0 for black and white and at its maximum for the midtones. The vector weighting function is f(x)=(1-(4.0*((x-0.5)*(x-0.5))))

- -

The format of the TintImage method is:

- -
-  Image *TintImage(const Image *image,const char *opacity,
-    const PixelPacket tint,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
opacity
-

A color value used for tinting.

- -
tint
-

A color value used for tinting.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

VignetteImage

-
- -

VignetteImage() softens the edges of the image in vignette style.

- -

The format of the VignetteImage method is:

- -
-  Image *VignetteImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    const double sigma,const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the pixel neighborhood.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
x, y
-

Define the x and y ellipse offset.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

WaveImage

-
- -

WaveImage() creates a "ripple" effect in the image by shifting the pixels vertically along a sine wave whose amplitude and wavelength is specified by the given parameters.

- -

The format of the WaveImage method is:

- -
-  Image *WaveImage(const Image *image,const double amplitude,
-    const double wave_length,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
amplitude, wave_length
-

Define the amplitude and wave length of the sine wave.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/histogram.html b/www/api/histogram.html index bc00a49d5..2aee917fe 100644 --- a/www/api/histogram.html +++ b/www/api/histogram.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,148 +215,9 @@
-

Module histogram Methods

-

[GetImageHistogram • IsHistogramImage • IsPaletteImage • MinMaxStretchImage • GetNumberColors • UniqueImageColors]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

GetImageHistogram

-
- -

GetImageHistogram() returns the unique colors in an image.

- -

The format of the GetImageHistogram method is:

- -
-  size_t GetImageHistogram(const Image *image,
-    size_t *number_colors,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
file
-

Write a histogram of the color distribution to this file handle.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

IsHistogramImage

-
- -

IsHistogramImage() returns MagickTrue if the image has 1024 unique colors or less.

- -

The format of the IsHistogramImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsHistogramImage(const Image *image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

IsPaletteImage

-
- -

IsPaletteImage() returns MagickTrue if the image is PseudoClass and has 256 unique colors or less.

- -

The format of the IsPaletteImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsPaletteImage(const Image *image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

MinMaxStretchImage

-
- -

MinMaxStretchImage() uses the exact minimum and maximum values found in each of the channels given, as the BlackPoint and WhitePoint to linearly stretch the colors (and histogram) of the image. The stretch points are also moved further inward by the adjustment values given.

- -

If the adjustment values are both zero this function is equivalent to a perfect normalization (or autolevel) of the image.

- -

Each channel is stretched independantally of each other (producing color distortion) unless the special 'SyncChannels' flag is also provided in the channels setting. If this flag is present the minimum and maximum point will be extracted from all the given channels, and those channels will be stretched by exactly the same amount (preventing color distortion).

- -

In the special case that only ONE value is found in a channel of the image that value is not stretched, that value is left as is.

- -

The 'SyncChannels' is turned on in the 'DefaultChannels' setting by default.

- -

The format of the MinMaxStretchImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MinMaxStretchImage(Image *image,const double black,
-    const double white)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

The image to auto-level

- -
black, white
-

move the black / white point inward from the minimum and maximum points by this color value.

- -
-

GetNumberColors

-
- -

GetNumberColors() returns the number of unique colors in an image.

- -

The format of the GetNumberColors method is:

- -
-  size_t GetNumberColors(const Image *image,FILE *file,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
file
-

Write a histogram of the color distribution to this file handle.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

UniqueImageColors

-
- -

UniqueImageColors() returns the unique colors of an image.

- -

The format of the UniqueImageColors method is:

- -
-  Image *UniqueImageColors(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/image-view.html b/www/api/image-view.html index d4f22f6f8..908fe94bf 100644 --- a/www/api/image-view.html +++ b/www/api/image-view.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,472 +215,9 @@
-

Module image-view Methods

-

[CloneImageView • DestroyImageView • DuplexTransferImageViewIterator • GetImageViewAuthenticMetacontent • GetImageViewAuthenticPixels • GetImageViewException • GetImageViewExtent • GetImageViewImage • GetImageViewIterator • GetImageViewVirtualMetacontent • GetImageViewVirtualPixels • IsImageView • NewImageView • NewImageViewRegion • SetImageViewDescription • SetImageViewIterator • SetImageViewThreads • TransferImageViewIterator • UpdateImageViewIterator]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

CloneImageView

-
- -

CloneImageView() makes a copy of the specified image view.

- -

The format of the CloneImageView method is:

- -
-  ImageView *CloneImageView(const ImageView *image_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
-

DestroyImageView

-
- -

DestroyImageView() deallocates memory associated with a image view.

- -

The format of the DestroyImageView method is:

- -
-  ImageView *DestroyImageView(ImageView *image_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
-

DuplexTransferImageViewIterator

-
- -

DuplexTransferImageViewIterator() iterates over three image views in parallel and calls your transfer method for each scanline of the view. The source and duplex pixel extent is not confined to the image canvas-- that is you can include negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension. However, the destination image view is confined to the image canvas-- that is no negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension are permitted.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DuplexTransferImageViewMethod(const ImageView *source,
-    const ImageView *duplex,ImageView *destination,const ssize_t y,
-    const int thread_id,void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback transfer method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the DuplexTransferImageViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DuplexTransferImageViewIterator(ImageView *source,
-    ImageView *duplex,ImageView *destination,
-    DuplexTransferImageViewMethod transfer,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
source
-

the source image view.

- -
duplex
-

the duplex image view.

- -
destination
-

the destination image view.

- -
transfer
-

the transfer callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
-

GetImageViewAuthenticMetacontent

-
- -

GetImageViewAuthenticMetacontent() returns the image view authentic meta-content.

- -

The format of the GetImageViewAuthenticPixels method is:

- -
-  void *GetImageViewAuthenticMetacontent(
-    const ImageView *image_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
-

GetImageViewAuthenticPixels

-
- -

GetImageViewAuthenticPixels() returns the image view authentic pixels.

- -

The format of the GetImageViewAuthenticPixels method is:

- -
-  Quantum *GetImageViewAuthenticPixels(const ImageView *image_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
-

GetImageViewException

-
- -

GetImageViewException() returns the severity, reason, and description of any error that occurs when utilizing a image view.

- -

The format of the GetImageViewException method is:

- -
-  char *GetImageViewException(const PixelImage *image_view,
-    ExceptionType *severity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the pixel image_view.

- -
severity
-

the severity of the error is returned here.

- -
-

GetImageViewExtent

-
- -

GetImageViewExtent() returns the image view extent.

- -

The format of the GetImageViewExtent method is:

- -
-  RectangleInfo GetImageViewExtent(const ImageView *image_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
-

GetImageViewImage

-
- -

GetImageViewImage() returns the image associated with the image view.

- -

The format of the GetImageViewImage method is:

- -
-  MagickCore *GetImageViewImage(const ImageView *image_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
-

GetImageViewIterator

-
- -

GetImageViewIterator() iterates over the image view in parallel and calls your get method for each scanline of the view. The pixel extent is not confined to the image canvas-- that is you can include negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension. Any updates to the pixels in your callback are ignored.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageViewMethod(const ImageView *source,
-    const ssize_t y,const int thread_id,void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback get method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the GetImageViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageViewIterator(ImageView *source,
-    GetImageViewMethod get,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
source
-

the source image view.

- -
get
-

the get callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
-

GetImageViewVirtualMetacontent

-
- -

GetImageViewVirtualMetacontent() returns the image view virtual meta-content.

- -

The format of the GetImageViewVirtualMetacontent method is:

- -
-  const void *GetImageViewVirtualMetacontent(
-    const ImageView *image_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
-

GetImageViewVirtualPixels

-
- -

GetImageViewVirtualPixels() returns the image view virtual pixels.

- -

The format of the GetImageViewVirtualPixels method is:

- -
-  const Quantum *GetImageViewVirtualPixels(const ImageView *image_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
-

IsImageView

-
- -

IsImageView() returns MagickTrue if the the parameter is verified as a image view object.

- -

The format of the IsImageView method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsImageView(const ImageView *image_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
-

NewImageView

-
- -

NewImageView() returns a image view required for all other methods in the Image View API.

- -

The format of the NewImageView method is:

- -
-  ImageView *NewImageView(MagickCore *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the wand.

- -
-

NewImageViewRegion

-
- -

NewImageViewRegion() returns a image view required for all other methods in the Image View API.

- -

The format of the NewImageViewRegion method is:

- -
-  ImageView *NewImageViewRegion(MagickCore *wand,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,const size_t width,const size_t height)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x,y,columns,rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a extent of pixel_wands view.

- -
-

SetImageViewDescription

-
- -

SetImageViewDescription() associates a description with an image view.

- -

The format of the SetImageViewDescription method is:

- -
-  void SetImageViewDescription(ImageView *image_view,
-    const char *description)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
description
-

the image view description.

- -
-

SetImageViewIterator

-
- -

SetImageViewIterator() iterates over the image view in parallel and calls your set method for each scanline of the view. The pixel extent is confined to the image canvas-- that is no negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension. The pixels are initiallly undefined and any settings you make in the callback method are automagically synced back to your image.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageViewMethod(ImageView *destination,
-    const ssize_t y,const int thread_id,void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback set method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the SetImageViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageViewIterator(ImageView *destination,
-    SetImageViewMethod set,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
destination
-

the image view.

- -
set
-

the set callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
-

SetImageViewThreads

-
- -

SetImageViewThreads() sets the number of threads in a thread team.

- -

The format of the SetImageViewDescription method is:

- -
-  void SetImageViewThreads(ImageView *image_view,
-    const size_t number_threads)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
number_threads
-

the number of threads in a thread team.

- -
-

TransferImageViewIterator

-
- -

TransferImageViewIterator() iterates over two image views in parallel and calls your transfer method for each scanline of the view. The source pixel extent is not confined to the image canvas-- that is you can include negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension. However, the destination image view is confined to the image canvas-- that is no negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension are permitted.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType TransferImageViewMethod(const ImageView *source,
-    ImageView *destination,const ssize_t y,const int thread_id,
-    void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback transfer method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the TransferImageViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType TransferImageViewIterator(ImageView *source,
-    ImageView *destination,TransferImageViewMethod transfer,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
source
-

the source image view.

- -
destination
-

the destination image view.

- -
transfer
-

the transfer callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
-

UpdateImageViewIterator

-
- -

UpdateImageViewIterator() iterates over the image view in parallel and calls your update method for each scanline of the view. The pixel extent is confined to the image canvas-- that is no negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension are permitted. Updates to pixels in your callback are automagically synced back to the image.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType UpdateImageViewMethod(ImageView *source,
-    const ssize_t y,const int thread_id,void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback update method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the UpdateImageViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType UpdateImageViewIterator(ImageView *source,
-    UpdateImageViewMethod update,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
source
-

the source image view.

- -
update
-

the update callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/image.html b/www/api/image.html index 4379072fb..539f8332f 100644 --- a/www/api/image.html +++ b/www/api/image.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,888 +215,9 @@
-

Module image Methods

-

[AcquireImage • AcquireImageInfo • AcquireNextImage • AppendImages • CatchImageException • ClipImagePath • CloneImage • CloneImageInfo • CombineImages • DestroyImage • DestroyImageInfo • GetImageAlphaChannel • GetImageClipMask • GetImageException • GetImageInfo • GetImageInfoFile • GetImageMask • GetImageVirtualPixelMethod • InterpretImageFilename • IsHighDynamicRangeImage • IsImageObject • IsTaintImage • ModifyImage • NewMagickImage • ReferenceImage • ResetImagePage • SeparateImage • SeparateImages • SetImageAlphaChannel • SetImageBackgroundColor • SetImageColor • SetImageStorageClass • SetImageClipMask • SetImageExtent • SetImageInfoBlob • SetImageInfoFile • SetImageMask • SetImageOpacity • SetImageType • SetImageVirtualPixelMethod • SmushImages • StripImage • SyncImageSettings]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquireImage

-
- -

AcquireImage() returns a pointer to an image structure initialized to default values.

- -

The format of the AcquireImage method is:

- -
-  Image *AcquireImage(const ImageInfo *image_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

Many of the image default values are set from this structure. For example, filename, compression, depth, background color, and others.

- -
-

AcquireImageInfo

-
- -

AcquireImageInfo() allocates the ImageInfo structure.

- -

The format of the AcquireImageInfo method is:

- -
-  ImageInfo *AcquireImageInfo(void)
-
- -
-

AcquireNextImage

-
- -

AcquireNextImage() initializes the next image in a sequence to default values. The next member of image points to the newly allocated image. If there is a memory shortage, next is assigned NULL.

- -

The format of the AcquireNextImage method is:

- -
-  void AcquireNextImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

Many of the image default values are set from this structure. For example, filename, compression, depth, background color, and others.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

AppendImages

-
- -

AppendImages() takes all images from the current image pointer to the end of the image list and appends them to each other top-to-bottom if the stack parameter is true, otherwise left-to-right.

- -

The current gravity setting now effects how the image is justified in the final image.

- -

The format of the AppendImages method is:

- -
-  Image *AppendImages(const Image *images,const MagickBooleanType stack,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image sequence.

- -
stack
-

A value other than 0 stacks the images top-to-bottom.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

CatchImageException

-
- -

CatchImageException() returns if no exceptions are found in the image sequence, otherwise it determines the most severe exception and reports it as a warning or error depending on the severity.

- -

The format of the CatchImageException method is:

- -
-  ExceptionType CatchImageException(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

An image sequence.

- -
-

ClipImagePath

-
- -

ClipImagePath() sets the image clip mask based any clipping path information if it exists.

- -

The format of the ClipImagePath method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ClipImagePath(Image *image,const char *pathname,
-    const MagickBooleanType inside)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
pathname
-

name of clipping path resource. If name is preceded by #, use clipping path numbered by name.

- -
inside
-

if non-zero, later operations take effect inside clipping path. Otherwise later operations take effect outside clipping path.

- -
-

CloneImage

-
- -

CloneImage() copies an image and returns the copy as a new image object.

- -

If the specified columns and rows is 0, an exact copy of the image is returned, otherwise the pixel data is undefined and must be initialized with the QueueAuthenticPixels() and SyncAuthenticPixels() methods. On failure, a NULL image is returned and exception describes the reason for the failure.

- -

The format of the CloneImage method is:

- -
-  Image *CloneImage(const Image *image,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,const MagickBooleanType orphan,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the cloned image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the cloned image.

- -
detach
-

With a value other than 0, the cloned image is detached from its parent I/O stream.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

CloneImageInfo

-
- -

CloneImageInfo() makes a copy of the given image info structure. If NULL is specified, a new image info structure is created initialized to default values.

- -

The format of the CloneImageInfo method is:

- -
-  ImageInfo *CloneImageInfo(const ImageInfo *image_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
-

CombineImages

-
- -

CombineImages() combines one or more images into a single image. The grayscale value of the pixels of each image in the sequence is assigned in order to the specified channels of the combined image. The typical ordering would be image 1 => Red, 2 => Green, 3 => Blue, etc.

- -

The format of the CombineImages method is:

- -
-  Image *CombineImages(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

DestroyImage

-
- -

DestroyImage() dereferences an image, deallocating memory associated with the image if the reference count becomes zero.

- -

The format of the DestroyImage method is:

- -
-  Image *DestroyImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

DestroyImageInfo

-
- -

DestroyImageInfo() deallocates memory associated with an ImageInfo structure.

- -

The format of the DestroyImageInfo method is:

- -
-  ImageInfo *DestroyImageInfo(ImageInfo *image_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
-

GetImageAlphaChannel

-
- -

GetImageAlphaChannel() returns MagickFalse if the image alpha channel is not activated. That is, the image is RGB rather than RGBA or CMYK rather than CMYKA.

- -

The format of the GetImageAlphaChannel method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageAlphaChannel(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

GetImageClipMask

-
- -

GetImageClipMask() returns the clip path associated with the image.

- -

The format of the GetImageClipMask method is:

- -
-  Image *GetImageClipMask(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

GetImageException

-
- -

GetImageException() traverses an image sequence and returns any error more severe than noted by the exception parameter.

- -

The format of the GetImageException method is:

- -
-  void GetImageException(Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

Specifies a pointer to a list of one or more images.

- -
exception
-

return the highest severity exception.

- -
-

GetImageInfo

-
- -

GetImageInfo() initializes image_info to default values.

- -

The format of the GetImageInfo method is:

- -
-  void GetImageInfo(ImageInfo *image_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
-

GetImageInfoFile

-
- -

GetImageInfoFile() returns the image info file member.

- -

The format of the GetImageInfoFile method is:

- -
-  FILE *GetImageInfoFile(const ImageInfo *image_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
-

GetImageMask

-
- -

GetImageMask() returns the mask associated with the image.

- -

The format of the GetImageMask method is:

- -
-  Image *GetImageMask(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

GetImageVirtualPixelMethod

-
- -

GetImageVirtualPixelMethod() gets the "virtual pixels" method for the image. A virtual pixel is any pixel access that is outside the boundaries of the image cache.

- -

The format of the GetImageVirtualPixelMethod() method is:

- -
-  VirtualPixelMethod GetImageVirtualPixelMethod(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

InterpretImageFilename

-
- -

InterpretImageFilename() interprets embedded characters in an image filename. The filename length is returned.

- -

The format of the InterpretImageFilename method is:

- -
-  size_t InterpretImageFilename(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    Image *image,const char *format,int value,char *filename)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image_info
-

the image info..

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
format
-

A filename describing the format to use to write the numeric argument. Only the first numeric format identifier is replaced.

- -
value
-

Numeric value to substitute into format filename.

- -
filename
-

return the formatted filename in this character buffer.

- -
-

IsHighDynamicRangeImage

-
- -

IsHighDynamicRangeImage() returns MagickTrue if any pixel component is non-integer or exceeds the bounds of the quantum depth (e.g. for Q16 0..65535.

- -

The format of the IsHighDynamicRangeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsHighDynamicRangeImage(const Image *image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

IsImageObject

-
- -

IsImageObject() returns MagickTrue if the image sequence contains a valid set of image objects.

- -

The format of the IsImageObject method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsImageObject(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

IsTaintImage

-
- -

IsTaintImage() returns MagickTrue any pixel in the image has been altered since it was first constituted.

- -

The format of the IsTaintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsTaintImage(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

ModifyImage

-
- -

ModifyImage() ensures that there is only a single reference to the image to be modified, updating the provided image pointer to point to a clone of the original image if necessary.

- -

The format of the ModifyImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ModifyImage(Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

NewMagickImage

-
- -

NewMagickImage() creates a blank image canvas of the specified size and background color.

- -

The format of the NewMagickImage method is:

- -
-  Image *NewMagickImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,
-    const PixelInfo *background)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
width
-

the image width.

- -
height
-

the image height.

- -
background
-

the image color.

- -
-

ReferenceImage

-
- -

ReferenceImage() increments the reference count associated with an image returning a pointer to the image.

- -

The format of the ReferenceImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ReferenceImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

ResetImagePage

-
- -

ResetImagePage() resets the image page canvas and position.

- -

The format of the ResetImagePage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ResetImagePage(Image *image,const char *page)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
page
-

the relative page specification.

- -
-

SeparateImage

-
- -

SeparateImage() separates a channel from the image and returns it as a grayscale image. A channel is a particular color component of each pixel in the image.

- -

The format of the SeparateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SeparateImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

SeparateImages

-
- -

SeparateImages() returns a separate grayscale image for each channel specified.

- -

The format of the SeparateImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SeparateImages(const Image *image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SetImageAlphaChannel

-
- -

SetImageAlphaChannel() activates, deactivates, resets, or sets the alpha channel.

- -

The format of the SetImageAlphaChannel method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageAlphaChannel(Image *image,
-    const AlphaChannelType alpha_type,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
alpha_type
-

The alpha channel type: ActivateAlphaChannel, CopyAlphaChannel, DeactivateAlphaChannel, ExtractAlphaChannel, OpaqueAlphaChannel, SetAlphaChannel, ShapeAlphaChannel, and TransparentAlphaChannel.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- - -
-

SetImageBackgroundColor

-
- -

SetImageBackgroundColor() initializes the image pixels to the image background color. The background color is defined by the background_color member of the image structure.

- -

The format of the SetImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageBackgroundColor(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

SetImageColor

-
- -

SetImageColor() set the entire image canvas to the specified color.

- -

The format of the SetImageColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageColor(Image *image,const PixelInfo *color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
background
-

the image color.

- -
-

SetImageStorageClass

-
- -

SetImageStorageClass() sets the image class: DirectClass for true color images or PseudoClass for colormapped images.

- -

The format of the SetImageStorageClass method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageStorageClass(Image *image,
-    const ClassType storage_class,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
storage_class
-

The image class.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SetImageClipMask

-
- -

SetImageClipMask() associates a clip path with the image. The clip path must be the same dimensions as the image. Set any pixel component of the clip path to TransparentAlpha to prevent that corresponding image pixel component from being updated when SyncAuthenticPixels() is applied.

- -

The format of the SetImageClipMask method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageClipMask(Image *image,const Image *clip_mask)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
clip_mask
-

the image clip path.

- -
-

SetImageExtent

-
- -

SetImageExtent() sets the image size (i.e. columns & rows).

- -

The format of the SetImageExtent method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageExtent(Image *image,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
columns
-

The image width in pixels.

- -
rows
-

The image height in pixels.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SetImageInfoBlob

-
- -

SetImageInfoBlob() sets the image info blob member.

- -

The format of the SetImageInfoBlob method is:

- -
-  void SetImageInfoBlob(ImageInfo *image_info,const void *blob,
-    const size_t length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
blob
-

the blob.

- -
length
-

the blob length.

- -
-

SetImageInfoFile

-
- -

SetImageInfoFile() sets the image info file member.

- -

The format of the SetImageInfoFile method is:

- -
-  void SetImageInfoFile(ImageInfo *image_info,FILE *file)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
file
-

the file.

- -
-

SetImageMask

-
- -

SetImageMask() associates a mask with the image. The mask must be the same dimensions as the image.

- -

The format of the SetImageMask method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageMask(Image *image,const Image *mask)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
mask
-

the image mask.

- -
-

SetImageOpacity

-
- -

SetImageOpacity() sets the opacity levels of the image.

- -

The format of the SetImageOpacity method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageOpacity(Image *image,const Quantum opacity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
opacity
-

the level of transparency: 0 is fully opaque and QuantumRange is fully transparent.

- -
-

SetImageType

-
- -

SetImageType() sets the type of image. Choose from these types:

- -

Bilevel Grayscale GrayscaleMatte Palette PaletteMatte TrueColor TrueColorMatte ColorSeparation ColorSeparationMatte OptimizeType

- -

The format of the SetImageType method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageType(Image *image,const ImageType type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
type
-

Image type.

- -
-

SetImageVirtualPixelMethod

-
- -

SetImageVirtualPixelMethod() sets the "virtual pixels" method for the image and returns the previous setting. A virtual pixel is any pixel access that is outside the boundaries of the image cache.

- -

The format of the SetImageVirtualPixelMethod() method is:

- -
-  VirtualPixelMethod SetImageVirtualPixelMethod(const Image *image,
-    const VirtualPixelMethod virtual_pixel_method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
virtual_pixel_method
-

choose the type of virtual pixel.

- -
-

SmushImages

-
- -

SmushImages() takes all images from the current image pointer to the end of the image list and smushes them to each other top-to-bottom if the stack parameter is true, otherwise left-to-right.

- -

The current gravity setting now effects how the image is justified in the final image.

- -

The format of the SmushImages method is:

- -
-  Image *SmushImages(const Image *images,const MagickBooleanType stack,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image sequence.

- -
stack
-

A value other than 0 stacks the images top-to-bottom.

- -
offset
-

minimum distance in pixels between images.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

StripImage

-
- -

StripImage() strips an image of all profiles and comments.

- -

The format of the StripImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType StripImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

SyncImageSettings

-
- -

SyncImageSettings() sync the image info options to the image.

- -

The format of the SyncImageSettings method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SyncImageSettings(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    Image *image)
-  MagickBooleanType SyncImagesSettings(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/layer.html b/www/api/layer.html index bc6c14395..d64eb089d 100644 --- a/www/api/layer.html +++ b/www/api/layer.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,262 +215,9 @@
-

Module layer Methods

-

[CoalesceImages • DisposeImages • CompareImagesLayers • OptimizeImageLayers • OptimizeImagePlusLayers • OptimizeImageTransparency • RemoveDuplicateLayers • RemoveZeroDelayLayers • CompositeLayers • MergeImageLayers]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

CoalesceImages

-
- -

CoalesceImages() composites a set of images while respecting any page offsets and disposal methods. GIF, MIFF, and MNG animation sequences typically start with an image background and each subsequent image varies in size and offset. A new image sequence is returned with all images the same size as the first images virtual canvas and composited with the next image in the sequence.

- -

The format of the CoalesceImages method is:

- -
-  Image *CoalesceImages(Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image sequence.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

DisposeImages

-
- -

DisposeImages() returns the coalesced frames of a GIF animation as it would appear after the GIF dispose method of that frame has been applied. That is it returned the appearance of each frame before the next is overlaid.

- -

The format of the DisposeImages method is:

- -
-  Image *DisposeImages(Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image sequence.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

CompareImagesLayers

-
- -

CompareImagesLayers() compares each image with the next in a sequence and returns the minimum bounding region of all the pixel differences (of the ImageLayerMethod specified) it discovers.

- -

Images do NOT have to be the same size, though it is best that all the images are 'coalesced' (images are all the same size, on a flattened canvas, so as to represent exactly how an specific frame should look).

- -

No GIF dispose methods are applied, so GIF animations must be coalesced before applying this image operator to find differences to them.

- -

The format of the CompareImagesLayers method is:

- -
-  Image *CompareImagesLayers(const Image *images,
-    const ImageLayerMethod method,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
method
-

the layers type to compare images with. Must be one of... CompareAnyLayer, CompareClearLayer, CompareOverlayLayer.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

OptimizeImageLayers

-
- -

OptimizeImageLayers() compares each image the GIF disposed forms of the previous image in the sequence. From this it attempts to select the smallest cropped image to replace each frame, while preserving the results of the GIF animation.

- -

The format of the OptimizeImageLayers method is:

- -
-  Image *OptimizeImageLayers(const Image *image,
-           ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

OptimizeImagePlusLayers

-
- -

OptimizeImagePlusLayers() is exactly as OptimizeImageLayers(), but may also add or even remove extra frames in the animation, if it improves the total number of pixels in the resulting GIF animation.

- -

The format of the OptimizePlusImageLayers method is:

- -
-  Image *OptimizePlusImageLayers(const Image *image,
-           ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

OptimizeImageTransparency

-
- -

OptimizeImageTransparency() takes a frame optimized GIF animation, and compares the overlayed pixels against the disposal image resulting from all the previous frames in the animation. Any pixel that does not change the disposal image (and thus does not effect the outcome of an overlay) is made transparent.

- -

WARNING: This modifies the current images directly, rather than generate a new image sequence.

- -

The format of the OptimizeImageTransperency method is:

- -
-  void OptimizeImageTransperency(Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image sequence

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

RemoveDuplicateLayers

-
- -

RemoveDuplicateLayers() removes any image that is exactly the same as the next image in the given image list. Image size and virtual canvas offset must also match, though not the virtual canvas size itself.

- -

No check is made with regards to image disposal setting, though it is the dispose setting of later image that is kept. Also any time delays are also added together. As such coalesced image animations should still produce the same result, though with duplicte frames merged into a single frame.

- -

The format of the RemoveDuplicateLayers method is:

- -
-  void RemoveDuplicateLayers(Image **image, ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

RemoveZeroDelayLayers

-
- -

RemoveZeroDelayLayers() removes any image that as a zero delay time. Such images generally represent intermediate or partial updates in GIF animations used for file optimization. They are not ment to be displayed to users of the animation. Viewable images in an animation should have a time delay of 3 or more centi-seconds (hundredths of a second).

- -

However if all the frames have a zero time delay, then either the animation is as yet incomplete, or it is not a GIF animation. This a non-sensible situation, so no image will be removed and a 'Zero Time Animation' warning (exception) given.

- -

No warning will be given if no image was removed because all images had an appropriate non-zero time delay set.

- -

Due to the special requirements of GIF disposal handling, GIF animations should be coalesced first, before calling this function, though that is not a requirement.

- -

The format of the RemoveZeroDelayLayers method is:

- -
-  void RemoveZeroDelayLayers(Image **image, ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

CompositeLayers

-
- -

CompositeLayers() compose first image sequence (source) over the second image sequence (destination), using the given compose method and offsets.

- -

The pointers to the image list does not have to be the start of that image list, but may start somewhere in the middle. Each layer from the two image lists are composted together until the end of one of the image lists is reached. The offset of each composition is also adjusted to match the virtual canvas offsets of each layer. As such the given offset is relative to the virtual canvas, and not the actual image.

- -

No GIF disposal handling is performed, so GIF animations should be coalesced before use. However this not a requirement, and individual layer images may have any size or offset, for special compositions.

- -

Special case:- If one of the image sequences is just a single image that image is repeatally composed with all the images in the other image list. Either the source or destination lists may be the single image, for this situation.

- -

The destination list will be expanded as needed to match number of source image overlaid (from current position to end of list).

- -

The format of the CompositeLayers method is:

- -
-  void CompositeLayers(Image *destination,
-      const CompositeOperator compose, Image *source,
-      const ssize_t x_offset, const ssize_t y_offset,
-      ExceptionInfo *exception);
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
destination
-

the destination images and results

- -
source
-

source image(s) for the layer composition

- -
compose, x_offset, y_offset
-

arguments passed on to CompositeImages()

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

MergeImageLayers

-
- -

MergeImageLayers() composes all the image layers from the current given image onward to produce a single image of the merged layers.

- -

The inital canvas's size depends on the given ImageLayerMethod, and is initialized using the first images background color. The images are then compositied onto that image in sequence using the given composition that has been assigned to each individual image.

- -

The format of the MergeImageLayers is:

- -
-  Image *MergeImageLayers(const Image *image,
-    const ImageLayerMethod method, ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image list to be composited together

- -
method
-

the method of selecting the size of the initial canvas.

- -

MergeLayer: Merge all layers onto a canvas just large enough to hold all the actual images. The virtual canvas of the first image is preserved but otherwise ignored.

- -

FlattenLayer: Use the virtual canvas size of first image. Images which fall outside this canvas is clipped. This can be used to 'fill out' a given virtual canvas.

- -

MosaicLayer: Start with the virtual canvas of the first image, enlarging left and right edges to contain all images. Images with negative offsets will be clipped.

- -

TrimBoundsLayer: Determine the overall bounds of all the image layers just as in "MergeLayer", then adjust the the canvas and offsets to be relative to those bounds, without overlaying the images.

- -

WARNING: a new image is not returned, the original image sequence page data is modified instead.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/list.html b/www/api/list.html index cf6750f6f..7f50e73c5 100644 --- a/www/api/list.html +++ b/www/api/list.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,520 +215,9 @@
-

Module list Methods

-

[AppendImageToList • CloneImageList • CloneImages • DeleteImageFromList • DeleteImages • DestroyImageList • DuplicateImages • GetFirstImageInList • GetImageFromList • GetImageIndexInList • GetImageListLength • GetLastImageInList • GetNextImageInList • GetPreviousImageInList • ImageListToArray • InsertImageInList • NewImageList • PrependImageToList • RemoveImageFromList • RemoveFirstImageFromList • RemoveLastImageFromList • ReplaceImageInList • ReplaceImageInListReturnLast • ReverseImageList • SpliceImageIntoList • SplitImageList]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AppendImageToList

-
- -

AppendImageToList() appends the second image list to the end of the first list. The given image list pointer is left unchanged, unless it was empty.

- -

The format of the AppendImageToList method is:

- -
-  AppendImageToList(Image *images,const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list to be appended to.

- -
image
-

the appended image or image list.

- -
-

CloneImageList

-
- -

CloneImageList() returns a duplicate of the image list.

- -

The format of the CloneImageList method is:

- -
-  Image *CloneImageList(const Image *images,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

CloneImages

-
- -

CloneImages() clones one or more images from an image sequence, using a comma separated list of image numbers or ranges.

- -

The numbers start at 0 for the first image in the list, while negative numbers refer to images starting counting from the end of the range. Images may be refered to multiple times to clone them multiple times. Images refered beyond the available number of images in list are ignored.

- -

Images referenced may be reversed, and results in a clone of those images also being made with a reversed order.

- -

The format of the CloneImages method is:

- -
-  Image *CloneImages(const Image *images,const char *scenes,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image sequence.

- -
scenes
-

This character string specifies which scenes to clone (e.g. 1,3-5,7-3,2).

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

DeleteImageFromList

-
- -

DeleteImageFromList() deletes an image from the list. List pointer is moved to the next image, if one is present. See RemoveImageFromList().

- -

The format of the DeleteImageFromList method is:

- -
-  DeleteImageFromList(Image **images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

DeleteImages

-
- -

DeleteImages() deletes one or more images from an image sequence, using a comma separated list of image numbers or ranges.

- -

The numbers start at 0 for the first image, while negative numbers refer to images starting counting from the end of the range. Images may be refered to multiple times without problems. Image refered beyond the available number of images in list are ignored.

- -

If the referenced images are in the reverse order, that range will be completely ignored, unlike CloneImages().

- -

The format of the DeleteImages method is:

- -
-  DeleteImages(Image **images,const char *scenes,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image sequence.

- -
scenes
-

This character string specifies which scenes to delete (e.g. 1,3-5,-2-6,2).

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

DestroyImageList

-
- -

DestroyImageList() destroys an image list.

- -

The format of the DestroyImageList method is:

- -
-  Image *DestroyImageList(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image sequence.

- -
-

DuplicateImages

-
- -

DuplicateImages() duplicates one or more images from an image sequence, using a count and a comma separated list of image numbers or ranges.

- -

The numbers start at 0 for the first image, while negative numbers refer to images starting counting from the end of the range. Images may be refered to multiple times without problems. Image refered beyond the available number of images in list are ignored.

- -

The format of the DuplicateImages method is:

- -
-  Image *DuplicateImages(Image *images,const size_t number_duplicates,
-    const char *scenes,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image sequence.

- -
number_duplicates
-

duplicate the image sequence this number of times.

- -
scenes
-

This character string specifies which scenes to duplicate (e.g. 1,3-5,-2-6,2).

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetFirstImageInList

-
- -

GetFirstImageInList() returns a pointer to the first image in the list.

- -

The format of the GetFirstImageInList method is:

- -
-  Image *GetFirstImageInList(const Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

GetImageFromList

-
- -

GetImageFromList() returns an image at the specified offset from the list.

- -

The format of the GetImageFromList method is:

- -
-  Image *GetImageFromList(const Image *images,const ssize_t index)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
index
-

the position within the list.

- -
-

GetImageIndexInList

-
- -

GetImageIndexInList() returns the offset in the list of the specified image.

- -

The format of the GetImageIndexInList method is:

- -
-  ssize_t GetImageIndexInList(const Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

GetImageListLength

-
- -

GetImageListLength() returns the length of the list (the number of images in the list).

- -

The format of the GetImageListLength method is:

- -
-  size_t GetImageListLength(const Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

GetLastImageInList

-
- -

GetLastImageInList() returns a pointer to the last image in the list.

- -

The format of the GetLastImageInList method is:

- -
-  Image *GetLastImageInList(const Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

GetNextImageInList

-
- -

GetNextImageInList() returns the next image in the list.

- -

The format of the GetNextImageInList method is:

- -
-  Image *GetNextImageInList(const Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

GetPreviousImageInList

-
- -

GetPreviousImageInList() returns the previous image in the list.

- -

The format of the GetPreviousImageInList method is:

- -
-  Image *GetPreviousImageInList(const Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

ImageListToArray

-
- -

ImageListToArray() is a convenience method that converts an image list to a sequential array. For example,

- -

group = ImageListToArray(images, exception); while (i = 0; group[i] != (Image *) NULL; i++) printf("s\n", group[i]->filename); printf("d images\n", i); group = RelinquishMagickMemory(group);

- -

The format of the ImageListToArray method is:

- -
-  Image **ImageListToArray(const Image *images,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image list.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

InsertImageInList

-
- -

InsertImageInList() inserts the second image or image list into the first image list immediately after the image pointed to. The given image list pointer is unchanged unless previously empty.

- -

The format of the InsertImageInList method is:

- -
-  InsertImageInList(Image **images,Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list to insert into.

- -
image
-

the image list to insert.

- -
-

NewImageList

-
- -

NewImageList() creates an empty image list.

- -

The format of the NewImageList method is:

- -
-  Image *NewImageList(void)
-
- -
-

PrependImageToList

-
- -

PrependImageToList() prepends the image to the beginning of the list.

- -

The format of the PrependImageToList method is:

- -
-  PrependImageToList(Image *images,Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

RemoveImageFromList

-
- -

RemoveImageFromList() removes and returns the image pointed to.

- -

The given image list pointer is set to point to the next image in list if it exists, otherwise it is set to the previous image, or NULL if list was emptied.

- -

The format of the RemoveImageFromList method is:

- -
-  Image *RemoveImageFromList(Image **images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

RemoveFirstImageFromList

-
- -

RemoveFirstImageFromList() removes and returns the first image in the list.

- -

If the given image list pointer pointed to the removed first image, it is set to the new first image of list, or NULL if list was emptied, otherwise it is left as is.

- -

The format of the RemoveFirstImageFromList method is:

- -
-  Image *RemoveFirstImageFromList(Image **images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

RemoveLastImageFromList

-
- -

RemoveLastImageFromList() removes and returns the last image from the list.

- -

If the given image list pointer pointed to the removed last image, it is set to the new last image of list, or NULL if list was emptied, otherwise it is left as is.

- -

The format of the RemoveLastImageFromList method is:

- -
-  Image *RemoveLastImageFromList(Image **images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

ReplaceImageInList

-
- -

ReplaceImageInList() replaces an image in the list with the given image, or list of images. Old image is destroyed. The image list pointer is set to point to the first image of the inserted list of images.

- -

The format of the ReplaceImageInList method is:

- -
-  ReplaceImageInList(Image **images,Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the list and pointer to image to replace

- -
image
-

the image or image list replacing the original

- -
-

ReplaceImageInListReturnLast

-
- -

ReplaceImageInListReturnLast() is exactly as ReplaceImageInList() except the image pointer is set to the last image in the list.

- -

This allows you to simply use 'next' to go to the image that follows the just replaced image.

- -

The format of the ReplaceImageInList method is:

- -
-  ReplaceImageInListReturnLast(Image **images,Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the list and pointer to image to replace

- -
image
-

the image or image list replacing the original

- -
-

ReverseImageList

-
- -

ReverseImageList() reverses the order of an image list. The list pointer is reset to that start of the re-ordered list.

- -

The format of the ReverseImageList method is:

- -
-  void ReverseImageList(Image **images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
-

SpliceImageIntoList

-
- -

SpliceImageIntoList() removes 'length' images from the list and replaces them with the specified splice. Removed images are returned.

- -

The format of the SpliceImageIntoList method is:

- -
-  SpliceImageIntoList(Image **images,const size_t,
-    const Image *splice)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
length
-

the length of the image list to remove.

- -
splice
-

Replace the removed image list with this list.

- -
-

SplitImageList

-
- -

SplitImageList() splits an image into two lists, after given image The list that was split off is returned, which may be empty.

- -

The format of the SplitImageList method is:

- -
-  Image *SplitImageList(Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
images
-

the image list.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/magick-deprecate.html b/www/api/magick-deprecate.html index 25d97270b..357f538fb 100644 --- a/www/api/magick-deprecate.html +++ b/www/api/magick-deprecate.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/api/magick-image.html b/www/api/magick-image.html index f6bce5999..bbf2d432e 100644 --- a/www/api/magick-image.html +++ b/www/api/magick-image.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,5758 +215,9 @@
-

Module magick-image Methods

-

[GetImageFromMagickWand • MagickAdaptiveBlurImage • MagickAdaptiveResizeImage • MagickAdaptiveSharpenImage • MagickAdaptiveThresholdImage • MagickAddImage • MagickAddNoiseImage • MagickAffineTransformImage • MagickAnnotateImage • MagickAnimateImages • MagickAppendImages • MagickAutoGammaImage • MagickAutoLevelImage • MagickBlackThresholdImage • MagickBlueShiftImage • MagickBlurImage • MagickBorderImage • Use MagickBrightnessContrastImage • MagickCharcoalImage • MagickChopImage • MagickClampImage • MagickClipImage • MagickClipImagePath • MagickClutImage • MagickCoalesceImages • MagickColorDecisionListImage • MagickColorizeImage • MagickColorMatrixImage • MagickCombineImages • MagickCommentImage • MagickCompareImagesLayers • MagickCompareImages • MagickCompositeImage • MagickContrastImage • MagickContrastStretchImage • MagickConvolveImage • MagickCropImage • MagickCycleColormapImage • MagickConstituteImage • MagickDecipherImage • MagickDeconstructImages • MagickDeskewImage • MagickDespeckleImage • MagickDestroyImage • MagickDisplayImage • MagickDisplayImages • MagickDistortImage • MagickDrawImage • MagickEdgeImage • MagickEmbossImage • MagickEncipherImage • MagickEnhanceImage • MagickEqualizeImage • MagickEvaluateImage • MagickExportImagePixels • MagickExtentImage • MagickFlipImage • MagickFloodfillPaintImage • MagickFlopImage • MagickForwardFourierTransformImage • MagickFrameImage • MagickFunctionImage • MagickFxImage • MagickGammaImage • MagickGaussianBlurImage • MagickGetImage • MagickGetImageAlphaChannel • MagickGetImageClipMask • MagickGetImageBackgroundColor • MagickGetImageBlob • MagickGetImageBlob • MagickGetImageBluePrimary • MagickGetImageBorderColor • MagickGetImageFeatures • MagickGetImageKurtosis • MagickGetImageMean • MagickGetImageRange • MagickGetImageStatistics • MagickGetImageColormapColor • MagickGetImageColors • MagickGetImageColorspace • MagickGetImageCompose • MagickGetImageCompression • MagickGetImageCompression • MagickGetImageDelay • MagickGetImageDepth • MagickGetImageDispose • MagickGetImageDistortion • MagickGetImageDistortions • MagickGetImageFilename • MagickGetImageFormat • MagickGetImageFuzz • MagickGetImageGamma • MagickGetImageGravity • MagickGetImageGreenPrimary • MagickGetImageHeight • MagickGetImageHistogram • MagickGetImageInterlaceScheme • MagickGetImageInterpolateMethod • MagickGetImageIterations • MagickGetImageLength • MagickGetImageMatteColor • MagickGetImageOrientation • MagickGetImagePage • MagickGetImagePixelColor • MagickGetImageRedPrimary • MagickGetImageRegion • MagickGetImageRenderingIntent • MagickGetImageResolution • MagickGetImageScene • MagickGetImageSignature • MagickGetImageTicksPerSecond • MagickGetImageType • MagickGetImageUnits • MagickGetImageVirtualPixelMethod • MagickGetImageWhitePoint • MagickGetImageWidth • MagickGetNumberImages • MagickGetImageTotalInkDensity • MagickHaldClutImage • MagickHasNextImage • MagickHasPreviousImage • MagickIdentifyImage • MagickImplodeImage • MagickImportImagePixels • MagickInverseFourierTransformImage • MagickLabelImage • MagickLevelImage • MagickLinearStretchImage • MagickLiquidRescaleImage • MagickMagnifyImage • MagickMergeImageLayers • MagickMinifyImage • MagickModulateImage • MagickMontageImage • MagickMorphImages • MagickMorphologyImage • MagickMotionBlurImage • MagickNegateImage • MagickNewImage • MagickNextImage • MagickNormalizeImage • MagickOilPaintImage • MagickOpaquePaintImage • MagickOptimizeImageLayers • MagickOrderedPosterizeImage • MagickPingImage • MagickPingImageBlob • MagickPingImageFile • MagickPolaroidImage • MagickPosterizeImage • MagickPreviewImages • MagickPreviousImage • MagickQuantizeImage • MagickQuantizeImages • MagickRadialBlurImage • MagickRaiseImage • MagickRandomThresholdImage • MagickReadImage • MagickReadImageBlob • MagickReadImageFile • MagickRemapImage • MagickRemoveImage • MagickResampleImage • MagickResetImagePage • MagickResizeImage • MagickRollImage • MagickRotateImage • MagickSampleImage • MagickScaleImage • MagickSegmentImage • MagickSelectiveBlurImage • MagickSeparateImage • MagickSepiaToneImage • MagickSetImage • MagickSetImageAlphaChannel • MagickSetImageBackgroundColor • MagickSetImageBias • MagickSetImageBluePrimary • MagickSetImageBorderColor • MagickSetImageClipMask • MagickSetImageColor • MagickSetImageColormapColor • MagickSetImageColorspace • MagickSetImageCompose • MagickSetImageCompression • MagickSetImageCompressionQuality • MagickSetImageDelay • MagickSetImageDepth • MagickSetImageDispose • MagickSetImageExtent • MagickSetImageFilename • MagickSetImageFormat • MagickSetImageFuzz • MagickSetImageGamma • MagickSetImageGravity • MagickSetImageGreenPrimary • MagickSetImageInterlaceScheme • MagickSetImageInterpolateMethod • MagickSetImageIterations • MagickSetImageMatte • MagickSetImageMatteColor • MagickSetImageOpacity • MagickSetImageOrientation • MagickSetImagePage • MagickSetImageProgressMonitor • MagickSetImageRedPrimary • MagickSetImageRenderingIntent • MagickSetImageResolution • MagickSetImageScene • MagickSetImageTicksPerSecond • MagickSetImageType • MagickSetImageUnits • MagickSetImageVirtualPixelMethod • MagickSetImageWhitePoint • MagickShadeImage • MagickShadowImage • MagickSharpenImage • MagickShaveImage • MagickShearImage • MagickSigmoidalContrastImage • MagickSimilarityImage • MagickSketchImage • MagickSmushImages • MagickSolarizeImage • MagickSparseColorImage • MagickSpliceImage • MagickSpreadImage • MagickStatisticImage • MagickSteganoImage • MagickStereoImage • MagickStripImage • MagickSwirlImage • MagickTextureImage • MagickThresholdImage • MagickThumbnailImage • MagickTintImage • MagickTransformImage • MagickTransformImageColorspace • MagickTransparentPaintImage • MagickTransposeImage • MagickTransverseImage • MagickTrimImage • MagickUniqueImageColors • MagickUnsharpMaskImage • MagickVignetteImage • MagickWaveImage • MagickWhiteThresholdImage • MagickWriteImage • MagickWriteImageFile • MagickWriteImages • MagickWriteImagesFile]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

GetImageFromMagickWand

-
- -

GetImageFromMagickWand() returns the current image from the magick wand.

- -

The format of the GetImageFromMagickWand method is:

- -
-  Image *GetImageFromMagickWand(const MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickAdaptiveBlurImage

-
- -

MagickAdaptiveBlurImage() adaptively blurs the image by blurring less intensely near image edges and more intensely far from edges. We blur the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and MagickAdaptiveBlurImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the MagickAdaptiveBlurImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAdaptiveBlurImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius,const double sigma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
-

MagickAdaptiveResizeImage

-
- -

MagickAdaptiveResizeImage() adaptively resize image with data dependent triangulation.

- -

MagickBooleanType MagickAdaptiveResizeImage(MagickWand *wand, const size_t columns,const size_t rows)

- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- -
-

MagickAdaptiveSharpenImage

-
- -

MagickAdaptiveSharpenImage() adaptively sharpens the image by sharpening more intensely near image edges and less intensely far from edges. We sharpen the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and MagickAdaptiveSharpenImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the MagickAdaptiveSharpenImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAdaptiveSharpenImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius,const double sigma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
-

MagickAdaptiveThresholdImage

-
- -

MagickAdaptiveThresholdImage() selects an individual threshold for each pixel based on the range of intensity values in its local neighborhood. This allows for thresholding of an image whose global intensity histogram doesn't contain distinctive peaks.

- -

The format of the AdaptiveThresholdImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAdaptiveThresholdImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,const ssize_t offset)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the width of the local neighborhood.

- -
height
-

the height of the local neighborhood.

- -
offset
-

the mean offset.

- -
-

MagickAddImage

-
- -

MagickAddImage() adds the specified images at the current image location.

- -

The format of the MagickAddImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAddImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *add_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
add_wand
-

A wand that contains images to add at the current image location.

- -
-

MagickAddNoiseImage

-
- -

MagickAddNoiseImage() adds random noise to the image.

- -

The format of the MagickAddNoiseImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAddNoiseImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const NoiseType noise_type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
noise_type
-

The type of noise: Uniform, Gaussian, Multiplicative, Impulse, Laplacian, or Poisson.

- -
-

MagickAffineTransformImage

-
- -

MagickAffineTransformImage() transforms an image as dictated by the affine matrix of the drawing wand.

- -

The format of the MagickAffineTransformImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAffineTransformImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const DrawingWand *drawing_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
drawing_wand
-

the draw wand.

- -
-

MagickAnnotateImage

-
- -

MagickAnnotateImage() annotates an image with text.

- -

The format of the MagickAnnotateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAnnotateImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const DrawingWand *drawing_wand,const double x,const double y,
-    const double angle,const char *text)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
drawing_wand
-

the draw wand.

- -
x
-

x ordinate to left of text

- -
y
-

y ordinate to text baseline

- -
angle
-

rotate text relative to this angle.

- -
text
-

text to draw

- -
-

MagickAnimateImages

-
- -

MagickAnimateImages() animates an image or image sequence.

- -

The format of the MagickAnimateImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAnimateImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *server_name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
server_name
-

the X server name.

- -
-

MagickAppendImages

-
- -

MagickAppendImages() append a set of images.

- -

The format of the MagickAppendImages method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickAppendImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType stack)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
stack
-

By default, images are stacked left-to-right. Set stack to MagickTrue to stack them top-to-bottom.

- -
-

MagickAutoGammaImage

-
- -

MagickAutoGammaImage() extracts the 'mean' from the image and adjust the image to try make set its gamma appropriatally.

- -

The format of the MagickAutoGammaImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAutoGammaImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickAutoLevelImage

-
- -

MagickAutoLevelImage() adjusts the levels of a particular image channel by scaling the minimum and maximum values to the full quantum range.

- -

The format of the MagickAutoLevelImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickAutoLevelImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickBlackThresholdImage

-
- -

MagickBlackThresholdImage() is like MagickThresholdImage() but forces all pixels below the threshold into black while leaving all pixels above the threshold unchanged.

- -

The format of the MagickBlackThresholdImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickBlackThresholdImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
threshold
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

MagickBlueShiftImage

-
- -

MagickBlueShiftImage() mutes the colors of the image to simulate a scene at nighttime in the moonlight.

- -

The format of the MagickBlueShiftImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickBlueShiftImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double factor)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
factor
-

the blue shift factor (default 1.5)

- -
-

MagickBlurImage

-
- -

MagickBlurImage() blurs an image. We convolve the image with a gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, the radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and BlurImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the MagickBlurImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickBlurImage(MagickWand *wand,const double radius,
-    const double sigma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the , in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the , in pixels.

- -
-

MagickBorderImage

-
- -

MagickBorderImage() surrounds the image with a border of the color defined by the bordercolor pixel wand.

- -

The format of the MagickBorderImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickBorderImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *bordercolor,const size_t width,
-    const size_t height)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
bordercolor
-

the border color pixel wand.

- -
width
-

the border width.

- -
height
-

the border height.

- -
-

Use MagickBrightnessContrastImage

-
- -

Use MagickBrightnessContrastImage() to change the brightness and/or contrast of an image. It converts the brightness and contrast parameters into slope and intercept and calls a polynomical function to apply to the image.

- - -

The format of the MagickBrightnessContrastImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickBrightnessContrastImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double brightness,const double contrast)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
brightness
-

the brightness percent (-100 .. 100).

- -
contrast
-

the contrast percent (-100 .. 100).

- -
-

MagickCharcoalImage

-
- -

MagickCharcoalImage() simulates a charcoal drawing.

- -

The format of the MagickCharcoalImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickCharcoalImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius,const double sigma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
-

MagickChopImage

-
- -

MagickChopImage() removes a region of an image and collapses the image to occupy the removed portion

- -

The format of the MagickChopImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickChopImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the region width.

- -
height
-

the region height.

- -
x
-

the region x offset.

- -
y
-

the region y offset.

- - -
-

MagickClampImage

-
- -

MagickClampImage() restricts the color range from 0 to the quantum depth.

- -

The format of the MagickClampImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickClampImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
channel
-

the channel.

- -
-

MagickClipImage

-
- -

MagickClipImage() clips along the first path from the 8BIM profile, if present.

- -

The format of the MagickClipImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickClipImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickClipImagePath

-
- -

MagickClipImagePath() clips along the named paths from the 8BIM profile, if present. Later operations take effect inside the path. Id may be a number if preceded with #, to work on a numbered path, e.g., "#1" to use the first path.

- -

The format of the MagickClipImagePath method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickClipImagePath(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *pathname,const MagickBooleanType inside)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
pathname
-

name of clipping path resource. If name is preceded by #, use clipping path numbered by name.

- -
inside
-

if non-zero, later operations take effect inside clipping path. Otherwise later operations take effect outside clipping path.

- -
-

MagickClutImage

-
- -

MagickClutImage() replaces colors in the image from a color lookup table.

- -

The format of the MagickClutImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickClutImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *clut_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
clut_image
-

the clut image.

- -
-

MagickCoalesceImages

-
- -

MagickCoalesceImages() composites a set of images while respecting any page offsets and disposal methods. GIF, MIFF, and MNG animation sequences typically start with an image background and each subsequent image varies in size and offset. MagickCoalesceImages() returns a new sequence where each image in the sequence is the same size as the first and composited with the next image in the sequence.

- -

The format of the MagickCoalesceImages method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickCoalesceImages(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickColorDecisionListImage

-
- -

MagickColorDecisionListImage() accepts a lightweight Color Correction Collection (CCC) file which solely contains one or more color corrections and applies the color correction to the image. Here is a sample CCC file:

- -
-      
-      
-            
-                  0.9 1.2 0.5 
-                  0.4 -0.5 0.6 
-                  1.0 0.8 1.5 
-            
-            
-                  0.85 
-            
-      
-      
-
- -

which includes the offset, slope, and power for each of the RGB channels as well as the saturation.

- -

The format of the MagickColorDecisionListImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickColorDecisionListImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double gamma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
color_correction_collection
-

the color correction collection in XML.

- -
-

MagickColorizeImage

-
- -

MagickColorizeImage() blends the fill color with each pixel in the image.

- -

The format of the MagickColorizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickColorizeImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *colorize,const PixelWand *opacity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
colorize
-

the colorize pixel wand.

- -
opacity
-

the opacity pixel wand.

- -
-

MagickColorMatrixImage

-
- -

MagickColorMatrixImage() apply color transformation to an image. The method permits saturation changes, hue rotation, luminance to alpha, and various other effects. Although variable-sized transformation matrices can be used, typically one uses a 5x5 matrix for an RGBA image and a 6x6 for CMYKA (or RGBA with offsets). The matrix is similar to those used by Adobe Flash except offsets are in column 6 rather than 5 (in support of CMYKA images) and offsets are normalized (divide Flash offset by 255).

- -

The format of the MagickColorMatrixImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickColorMatrixImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const KernelInfo *color_matrix)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
color_matrix
-

the color matrix.

- -
-

MagickCombineImages

-
- -

MagickCombineImages() combines one or more images into a single image. The grayscale value of the pixels of each image in the sequence is assigned in order to the specified hannels of the combined image. The typical ordering would be image 1 => Red, 2 => Green, 3 => Blue, etc.

- -

The format of the MagickCombineImages method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickCombineImages(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickCommentImage

-
- -

MagickCommentImage() adds a comment to your image.

- -

The format of the MagickCommentImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickCommentImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *comment)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
comment
-

the image comment.

- -
-

MagickCompareImagesLayers

-
- -

MagickCompareImagesLayers() compares each image with the next in a sequence and returns the maximum bounding region of any pixel differences it discovers.

- -

The format of the MagickCompareImagesLayers method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickCompareImagesLayers(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ImageLayerMethod method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
method
-

the compare method.

- -
-

MagickCompareImages

-
- -

MagickCompareImages() compares an image to a reconstructed image and returns the specified difference image.

- -

The format of the MagickCompareImages method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickCompareImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *reference,const MetricType metric,
-    double *distortion)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
reference
-

the reference wand.

- -
metric
-

the metric.

- -
distortion
-

the computed distortion between the images.

- -
-

MagickCompositeImage

-
- -

MagickCompositeImage() composite one image onto another at the specified offset.

- -

The format of the MagickCompositeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickCompositeImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *composite_wand,const CompositeOperator compose,
-    const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
composite_image
-

the composite image.

- -
compose
-

This operator affects how the composite is applied to the image. The default is Over. Choose from these operators:

- -
-    OverCompositeOp       InCompositeOp         OutCompositeOp
-    AtopCompositeOp       XorCompositeOp        PlusCompositeOp
-    MinusCompositeOp      AddCompositeOp        SubtractCompositeOp
-    DifferenceCompositeOp BumpmapCompositeOp    CopyCompositeOp
-    DisplaceCompositeOp
-
- -
x
-

the column offset of the composited image.

- -
y
-

the row offset of the composited image.

- -
-

MagickContrastImage

-
- -

MagickContrastImage() enhances the intensity differences between the lighter and darker elements of the image. Set sharpen to a value other than 0 to increase the image contrast otherwise the contrast is reduced.

- -

The format of the MagickContrastImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickContrastImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType sharpen)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
sharpen
-

Increase or decrease image contrast.

- - -
-

MagickContrastStretchImage

-
- -

MagickContrastStretchImage() enhances the contrast of a color image by adjusting the pixels color to span the entire range of colors available. You can also reduce the influence of a particular channel with a gamma value of 0.

- -

The format of the MagickContrastStretchImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickContrastStretchImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double black_point,const double white_point)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
black_point
-

the black point.

- -
white_point
-

the white point.

- -
-

MagickConvolveImage

-
- -

MagickConvolveImage() applies a custom convolution kernel to the image.

- -

The format of the MagickConvolveImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickConvolveImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const KernelInfo *kernel)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
kernel
-

An array of doubles representing the convolution kernel.

- -
-

MagickCropImage

-
- -

MagickCropImage() extracts a region of the image.

- -

The format of the MagickCropImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickCropImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the region width.

- -
height
-

the region height.

- -
x
-

the region x-offset.

- -
y
-

the region y-offset.

- -
-

MagickCycleColormapImage

-
- -

MagickCycleColormapImage() displaces an image's colormap by a given number of positions. If you cycle the colormap a number of times you can produce a psychodelic effect.

- -

The format of the MagickCycleColormapImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickCycleColormapImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ssize_t displace)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
pixel_wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

MagickConstituteImage

-
- -

MagickConstituteImage() adds an image to the wand comprised of the pixel data you supply. The pixel data must be in scanline order top-to-bottom. The data can be char, short int, int, float, or double. Float and double require the pixels to be normalized [0..1], otherwise [0..Max], where Max is the maximum value the type can accomodate (e.g. 255 for char). For example, to create a 640x480 image from unsigned red-green-blue character data, use

- -

MagickConstituteImage(wand,640,640,"RGB",CharPixel,pixels);

- -

The format of the MagickConstituteImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickConstituteImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows,const char *map,
-    const StorageType storage,void *pixels)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

width in pixels of the image.

- -
rows
-

height in pixels of the image.

- -
map
-

This string reflects the expected ordering of the pixel array. It can be any combination or order of R = red, G = green, B = blue, A = alpha (0 is transparent), O = opacity (0 is opaque), C = cyan, Y = yellow, M = magenta, K = black, I = intensity (for grayscale), P = pad.

- -
storage
-

Define the data type of the pixels. Float and double types are expected to be normalized [0..1] otherwise [0..QuantumRange]. Choose from these types: CharPixel, DoublePixel, FloatPixel, IntegerPixel, LongPixel, QuantumPixel, or ShortPixel.

- -
pixels
-

This array of values contain the pixel components as defined by map and type. You must preallocate this array where the expected length varies depending on the values of width, height, map, and type.

- - -
-

MagickDecipherImage

-
- -

MagickDecipherImage() converts cipher pixels to plain pixels.

- -

The format of the MagickDecipherImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDecipherImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *passphrase)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
passphrase
-

the passphrase.

- -
-

MagickDeconstructImages

-
- -

MagickDeconstructImages() compares each image with the next in a sequence and returns the maximum bounding region of any pixel differences it discovers.

- -

The format of the MagickDeconstructImages method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickDeconstructImages(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickDeskewImage

-
- -

MagickDeskewImage() removes skew from the image. Skew is an artifact that occurs in scanned images because of the camera being misaligned, imperfections in the scanning or surface, or simply because the paper was not placed completely flat when scanned.

- -

The format of the MagickDeskewImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDeskewImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
threshold
-

separate background from foreground.

- -
-

MagickDespeckleImage

-
- -

MagickDespeckleImage() reduces the speckle noise in an image while perserving the edges of the original image.

- -

The format of the MagickDespeckleImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDespeckleImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickDestroyImage

-
- -

MagickDestroyImage() dereferences an image, deallocating memory associated with the image if the reference count becomes zero.

- -

The format of the MagickDestroyImage method is:

- -
-  Image *MagickDestroyImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

MagickDisplayImage

-
- -

MagickDisplayImage() displays an image.

- -

The format of the MagickDisplayImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDisplayImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *server_name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
server_name
-

the X server name.

- -
-

MagickDisplayImages

-
- -

MagickDisplayImages() displays an image or image sequence.

- -

The format of the MagickDisplayImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDisplayImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *server_name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
server_name
-

the X server name.

- -
-

MagickDistortImage

-
- -

MagickDistortImage() distorts an image using various distortion methods, by mapping color lookups of the source image to a new destination image usally of the same size as the source image, unless 'bestfit' is set to true.

- -

If 'bestfit' is enabled, and distortion allows it, the destination image is adjusted to ensure the whole source 'image' will just fit within the final destination image, which will be sized and offset accordingly. Also in many cases the virtual offset of the source image will be taken into account in the mapping.

- -

The format of the MagickDistortImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDistortImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const DistortImageMethod method,const size_t number_arguments,
-    const double *arguments,const MagickBooleanType bestfit)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image to be distorted.

- -
method
-

the method of image distortion.

- -

ArcDistortion always ignores the source image offset, and always 'bestfit' the destination image with the top left corner offset relative to the polar mapping center.

- -

Bilinear has no simple inverse mapping so it does not allow 'bestfit' style of image distortion.

- -

Affine, Perspective, and Bilinear, do least squares fitting of the distortion when more than the minimum number of control point pairs are provided.

- -

Perspective, and Bilinear, falls back to a Affine distortion when less that 4 control point pairs are provided. While Affine distortions let you use any number of control point pairs, that is Zero pairs is a no-Op (viewport only) distrotion, one pair is a translation and two pairs of control points do a scale-rotate-translate, without any shearing.

- -
number_arguments
-

the number of arguments given for this distortion method.

- -
arguments
-

the arguments for this distortion method.

- -
bestfit
-

Attempt to resize destination to fit distorted source.

- -
-

MagickDrawImage

-
- -

MagickDrawImage() renders the drawing wand on the current image.

- -

The format of the MagickDrawImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDrawImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const DrawingWand *drawing_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
drawing_wand
-

the draw wand.

- -
-

MagickEdgeImage

-
- -

MagickEdgeImage() enhance edges within the image with a convolution filter of the given radius. Use a radius of 0 and Edge() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the MagickEdgeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickEdgeImage(MagickWand *wand,const double radius)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the pixel neighborhood.

- -
-

MagickEmbossImage

-
- -

MagickEmbossImage() returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and Emboss() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the MagickEmbossImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickEmbossImage(MagickWand *wand,const double radius,
-    const double sigma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
-

MagickEncipherImage

-
- -

MagickEncipherImage() converts plaint pixels to cipher pixels.

- -

The format of the MagickEncipherImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickEncipherImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *passphrase)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
passphrase
-

the passphrase.

- -
-

MagickEnhanceImage

-
- -

MagickEnhanceImage() applies a digital filter that improves the quality of a noisy image.

- -

The format of the MagickEnhanceImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickEnhanceImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickEqualizeImage

-
- -

MagickEqualizeImage() equalizes the image histogram.

- -

The format of the MagickEqualizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickEqualizeImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
channel
-

the image channel(s).

- -
-

MagickEvaluateImage

-
- -

MagickEvaluateImage() applys an arithmetic, relational, or logical expression to an image. Use these operators to lighten or darken an image, to increase or decrease contrast in an image, or to produce the "negative" of an image.

- -

The format of the MagickEvaluateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickEvaluateImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickEvaluateOperator operator,const double value)
-  MagickBooleanType MagickEvaluateImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickEvaluateOperator operator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
op
-

A channel operator.

- -
value
-

A value value.

- -
-

MagickExportImagePixels

-
- -

MagickExportImagePixels() extracts pixel data from an image and returns it to you. The method returns MagickTrue on success otherwise MagickFalse if an error is encountered. The data is returned as char, short int, int, ssize_t, float, or double in the order specified by map.

- -

Suppose you want to extract the first scanline of a 640x480 image as character data in red-green-blue order:

- -
-  MagickExportImagePixels(wand,0,0,640,1,"RGB",CharPixel,pixels);
-
- -

The format of the MagickExportImagePixels method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickExportImagePixels(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,const char *map,const StorageType storage,
-    void *pixels)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x, y, columns, rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a region of pixels you want to extract.

- -
map
-

This string reflects the expected ordering of the pixel array. It can be any combination or order of R = red, G = green, B = blue, A = alpha (0 is transparent), O = opacity (0 is opaque), C = cyan, Y = yellow, M = magenta, K = black, I = intensity (for grayscale), P = pad.

- -
storage
-

Define the data type of the pixels. Float and double types are expected to be normalized [0..1] otherwise [0..QuantumRange]. Choose from these types: CharPixel, DoublePixel, FloatPixel, IntegerPixel, LongPixel, QuantumPixel, or ShortPixel.

- -
pixels
-

This array of values contain the pixel components as defined by map and type. You must preallocate this array where the expected length varies depending on the values of width, height, map, and type.

- -
-

MagickExtentImage

-
- -

MagickExtentImage() extends the image as defined by the geometry, gravity, and wand background color. Set the (x,y) offset of the geometry to move the original wand relative to the extended wand.

- -

The format of the MagickExtentImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickExtentImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the region width.

- -
height
-

the region height.

- -
x
-

the region x offset.

- -
y
-

the region y offset.

- -
-

MagickFlipImage

-
- -

MagickFlipImage() creates a vertical mirror image by reflecting the pixels around the central x-axis.

- -

The format of the MagickFlipImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickFlipImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickFloodfillPaintImage

-
- -

MagickFloodfillPaintImage() changes the color value of any pixel that matches target and is an immediate neighbor. If the method FillToBorderMethod is specified, the color value is changed for any neighbor pixel that does not match the bordercolor member of image.

- -

The format of the MagickFloodfillPaintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickFloodfillPaintImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *fill,const double fuzz,const PixelWand *bordercolor,
-    const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,const MagickBooleanType invert)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
fill
-

the floodfill color pixel wand.

- -
fuzz
-

By default target must match a particular pixel color exactly. However, in many cases two colors may differ by a small amount. The fuzz member of image defines how much tolerance is acceptable to consider two colors as the same. For example, set fuzz to 10 and the color red at intensities of 100 and 102 respectively are now interpreted as the same color for the purposes of the floodfill.

- -
bordercolor
-

the border color pixel wand.

- -
x,y
-

the starting location of the operation.

- -
invert
-

paint any pixel that does not match the target color.

- -
-

MagickFlopImage

-
- -

MagickFlopImage() creates a horizontal mirror image by reflecting the pixels around the central y-axis.

- -

The format of the MagickFlopImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickFlopImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickForwardFourierTransformImage

-
- -

MagickForwardFourierTransformImage() implements the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the image either as a magnitude / phase or real / imaginary image pair.

- -

The format of the MagickForwardFourierTransformImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickForwardFourierTransformImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType magnitude)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
magnitude
-

if true, return as magnitude / phase pair otherwise a real / imaginary image pair.

- -
-

MagickFrameImage

-
- -

MagickFrameImage() adds a simulated three-dimensional border around the image. The width and height specify the border width of the vertical and horizontal sides of the frame. The inner and outer bevels indicate the width of the inner and outer shadows of the frame.

- -

The format of the MagickFrameImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickFrameImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *matte_color,const size_t width,
-    const size_t height,const ssize_t inner_bevel,
-    const ssize_t outer_bevel)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
matte_color
-

the frame color pixel wand.

- -
width
-

the border width.

- -
height
-

the border height.

- -
inner_bevel
-

the inner bevel width.

- -
outer_bevel
-

the outer bevel width.

- -
-

MagickFunctionImage

-
- -

MagickFunctionImage() applys an arithmetic, relational, or logical expression to an image. Use these operators to lighten or darken an image, to increase or decrease contrast in an image, or to produce the "negative" of an image.

- -

The format of the MagickFunctionImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickFunctionImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickFunction function,const size_t number_arguments,
-    const double *arguments)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
function
-

the image function.

- -
number_arguments
-

the number of function arguments.

- -
arguments
-

the function arguments.

- -
-

MagickFxImage

-
- -

MagickFxImage() evaluate expression for each pixel in the image.

- -

The format of the MagickFxImage method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickFxImage(MagickWand *wand,const char *expression)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
expression
-

the expression.

- -
-

MagickGammaImage

-
- -

MagickGammaImage() gamma-corrects an image. The same image viewed on different devices will have perceptual differences in the way the image's intensities are represented on the screen. Specify individual gamma levels for the red, green, and blue channels, or adjust all three with the gamma parameter. Values typically range from 0.8 to 2.3.

- -

You can also reduce the influence of a particular channel with a gamma value of 0.

- -

The format of the MagickGammaImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGammaImage(MagickWand *wand,const double gamma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
level
-

Define the level of gamma correction.

- -
-

MagickGaussianBlurImage

-
- -

MagickGaussianBlurImage() blurs an image. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, the radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and MagickGaussianBlurImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the MagickGaussianBlurImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGaussianBlurImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius,const double sigma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
-

MagickGetImage

-
- -

MagickGetImage() gets the image at the current image index.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImage method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickGetImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageAlphaChannel

-
- -

MagickGetImageAlphaChannel() returns MagickFalse if the image alpha channel is not activated. That is, the image is RGB rather than RGBA or CMYK rather than CMYKA.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageAlphaChannel method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageAlphaChannel(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageClipMask

-
- -

MagickGetImageClipMask() gets the image clip mask at the current image index.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageClipMask method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickGetImageClipMask(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageBackgroundColor

-
- -

MagickGetImageBackgroundColor() returns the image background color.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageBackgroundColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageBackgroundColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    PixelWand *background_color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
background_color
-

Return the background color.

- -
-

MagickGetImageBlob

-
- -

MagickGetImageBlob() implements direct to memory image formats. It returns the image as a blob (a formatted "file" in memory) and its length, starting from the current position in the image sequence. Use MagickSetImageFormat() to set the format to write to the blob (GIF, JPEG, PNG, etc.).

- -

Utilize MagickResetIterator() to ensure the write is from the beginning of the image sequence.

- -

Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the blob when you are done with it.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageBlob method is:

- -
-  unsigned char *MagickGetImageBlob(MagickWand *wand,size_t *length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
length
-

the length of the blob.

- -
-

MagickGetImageBlob

-
- -

MagickGetImageBlob() implements direct to memory image formats. It returns the image sequence as a blob and its length. The format of the image determines the format of the returned blob (GIF, JPEG, PNG, etc.). To return a different image format, use MagickSetImageFormat().

- -

Note, some image formats do not permit multiple images to the same image stream (e.g. JPEG). in this instance, just the first image of the sequence is returned as a blob.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImagesBlob method is:

- -
-  unsigned char *MagickGetImagesBlob(MagickWand *wand,size_t *length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
length
-

the length of the blob.

- -
-

MagickGetImageBluePrimary

-
- -

MagickGetImageBluePrimary() returns the chromaticy blue primary point for the image.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageBluePrimary method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageBluePrimary(MagickWand *wand,double *x,
-    double *y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the chromaticity blue primary x-point.

- -
y
-

the chromaticity blue primary y-point.

- -
-

MagickGetImageBorderColor

-
- -

MagickGetImageBorderColor() returns the image border color.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageBorderColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageBorderColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    PixelWand *border_color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
border_color
-

Return the border color.

- -
-

MagickGetImageFeatures

-
- -

MagickGetImageFeatures() returns features for each channel in the image in each of four directions (horizontal, vertical, left and right diagonals) for the specified distance. The features include the angular second moment, contrast, correlation, sum of squares: variance, inverse difference moment, sum average, sum varience, sum entropy, entropy, difference variance, difference entropy, information measures of correlation 1, information measures of correlation 2, and maximum correlation coefficient. You can access the red channel contrast, for example, like this:

- -
-  channel_features=MagickGetImageFeatures(wand,1);
-  contrast=channel_features[RedChannel].contrast[0];
-
- -

Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the statistics buffer.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageFeatures method is:

- -
-  ChannelFeatures *MagickGetImageFeatures(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t distance)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
distance
-

the distance.

- -
-

MagickGetImageKurtosis

-
- -

MagickGetImageKurtosis() gets the kurtosis and skewness of one or more image channels.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageKurtosis method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageKurtosis(MagickWand *wand,
-    double *kurtosis,double *skewness)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
kurtosis
-

The kurtosis for the specified channel(s).

- -
skewness
-

The skewness for the specified channel(s).

- -
-

MagickGetImageMean

-
- -

MagickGetImageMean() gets the mean and standard deviation of one or more image channels.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageMean method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageMean(MagickWand *wand,double *mean,
-    double *standard_deviation)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
channel
-

the image channel(s).

- -
mean
-

The mean pixel value for the specified channel(s).

- -
standard_deviation
-

The standard deviation for the specified channel(s).

- -
-

MagickGetImageRange

-
- -

MagickGetImageRange() gets the range for one or more image channels.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageRange method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageRange(MagickWand *wand,double *minima,
-    double *maxima)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
minima
-

The minimum pixel value for the specified channel(s).

- -
maxima
-

The maximum pixel value for the specified channel(s).

- -
-

MagickGetImageStatistics

-
- -

MagickGetImageStatistics() returns statistics for each channel in the image. The statistics include the channel depth, its minima and maxima, the mean, the standard deviation, the kurtosis and the skewness. You can access the red channel mean, for example, like this:

- -
-  channel_statistics=MagickGetImageStatistics(wand);
-  red_mean=channel_statistics[RedChannel].mean;
-
- -

Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the statistics buffer.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageStatistics method is:

- -
-  ChannelStatistics *MagickGetImageStatistics(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageColormapColor

-
- -

MagickGetImageColormapColor() returns the color of the specified colormap index.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageColormapColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageColormapColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t index,PixelWand *color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
index
-

the offset into the image colormap.

- -
color
-

Return the colormap color in this wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageColors

-
- -

MagickGetImageColors() gets the number of unique colors in the image.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageColors method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageColors(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageColorspace

-
- -

MagickGetImageColorspace() gets the image colorspace.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageColorspace method is:

- -
-  ColorspaceType MagickGetImageColorspace(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageCompose

-
- -

MagickGetImageCompose() returns the composite operator associated with the image.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageCompose method is:

- -
-  CompositeOperator MagickGetImageCompose(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageCompression

-
- -

MagickGetImageCompression() gets the image compression.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageCompression method is:

- -
-  CompressionType MagickGetImageCompression(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageCompression

-
- -

MagickGetImageCompression() gets the image compression quality.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageCompression method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageCompression(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageDelay

-
- -

MagickGetImageDelay() gets the image delay.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageDelay method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageDelay(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageDepth

-
- -

MagickGetImageDepth() gets the image depth.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageDepth method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageDepth(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageDispose

-
- -

MagickGetImageDispose() gets the image disposal method.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageDispose method is:

- -
-  DisposeType MagickGetImageDispose(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageDistortion

-
- -

MagickGetImageDistortion() compares an image to a reconstructed image and returns the specified distortion metric.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageDistortion method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageDistortion(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *reference,const MetricType metric,
-    double *distortion)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
reference
-

the reference wand.

- -
metric
-

the metric.

- -
distortion
-

the computed distortion between the images.

- -
-

MagickGetImageDistortions

-
- -

MagickGetImageDistortions() compares one or more pixel channels of an image to a reconstructed image and returns the specified distortion metrics.

- -

Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the metrics when you are done with them.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageDistortion method is:

- -
-  double *MagickGetImageDistortion(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *reference,const MetricType metric)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
reference
-

the reference wand.

- -
metric
-

the metric.

- -
-

MagickGetImageFilename

-
- -

MagickGetImageFilename() returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageFilename method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetImageFilename(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageFormat

-
- -

MagickGetImageFormat() returns the format of a particular image in a sequence.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageFormat method is:

- -
-  const char *MagickGetImageFormat(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageFuzz

-
- -

MagickGetImageFuzz() gets the image fuzz.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageFuzz method is:

- -
-  double MagickGetImageFuzz(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageGamma

-
- -

MagickGetImageGamma() gets the image gamma.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageGamma method is:

- -
-  double MagickGetImageGamma(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageGravity

-
- -

MagickGetImageGravity() gets the image gravity.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageGravity method is:

- -
-  GravityType MagickGetImageGravity(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageGreenPrimary

-
- -

MagickGetImageGreenPrimary() returns the chromaticy green primary point.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageGreenPrimary method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageGreenPrimary(MagickWand *wand,double *x,
-    double *y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the chromaticity green primary x-point.

- -
y
-

the chromaticity green primary y-point.

- -
-

MagickGetImageHeight

-
- -

MagickGetImageHeight() returns the image height.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageHeight method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageHeight(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageHistogram

-
- -

MagickGetImageHistogram() returns the image histogram as an array of PixelWand wands.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageHistogram method is:

- -
-  PixelWand **MagickGetImageHistogram(MagickWand *wand,
-    size_t *number_colors)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
number_colors
-

the number of unique colors in the image and the number of pixel wands returned.

- -
-

MagickGetImageInterlaceScheme

-
- -

MagickGetImageInterlaceScheme() gets the image interlace scheme.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageInterlaceScheme method is:

- -
-  InterlaceType MagickGetImageInterlaceScheme(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageInterpolateMethod

-
- -

MagickGetImageInterpolateMethod() returns the interpolation method for the sepcified image.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageInterpolateMethod method is:

- -
-  InterpolatePixelMethod MagickGetImageInterpolateMethod(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageIterations

-
- -

MagickGetImageIterations() gets the image iterations.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageIterations method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageIterations(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageLength

-
- -

MagickGetImageLength() returns the image length in bytes.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageLength method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageLength(MagickWand *wand,
-    MagickSizeType *length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
length
-

the image length in bytes.

- -
-

MagickGetImageMatteColor

-
- -

MagickGetImageMatteColor() returns the image matte color.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageMatteColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImagematteColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    PixelWand *matte_color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
matte_color
-

Return the matte color.

- -
-

MagickGetImageOrientation

-
- -

MagickGetImageOrientation() returns the image orientation.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageOrientation method is:

- -
-  OrientationType MagickGetImageOrientation(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImagePage

-
- -

MagickGetImagePage() returns the page geometry associated with the image.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImagePage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImagePage(MagickWand *wand,
-    size_t *width,size_t *height,ssize_t *x,ssize_t *y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the page width.

- -
height
-

the page height.

- -
x
-

the page x-offset.

- -
y
-

the page y-offset.

- -
-

MagickGetImagePixelColor

-
- -

MagickGetImagePixelColor() returns the color of the specified pixel.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImagePixelColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImagePixelColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,PixelWand *color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x,y
-

the pixel offset into the image.

- -
color
-

Return the colormap color in this wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageRedPrimary

-
- -

MagickGetImageRedPrimary() returns the chromaticy red primary point.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageRedPrimary method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageRedPrimary(MagickWand *wand,double *x,
-    double *y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the chromaticity red primary x-point.

- -
y
-

the chromaticity red primary y-point.

- -
-

MagickGetImageRegion

-
- -

MagickGetImageRegion() extracts a region of the image and returns it as a a new wand.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageRegion method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickGetImageRegion(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the region width.

- -
height
-

the region height.

- -
x
-

the region x offset.

- -
y
-

the region y offset.

- -
-

MagickGetImageRenderingIntent

-
- -

MagickGetImageRenderingIntent() gets the image rendering intent.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageRenderingIntent method is:

- -
-  RenderingIntent MagickGetImageRenderingIntent(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageResolution

-
- -

MagickGetImageResolution() gets the image X and Y resolution.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageResolution method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageResolution(MagickWand *wand,double *x,
-    double *y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the image x-resolution.

- -
y
-

the image y-resolution.

- -
-

MagickGetImageScene

-
- -

MagickGetImageScene() gets the image scene.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageScene method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageScene(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageSignature

-
- -

MagickGetImageSignature() generates an SHA-256 message digest for the image pixel stream.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageSignature method is:

- -
-  const char MagickGetImageSignature(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageTicksPerSecond

-
- -

MagickGetImageTicksPerSecond() gets the image ticks-per-second.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageTicksPerSecond method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageTicksPerSecond(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageType

-
- -

MagickGetImageType() gets the potential image type:

- -

Bilevel Grayscale GrayscaleMatte Palette PaletteMatte TrueColor TrueColorMatte ColorSeparation ColorSeparationMatte

- -

To ensure the image type matches its potential, use MagickSetImageType():

- -
-      (void) MagickSetImageType(wand,MagickGetImageType(wand));
-
- -

The format of the MagickGetImageType method is:

- -
-  ImageType MagickGetImageType(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageUnits

-
- -

MagickGetImageUnits() gets the image units of resolution.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageUnits method is:

- -
-  ResolutionType MagickGetImageUnits(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageVirtualPixelMethod

-
- -

MagickGetImageVirtualPixelMethod() returns the virtual pixel method for the sepcified image.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageVirtualPixelMethod method is:

- -
-  VirtualPixelMethod MagickGetImageVirtualPixelMethod(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageWhitePoint

-
- -

MagickGetImageWhitePoint() returns the chromaticy white point.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageWhitePoint method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetImageWhitePoint(MagickWand *wand,double *x,
-    double *y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the chromaticity white x-point.

- -
y
-

the chromaticity white y-point.

- -
-

MagickGetImageWidth

-
- -

MagickGetImageWidth() returns the image width.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageWidth method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetImageWidth(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetNumberImages

-
- -

MagickGetNumberImages() returns the number of images associated with a magick wand.

- -

The format of the MagickGetNumberImages method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetNumberImages(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageTotalInkDensity

-
- -

MagickGetImageTotalInkDensity() gets the image total ink density.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageTotalInkDensity method is:

- -
-  double MagickGetImageTotalInkDensity(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickHaldClutImage

-
- -

MagickHaldClutImage() replaces colors in the image from a Hald color lookup table. A Hald color lookup table is a 3-dimensional color cube mapped to 2 dimensions. Create it with the HALD coder. You can apply any color transformation to the Hald image and then use this method to apply the transform to the image.

- -

The format of the MagickHaldClutImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickHaldClutImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *hald_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
hald_image
-

the hald CLUT image.

- -
-

MagickHasNextImage

-
- -

MagickHasNextImage() returns MagickTrue if the wand has more images when traversing the list in the forward direction

- -

The format of the MagickHasNextImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickHasNextImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickHasPreviousImage

-
- -

MagickHasPreviousImage() returns MagickTrue if the wand has more images when traversing the list in the reverse direction

- -

The format of the MagickHasPreviousImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickHasPreviousImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickIdentifyImage

-
- -

MagickIdentifyImage() identifies an image by printing its attributes to the file. Attributes include the image width, height, size, and others.

- -

The format of the MagickIdentifyImage method is:

- -
-  const char *MagickIdentifyImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickImplodeImage

-
- -

MagickImplodeImage() creates a new image that is a copy of an existing one with the image pixels "implode" by the specified percentage. It allocates the memory necessary for the new Image structure and returns a pointer to the new image.

- -

The format of the MagickImplodeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickImplodeImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
amount
-

Define the extent of the implosion.

- -
-

MagickImportImagePixels

-
- -

MagickImportImagePixels() accepts pixel datand stores it in the image at the location you specify. The method returns MagickFalse on success otherwise MagickTrue if an error is encountered. The pixel data can be either char, short int, int, ssize_t, float, or double in the order specified by map.

- -

Suppose your want to upload the first scanline of a 640x480 image from character data in red-green-blue order:

- -
-  MagickImportImagePixels(wand,0,0,640,1,"RGB",CharPixel,pixels);
-
- -

The format of the MagickImportImagePixels method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickImportImagePixels(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,const char *map,const StorageType storage,
-    const void *pixels)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x, y, columns, rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a region of pixels you want to define.

- -
map
-

This string reflects the expected ordering of the pixel array. It can be any combination or order of R = red, G = green, B = blue, A = alpha (0 is transparent), O = opacity (0 is opaque), C = cyan, Y = yellow, M = magenta, K = black, I = intensity (for grayscale), P = pad.

- -
storage
-

Define the data type of the pixels. Float and double types are expected to be normalized [0..1] otherwise [0..QuantumRange]. Choose from these types: CharPixel, ShortPixel, IntegerPixel, LongPixel, FloatPixel, or DoublePixel.

- -
pixels
-

This array of values contain the pixel components as defined by map and type. You must preallocate this array where the expected length varies depending on the values of width, height, map, and type.

- -
-

MagickInverseFourierTransformImage

-
- -

MagickInverseFourierTransformImage() implements the inverse discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the image either as a magnitude / phase or real / imaginary image pair.

- -

The format of the MagickInverseFourierTransformImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickInverseFourierTransformImage(
-    MagickWand *magnitude_wand,MagickWand *phase_wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType magnitude)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
magnitude_wand
-

the magnitude or real wand.

- -
phase_wand
-

the phase or imaginary wand.

- -
magnitude
-

if true, return as magnitude / phase pair otherwise a real / imaginary image pair.

- -
-

MagickLabelImage

-
- -

MagickLabelImage() adds a label to your image.

- -

The format of the MagickLabelImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickLabelImage(MagickWand *wand,const char *label)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
label
-

the image label.

- -
-

MagickLevelImage

-
- -

MagickLevelImage() adjusts the levels of an image by scaling the colors falling between specified white and black points to the full available quantum range. The parameters provided represent the black, mid, and white points. The black point specifies the darkest color in the image. Colors darker than the black point are set to zero. Mid point specifies a gamma correction to apply to the image. White point specifies the lightest color in the image. Colors brighter than the white point are set to the maximum quantum value.

- -

The format of the MagickLevelImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickLevelImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double black_point,const double gamma,const double white_point)
-  MagickBooleanType MagickLevelImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ChannelType channel,const double black_point,const double gamma,
-    const double white_point)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
channel
-

Identify which channel to level: RedChannel, GreenChannel,

- -
black_point
-

the black point.

- -
gamma
-

the gamma.

- -
white_point
-

the white point.

- -
-

MagickLinearStretchImage

-
- -

MagickLinearStretchImage() stretches with saturation the image intensity.

- -

You can also reduce the influence of a particular channel with a gamma value of 0.

- -

The format of the MagickLinearStretchImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickLinearStretchImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double black_point,const double white_point)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
black_point
-

the black point.

- -
white_point
-

the white point.

- -
-

MagickLiquidRescaleImage

-
- -

MagickLiquidRescaleImage() rescales image with seam carving.

- -

MagickBooleanType MagickLiquidRescaleImage(MagickWand *wand, const size_t columns,const size_t rows, const double delta_x,const double rigidity)

- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- -
delta_x
-

maximum seam transversal step (0 means straight seams).

- -
rigidity
-

introduce a bias for non-straight seams (typically 0).

- -
-

MagickMagnifyImage

-
- -

MagickMagnifyImage() is a convenience method that scales an image proportionally to twice its original size.

- -

The format of the MagickMagnifyImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickMagnifyImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickMergeImageLayers

-
- -

MagickMergeImageLayers() composes all the image layers from the current given image onward to produce a single image of the merged layers.

- -

The inital canvas's size depends on the given ImageLayerMethod, and is initialized using the first images background color. The images are then compositied onto that image in sequence using the given composition that has been assigned to each individual image.

- -

The format of the MagickMergeImageLayers method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickMergeImageLayers(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ImageLayerMethod method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
method
-

the method of selecting the size of the initial canvas.

- -

MergeLayer: Merge all layers onto a canvas just large enough to hold all the actual images. The virtual canvas of the first image is preserved but otherwise ignored.

- -

FlattenLayer: Use the virtual canvas size of first image. Images which fall outside this canvas is clipped. This can be used to 'fill out' a given virtual canvas.

- -

MosaicLayer: Start with the virtual canvas of the first image, enlarging left and right edges to contain all images. Images with negative offsets will be clipped.

- -
-

MagickMinifyImage

-
- -

MagickMinifyImage() is a convenience method that scales an image proportionally to one-half its original size

- -

The format of the MagickMinifyImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickMinifyImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickModulateImage

-
- -

MagickModulateImage() lets you control the brightness, saturation, and hue of an image. Hue is the percentage of absolute rotation from the current position. For example 50 results in a counter-clockwise rotation of 90 degrees, 150 results in a clockwise rotation of 90 degrees, with 0 and 200 both resulting in a rotation of 180 degrees.

- -

To increase the color brightness by 20 and decrease the color saturation by 10 and leave the hue unchanged, use: 120,90,100.

- -

The format of the MagickModulateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickModulateImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double brightness,const double saturation,const double hue)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
brightness
-

the percent change in brighness.

- -
saturation
-

the percent change in saturation.

- -
hue
-

the percent change in hue.

- -
-

MagickMontageImage

-
- -

MagickMontageImage() creates a composite image by combining several separate images. The images are tiled on the composite image with the name of the image optionally appearing just below the individual tile.

- -

The format of the MagickMontageImage method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickMontageImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const DrawingWand drawing_wand,const char *tile_geometry,
-    const char *thumbnail_geometry,const MontageMode mode,
-    const char *frame)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
drawing_wand
-

the drawing wand. The font name, size, and color are obtained from this wand.

- -
tile_geometry
-

the number of tiles per row and page (e.g. 6x4+0+0).

- -
thumbnail_geometry
-

Preferred image size and border size of each thumbnail (e.g. 120x120+4+3>).

- -
mode
-

Thumbnail framing mode: Frame, Unframe, or Concatenate.

- -
frame
-

Surround the image with an ornamental border (e.g. 15x15+3+3). The frame color is that of the thumbnail's matte color.

- -
-

MagickMorphImages

-
- -

MagickMorphImages() method morphs a set of images. Both the image pixels and size are linearly interpolated to give the appearance of a meta-morphosis from one image to the next.

- -

The format of the MagickMorphImages method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickMorphImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t number_frames)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
number_frames
-

the number of in-between images to generate.

- -
-

MagickMorphologyImage

-
- -

MagickMorphologyImage() applies a user supplied kernel to the image according to the given mophology method.

- -

The format of the MagickMorphologyImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickMorphologyImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    MorphologyMethod method,const ssize_t iterations,KernelInfo *kernel)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
method
-

the morphology method to be applied.

- -
iterations
-

apply the operation this many times (or no change). A value of -1 means loop until no change found. How this is applied may depend on the morphology method. Typically this is a value of 1.

- -
kernel
-

An array of doubles representing the morphology kernel.

- -
-

MagickMotionBlurImage

-
- -

MagickMotionBlurImage() simulates motion blur. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and MotionBlurImage() selects a suitable radius for you. Angle gives the angle of the blurring motion.

- -

The format of the MagickMotionBlurImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickMotionBlurImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius,const double sigma,const double angle)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
angle
-

Apply the effect along this angle.

- -
-

MagickNegateImage

-
- -

MagickNegateImage() negates the colors in the reference image. The Grayscale option means that only grayscale values within the image are negated.

- -

You can also reduce the influence of a particular channel with a gamma value of 0.

- -

The format of the MagickNegateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickNegateImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType gray)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
gray
-

If MagickTrue, only negate grayscale pixels within the image.

- -
-

MagickNewImage

-
- -

MagickNewImage() adds a blank image canvas of the specified size and background color to the wand.

- -

The format of the MagickNewImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickNewImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows,
-    const PixelWand *background)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the image width.

- -
height
-

the image height.

- -
background
-

the image color.

- -
-

MagickNextImage

-
- -

MagickNextImage() associates the next image in the image list with a magick wand.

- -

The format of the MagickNextImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickNextImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickNormalizeImage

-
- -

MagickNormalizeImage() enhances the contrast of a color image by adjusting the pixels color to span the entire range of colors available

- -

You can also reduce the influence of a particular channel with a gamma value of 0.

- -

The format of the MagickNormalizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickNormalizeImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickOilPaintImage

-
- -

MagickOilPaintImage() applies a special effect filter that simulates an oil painting. Each pixel is replaced by the most frequent color occurring in a circular region defined by radius.

- -

The format of the MagickOilPaintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickOilPaintImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the circular neighborhood.

- -
-

MagickOpaquePaintImage

-
- -

MagickOpaquePaintImage() changes any pixel that matches color with the color defined by fill.

- -

The format of the MagickOpaquePaintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickOpaquePaintImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *target,const PixelWand *fill,const double fuzz,
-    const MagickBooleanType invert)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
target
-

Change this target color to the fill color within the image.

- -
fill
-

the fill pixel wand.

- -
fuzz
-

By default target must match a particular pixel color exactly. However, in many cases two colors may differ by a small amount. The fuzz member of image defines how much tolerance is acceptable to consider two colors as the same. For example, set fuzz to 10 and the color red at intensities of 100 and 102 respectively are now interpreted as the same color for the purposes of the floodfill.

- -
invert
-

paint any pixel that does not match the target color.

- -
-

MagickOptimizeImageLayers

-
- -

MagickOptimizeImageLayers() compares each image the GIF disposed forms of the previous image in the sequence. From this it attempts to select the smallest cropped image to replace each frame, while preserving the results of the animation.

- -

The format of the MagickOptimizeImageLayers method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickOptimizeImageLayers(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickOrderedPosterizeImage

-
- -

MagickOrderedPosterizeImage() performs an ordered dither based on a number of pre-defined dithering threshold maps, but over multiple intensity levels, which can be different for different channels, according to the input arguments.

- -

The format of the MagickOrderedPosterizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickOrderedPosterizeImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *threshold_map)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
threshold_map
-

A string containing the name of the threshold dither map to use, followed by zero or more numbers representing the number of color levels tho dither between.

- -

Any level number less than 2 is equivalent to 2, and means only binary dithering will be applied to each color channel.

- -

No numbers also means a 2 level (bitmap) dither will be applied to all channels, while a single number is the number of levels applied to each channel in sequence. More numbers will be applied in turn to each of the color channels.

- -

For example: "o3x3,6" generates a 6 level posterization of the image with a ordered 3x3 diffused pixel dither being applied between each level. While checker,8,8,4 will produce a 332 colormaped image with only a single checkerboard hash pattern (50 grey) between each color level, to basically double the number of color levels with a bare minimim of dithering.

- -
-

MagickPingImage

-
- -

MagickPingImage() is like MagickReadImage() except the only valid information returned is the image width, height, size, and format. It is designed to efficiently obtain this information from a file without reading the entire image sequence into memory.

- -

The format of the MagickPingImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickPingImage(MagickWand *wand,const char *filename)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
filename
-

the image filename.

- -
-

MagickPingImageBlob

-
- -

MagickPingImageBlob() pings an image or image sequence from a blob.

- -

The format of the MagickPingImageBlob method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickPingImageBlob(MagickWand *wand,
-    const void *blob,const size_t length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
blob
-

the blob.

- -
length
-

the blob length.

- -
-

MagickPingImageFile

-
- -

MagickPingImageFile() pings an image or image sequence from an open file descriptor.

- -

The format of the MagickPingImageFile method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickPingImageFile(MagickWand *wand,FILE *file)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
file
-

the file descriptor.

- -
-

MagickPolaroidImage

-
- -

MagickPolaroidImage() simulates a Polaroid picture.

- -

The format of the MagickPolaroidImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickPolaroidImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const DrawingWand *drawing_wand,const double angle)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
drawing_wand
-

the draw wand.

- -
angle
-

Apply the effect along this angle.

- -
-

MagickPosterizeImage

-
- -

MagickPosterizeImage() reduces the image to a limited number of color level.

- -

The format of the MagickPosterizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickPosterizeImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const unsigned levels,const MagickBooleanType dither)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
levels
-

Number of color levels allowed in each channel. Very low values (2, 3, or 4) have the most visible effect.

- -
dither
-

Set this integer value to something other than zero to dither the mapped image.

- -
-

MagickPreviewImages

-
- -

MagickPreviewImages() tiles 9 thumbnails of the specified image with an image processing operation applied at varying strengths. This helpful to quickly pin-point an appropriate parameter for an image processing operation.

- -

The format of the MagickPreviewImages method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickPreviewImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PreviewType preview)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
preview
-

the preview type.

- -
-

MagickPreviousImage

-
- -

MagickPreviousImage() assocates the previous image in an image list with the magick wand.

- -

The format of the MagickPreviousImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickPreviousImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickQuantizeImage

-
- -

MagickQuantizeImage() analyzes the colors within a reference image and chooses a fixed number of colors to represent the image. The goal of the algorithm is to minimize the color difference between the input and output image while minimizing the processing time.

- -

The format of the MagickQuantizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickQuantizeImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t number_colors,const ColorspaceType colorspace,
-    const size_t treedepth,const MagickBooleanType dither,
-    const MagickBooleanType measure_error)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
number_colors
-

the number of colors.

- -
colorspace
-

Perform color reduction in this colorspace, typically RGBColorspace.

- -
treedepth
-

Normally, this integer value is zero or one. A zero or one tells Quantize to choose a optimal tree depth of Log4(number_colors). A tree of this depth generally allows the best representation of the reference image with the least amount of memory and the fastest computational speed. In some cases, such as an image with low color dispersion (a few number of colors), a value other than Log4(number_colors) is required. To expand the color tree completely, use a value of 8.

- -
dither
-

A value other than zero distributes the difference between an original image and the corresponding color reduced image to neighboring pixels along a Hilbert curve.

- -
measure_error
-

A value other than zero measures the difference between the original and quantized images. This difference is the total quantization error. The error is computed by summing over all pixels in an image the distance squared in RGB space between each reference pixel value and its quantized value.

- -
-

MagickQuantizeImages

-
- -

MagickQuantizeImages() analyzes the colors within a sequence of images and chooses a fixed number of colors to represent the image. The goal of the algorithm is to minimize the color difference between the input and output image while minimizing the processing time.

- -

The format of the MagickQuantizeImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickQuantizeImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t number_colors,const ColorspaceType colorspace,
-    const size_t treedepth,const MagickBooleanType dither,
-    const MagickBooleanType measure_error)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
number_colors
-

the number of colors.

- -
colorspace
-

Perform color reduction in this colorspace, typically RGBColorspace.

- -
treedepth
-

Normally, this integer value is zero or one. A zero or one tells Quantize to choose a optimal tree depth of Log4(number_colors). A tree of this depth generally allows the best representation of the reference image with the least amount of memory and the fastest computational speed. In some cases, such as an image with low color dispersion (a few number of colors), a value other than Log4(number_colors) is required. To expand the color tree completely, use a value of 8.

- -
dither
-

A value other than zero distributes the difference between an original image and the corresponding color reduced algorithm to neighboring pixels along a Hilbert curve.

- -
measure_error
-

A value other than zero measures the difference between the original and quantized images. This difference is the total quantization error. The error is computed by summing over all pixels in an image the distance squared in RGB space between each reference pixel value and its quantized value.

- -
-

MagickRadialBlurImage

-
- -

MagickRadialBlurImage() radial blurs an image.

- -

The format of the MagickRadialBlurImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickRadialBlurImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double angle)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
angle
-

the angle of the blur in degrees.

- -
-

MagickRaiseImage

-
- -

MagickRaiseImage() creates a simulated three-dimensional button-like effect by lightening and darkening the edges of the image. Members width and height of raise_info define the width of the vertical and horizontal edge of the effect.

- -

The format of the MagickRaiseImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickRaiseImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,const MagickBooleanType raise)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width,height,x,y
-

Define the dimensions of the area to raise.

- -
raise
-

A value other than zero creates a 3-D raise effect, otherwise it has a lowered effect.

- -
-

MagickRandomThresholdImage

-
- -

MagickRandomThresholdImage() changes the value of individual pixels based on the intensity of each pixel compared to threshold. The result is a high-contrast, two color image.

- -

The format of the MagickRandomThresholdImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickRandomThresholdImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double low,const double high)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
low,high
-

Specify the high and low thresholds. These values range from 0 to QuantumRange.

- -
-

MagickReadImage

-
- -

MagickReadImage() reads an image or image sequence. The images are inserted at the current image pointer position. Use MagickSetFirstIterator(), MagickSetLastIterator, or MagickSetImageIndex() to specify the current image pointer position at the beginning of the image list, the end, or anywhere in-between respectively.

- -

The format of the MagickReadImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickReadImage(MagickWand *wand,const char *filename)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
filename
-

the image filename.

- -
-

MagickReadImageBlob

-
- -

MagickReadImageBlob() reads an image or image sequence from a blob.

- -

The format of the MagickReadImageBlob method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickReadImageBlob(MagickWand *wand,
-    const void *blob,const size_t length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
blob
-

the blob.

- -
length
-

the blob length.

- -
-

MagickReadImageFile

-
- -

MagickReadImageFile() reads an image or image sequence from an open file descriptor.

- -

The format of the MagickReadImageFile method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickReadImageFile(MagickWand *wand,FILE *file)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
file
-

the file descriptor.

- -
-

MagickRemapImage

-
- -

MagickRemapImage() replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image.

- -

The format of the MagickRemapImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickRemapImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *remap_wand,const DitherMethod method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
affinity
-

the affinity wand.

- -
method
-

choose from these dither methods: NoDitherMethod, RiemersmaDitherMethod, or FloydSteinbergDitherMethod.

- -
-

MagickRemoveImage

-
- -

MagickRemoveImage() removes an image from the image list.

- -

The format of the MagickRemoveImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickRemoveImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
insert
-

the splice wand.

- -
-

MagickResampleImage

-
- -

MagickResampleImage() resample image to desired resolution.

- -

Bessel Blackman Box Catrom Cubic Gaussian Hanning Hermite Lanczos Mitchell Point Quandratic Sinc Triangle

- -

Most of the filters are FIR (finite impulse response), however, Bessel, Gaussian, and Sinc are IIR (infinite impulse response). Bessel and Sinc are windowed (brought down to zero) with the Blackman filter.

- -

The format of the MagickResampleImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickResampleImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double x_resolution,const double y_resolution,
-    const FilterTypes filter,const double blur)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x_resolution
-

the new image x resolution.

- -
y_resolution
-

the new image y resolution.

- -
filter
-

Image filter to use.

- -
blur
-

the blur factor where > 1 is blurry, < 1 is sharp.

- -
-

MagickResetImagePage

-
- -

MagickResetImagePage() resets the Wand page canvas and position.

- -

The format of the MagickResetImagePage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickResetImagePage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *page)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
page
-

the relative page specification.

- -
-

MagickResizeImage

-
- -

MagickResizeImage() scales an image to the desired dimensions with one of these filters:

- -
-      Bessel   Blackman   Box
-      Catrom   CubicGaussian
-      Hanning  Hermite    Lanczos
-      Mitchell PointQuandratic
-      Sinc     Triangle
-
- -

Most of the filters are FIR (finite impulse response), however, Bessel, Gaussian, and Sinc are IIR (infinite impulse response). Bessel and Sinc are windowed (brought down to zero) with the Blackman filter.

- -

The format of the MagickResizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickResizeImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows,
-    const FilterTypes filter,const double blur)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- -
filter
-

Image filter to use.

- -
blur
-

the blur factor where > 1 is blurry, < 1 is sharp.

- -
-

MagickRollImage

-
- -

MagickRollImage() offsets an image as defined by x and y.

- -

The format of the MagickRollImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickRollImage(MagickWand *wand,const ssize_t x,
-    const size_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the x offset.

- -
y
-

the y offset.

- - -
-

MagickRotateImage

-
- -

MagickRotateImage() rotates an image the specified number of degrees. Empty triangles left over from rotating the image are filled with the background color.

- -

The format of the MagickRotateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickRotateImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *background,const double degrees)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
background
-

the background pixel wand.

- -
degrees
-

the number of degrees to rotate the image.

- - -
-

MagickSampleImage

-
- -

MagickSampleImage() scales an image to the desired dimensions with pixel sampling. Unlike other scaling methods, this method does not introduce any additional color into the scaled image.

- -

The format of the MagickSampleImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSampleImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- - -
-

MagickScaleImage

-
- -

MagickScaleImage() scales the size of an image to the given dimensions.

- -

The format of the MagickScaleImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickScaleImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- - -
-

MagickSegmentImage

-
- -

MagickSegmentImage() segments an image by analyzing the histograms of the color components and identifying units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy C-means technique.

- -

The format of the SegmentImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSegmentImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ColorspaceType colorspace,const MagickBooleanType verbose,
-    const double cluster_threshold,const double smooth_threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
wand
-

the wand.

- -
colorspace
-

the image colorspace.

- -
verbose
-

Set to MagickTrue to print detailed information about the identified classes.

- -
cluster_threshold
-

This represents the minimum number of pixels contained in a hexahedra before it can be considered valid (expressed as a percentage).

- -
smooth_threshold
-

the smoothing threshold eliminates noise in the second derivative of the histogram. As the value is increased, you can expect a smoother second derivative.

- -
-

MagickSelectiveBlurImage

-
- -

MagickSelectiveBlurImage() selectively blur an image within a contrast threshold. It is similar to the unsharpen mask that sharpens everything with contrast above a certain threshold.

- -

The format of the MagickSelectiveBlurImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSelectiveBlurImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius,const double sigma,const double threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the gaussian, in pixels.

- -
threshold
-

only pixels within this contrast threshold are included in the blur operation.

- -
-

MagickSeparateImage

-
- -

MagickSeparateImage() separates a channel from the image and returns a grayscale image. A channel is a particular color component of each pixel in the image.

- -

The format of the MagickSeparateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSeparateImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickSepiaToneImage

-
- -

MagickSepiaToneImage() applies a special effect to the image, similar to the effect achieved in a photo darkroom by sepia toning. Threshold ranges from 0 to QuantumRange and is a measure of the extent of the sepia toning. A threshold of 80 is a good starting point for a reasonable tone.

- -

The format of the MagickSepiaToneImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSepiaToneImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
threshold
-

Define the extent of the sepia toning.

- -
-

MagickSetImage

-
- -

MagickSetImage() replaces the last image returned by MagickSetImageIndex(), MagickNextImage(), MagickPreviousImage() with the images from the specified wand.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *set_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
set_wand
-

the set_wand wand.

- -
-

MagickSetImageAlphaChannel

-
- -

MagickSetImageAlphaChannel() activates, deactivates, resets, or sets the alpha channel.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageAlphaChannel method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageAlphaChannel(MagickWand *wand,
-    const AlphaChannelType alpha_type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
alpha_type
-

the alpha channel type: ActivateAlphaChannel, DeactivateAlphaChannel, OpaqueAlphaChannel, or SetAlphaChannel.

- -
-

MagickSetImageBackgroundColor

-
- -

MagickSetImageBackgroundColor() sets the image background color.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageBackgroundColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageBackgroundColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *background)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
background
-

the background pixel wand.

- -
-

MagickSetImageBias

-
- -

MagickSetImageBias() sets the image bias for any method that convolves an image (e.g. MagickConvolveImage()).

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageBias method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageBias(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double bias)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
bias
-

the image bias.

- -
-

MagickSetImageBluePrimary

-
- -

MagickSetImageBluePrimary() sets the image chromaticity blue primary point.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageBluePrimary method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageBluePrimary(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the blue primary x-point.

- -
y
-

the blue primary y-point.

- -
-

MagickSetImageBorderColor

-
- -

MagickSetImageBorderColor() sets the image border color.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageBorderColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageBorderColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *border)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
border
-

the border pixel wand.

- -
-

MagickSetImageClipMask

-
- -

MagickSetImageClipMask() sets image clip mask.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageClipMask method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageClipMask(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *clip_mask)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
clip_mask
-

the clip_mask wand.

- -
-

MagickSetImageColor

-
- -

MagickSetImageColor() set the entire wand canvas to the specified color.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
background
-

the image color.

- -
-

MagickSetImageColormapColor

-
- -

MagickSetImageColormapColor() sets the color of the specified colormap index.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageColormapColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageColormapColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t index,const PixelWand *color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
index
-

the offset into the image colormap.

- -
color
-

Return the colormap color in this wand.

- -
-

MagickSetImageColorspace

-
- -

MagickSetImageColorspace() sets the image colorspace.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageColorspace method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageColorspace(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ColorspaceType colorspace)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
colorspace
-

the image colorspace: UndefinedColorspace, RGBColorspace, GRAYColorspace, TransparentColorspace, OHTAColorspace, XYZColorspace, YCbCrColorspace, YCCColorspace, YIQColorspace, YPbPrColorspace, YPbPrColorspace, YUVColorspace, CMYKColorspace, sRGBColorspace, HSLColorspace, or HWBColorspace.

- -
-

MagickSetImageCompose

-
- -

MagickSetImageCompose() sets the image composite operator, useful for specifying how to composite the image thumbnail when using the MagickMontageImage() method.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageCompose method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageCompose(MagickWand *wand,
-    const CompositeOperator compose)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
compose
-

the image composite operator.

- -
-

MagickSetImageCompression

-
- -

MagickSetImageCompression() sets the image compression.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageCompression method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageCompression(MagickWand *wand,
-    const CompressionType compression)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
compression
-

the image compression type.

- -
-

MagickSetImageCompressionQuality

-
- -

MagickSetImageCompressionQuality() sets the image compression quality.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageCompressionQuality method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageCompressionQuality(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t quality)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
quality
-

the image compression tlityype.

- -
-

MagickSetImageDelay

-
- -

MagickSetImageDelay() sets the image delay.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageDelay method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageDelay(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t delay)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
delay
-

the image delay in ticks-per-second units.

- -
-

MagickSetImageDepth

-
- -

MagickSetImageDepth() sets the image depth.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageDepth method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageDepth(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t depth)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
depth
-

the image depth in bits: 8, 16, or 32.

- -
-

MagickSetImageDispose

-
- -

MagickSetImageDispose() sets the image disposal method.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageDispose method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageDispose(MagickWand *wand,
-    const DisposeType dispose)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
dispose
-

the image disposeal type.

- -
-

MagickSetImageExtent

-
- -

MagickSetImageExtent() sets the image size (i.e. columns & rows).

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageExtent method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageExtent(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const unsigned rows)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

The image width in pixels.

- -
rows
-

The image height in pixels.

- -
-

MagickSetImageFilename

-
- -

MagickSetImageFilename() sets the filename of a particular image in a sequence.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageFilename method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageFilename(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *filename)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
filename
-

the image filename.

- -
-

MagickSetImageFormat

-
- -

MagickSetImageFormat() sets the format of a particular image in a sequence.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageFormat method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageFormat(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *format)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
format
-

the image format.

- -
-

MagickSetImageFuzz

-
- -

MagickSetImageFuzz() sets the image fuzz.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageFuzz method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageFuzz(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double fuzz)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
fuzz
-

the image fuzz.

- -
-

MagickSetImageGamma

-
- -

MagickSetImageGamma() sets the image gamma.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageGamma method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageGamma(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double gamma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
gamma
-

the image gamma.

- -
-

MagickSetImageGravity

-
- -

MagickSetImageGravity() sets the image gravity type.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageGravity method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageGravity(MagickWand *wand,
-    const GravityType gravity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
gravity
-

the image interlace scheme: NoInterlace, LineInterlace, PlaneInterlace, PartitionInterlace.

- -
-

MagickSetImageGreenPrimary

-
- -

MagickSetImageGreenPrimary() sets the image chromaticity green primary point.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageGreenPrimary method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageGreenPrimary(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the green primary x-point.

- -
y
-

the green primary y-point.

- - -
-

MagickSetImageInterlaceScheme

-
- -

MagickSetImageInterlaceScheme() sets the image interlace scheme.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageInterlaceScheme method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageInterlaceScheme(MagickWand *wand,
-    const InterlaceType interlace)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
interlace
-

the image interlace scheme: NoInterlace, LineInterlace, PlaneInterlace, PartitionInterlace.

- -
-

MagickSetImageInterpolateMethod

-
- -

MagickSetImageInterpolateMethod() sets the image interpolate pixel method.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageInterpolateMethod method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageInterpolateMethod(MagickWand *wand,
-    const InterpolatePixelMethod method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
method
-

the image interpole pixel methods: choose from Undefined, Average, Bicubic, Bilinear, Filter, Integer, Mesh, NearestNeighbor.

- -
-

MagickSetImageIterations

-
- -

MagickSetImageIterations() sets the image iterations.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageIterations method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageIterations(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t iterations)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
delay
-

the image delay in 1/100th of a second.

- -
-

MagickSetImageMatte

-
- -

MagickSetImageMatte() sets the image matte channel.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageMatteColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageMatteColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType *matte)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
matte
-

Set to MagickTrue to enable the image matte channel otherwise MagickFalse.

- -
-

MagickSetImageMatteColor

-
- -

MagickSetImageMatteColor() sets the image matte color.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageMatteColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageMatteColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *matte)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
matte
-

the matte pixel wand.

- -
-

MagickSetImageOpacity

-
- -

MagickSetImageOpacity() sets the image to the specified opacity level.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageOpacity method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageOpacity(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double alpha)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
alpha
-

the level of transparency: 1.0 is fully opaque and 0.0 is fully transparent.

- -
-

MagickSetImageOrientation

-
- -

MagickSetImageOrientation() sets the image orientation.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageOrientation method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageOrientation(MagickWand *wand,
-    const OrientationType orientation)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
orientation
-

the image orientation type.

- -
-

MagickSetImagePage

-
- -

MagickSetImagePage() sets the page geometry of the image.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImagePage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImagePage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the page width.

- -
height
-

the page height.

- -
x
-

the page x-offset.

- -
y
-

the page y-offset.

- -
-

MagickSetImageProgressMonitor

-
- -

MagickSetImageProgressMonitor() sets the wand image progress monitor to the specified method and returns the previous progress monitor if any. The progress monitor method looks like this:

- -
-      MagickBooleanType MagickProgressMonitor(const char *text,
-  const MagickOffsetType offset,const MagickSizeType span,
-  void *client_data)
-
- -

If the progress monitor returns MagickFalse, the current operation is interrupted.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageProgressMonitor method is:

- -
-  MagickProgressMonitor MagickSetImageProgressMonitor(MagickWand *wand
-    const MagickProgressMonitor progress_monitor,void *client_data)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
progress_monitor
-

Specifies a pointer to a method to monitor progress of an image operation.

- -
client_data
-

Specifies a pointer to any client data.

- -
-

MagickSetImageRedPrimary

-
- -

MagickSetImageRedPrimary() sets the image chromaticity red primary point.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageRedPrimary method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageRedPrimary(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the red primary x-point.

- -
y
-

the red primary y-point.

- -
-

MagickSetImageRenderingIntent

-
- -

MagickSetImageRenderingIntent() sets the image rendering intent.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageRenderingIntent method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageRenderingIntent(MagickWand *wand,
-    const RenderingIntent rendering_intent)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
rendering_intent
-

the image rendering intent: UndefinedIntent, SaturationIntent, PerceptualIntent, AbsoluteIntent, or RelativeIntent.

- -
-

MagickSetImageResolution

-
- -

MagickSetImageResolution() sets the image resolution.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageResolution method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageResolution(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double x_resolution,const doubtl y_resolution)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x_resolution
-

the image x resolution.

- -
y_resolution
-

the image y resolution.

- -
-

MagickSetImageScene

-
- -

MagickSetImageScene() sets the image scene.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageScene method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageScene(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t scene)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
delay
-

the image scene number.

- -
-

MagickSetImageTicksPerSecond

-
- -

MagickSetImageTicksPerSecond() sets the image ticks-per-second.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageTicksPerSecond method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageTicksPerSecond(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ssize_t ticks_per-second)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
ticks_per_second
-

the units to use for the image delay.

- -
-

MagickSetImageType

-
- -

MagickSetImageType() sets the image type.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageType method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageType(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ImageType image_type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
image_type
-

the image type: UndefinedType, BilevelType, GrayscaleType, GrayscaleMatteType, PaletteType, PaletteMatteType, TrueColorType, TrueColorMatteType, ColorSeparationType, ColorSeparationMatteType, or OptimizeType.

- -
-

MagickSetImageUnits

-
- -

MagickSetImageUnits() sets the image units of resolution.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageUnits method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageUnits(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ResolutionType units)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
units
-

the image units of resolution : UndefinedResolution, PixelsPerInchResolution, or PixelsPerCentimeterResolution.

- -
-

MagickSetImageVirtualPixelMethod

-
- -

MagickSetImageVirtualPixelMethod() sets the image virtual pixel method.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageVirtualPixelMethod method is:

- -
-  VirtualPixelMethod MagickSetImageVirtualPixelMethod(MagickWand *wand,
-    const VirtualPixelMethod method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
method
-

the image virtual pixel method : UndefinedVirtualPixelMethod, ConstantVirtualPixelMethod, EdgeVirtualPixelMethod, MirrorVirtualPixelMethod, or TileVirtualPixelMethod.

- -
-

MagickSetImageWhitePoint

-
- -

MagickSetImageWhitePoint() sets the image chromaticity white point.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageWhitePoint method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageWhitePoint(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double x,const double y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the white x-point.

- -
y
-

the white y-point.

- -
-

MagickShadeImage

-
- -

MagickShadeImage() shines a distant light on an image to create a three-dimensional effect. You control the positioning of the light with azimuth and elevation; azimuth is measured in degrees off the x axis and elevation is measured in pixels above the Z axis.

- -

The format of the MagickShadeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickShadeImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType gray,const double azimuth,
-    const double elevation)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
gray
-

A value other than zero shades the intensity of each pixel.

- -
azimuth, elevation
-

Define the light source direction.

- -
-

MagickShadowImage

-
- -

MagickShadowImage() simulates an image shadow.

- -

The format of the MagickShadowImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickShadowImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double opacity,const double sigma,const ssize_t x,const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
opacity
-

percentage transparency.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
x
-

the shadow x-offset.

- -
y
-

the shadow y-offset.

- -
-

MagickSharpenImage

-
- -

MagickSharpenImage() sharpens an image. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, the radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and MagickSharpenImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the MagickSharpenImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSharpenImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius,const double sigma)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
-

MagickShaveImage

-
- -

MagickShaveImage() shaves pixels from the image edges. It allocates the memory necessary for the new Image structure and returns a pointer to the new image.

- -

The format of the MagickShaveImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickShaveImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- - -
-

MagickShearImage

-
- -

MagickShearImage() slides one edge of an image along the X or Y axis, creating a parallelogram. An X direction shear slides an edge along the X axis, while a Y direction shear slides an edge along the Y axis. The amount of the shear is controlled by a shear angle. For X direction shears, x_shear is measured relative to the Y axis, and similarly, for Y direction shears y_shear is measured relative to the X axis. Empty triangles left over from shearing the image are filled with the background color.

- -

The format of the MagickShearImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickShearImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *background,const double x_shear,onst double y_shear)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
background
-

the background pixel wand.

- -
x_shear
-

the number of degrees to shear the image.

- -
y_shear
-

the number of degrees to shear the image.

- -
-

MagickSigmoidalContrastImage

-
- -

MagickSigmoidalContrastImage() adjusts the contrast of an image with a non-linear sigmoidal contrast algorithm. Increase the contrast of the image using a sigmoidal transfer function without saturating highlights or shadows. Contrast indicates how much to increase the contrast (0 is none; 3 is typical; 20 is pushing it); mid-point indicates where midtones fall in the resultant image (0 is white; 50 is middle-gray; 100 is black). Set sharpen to MagickTrue to increase the image contrast otherwise the contrast is reduced.

- -

The format of the MagickSigmoidalContrastImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSigmoidalContrastImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType sharpen,const double alpha,const double beta)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
sharpen
-

Increase or decrease image contrast.

- -
alpha
-

strength of the contrast, the larger the number the more 'threshold-like' it becomes.

- -
beta
-

midpoint of the function as a color value 0 to QuantumRange.

- -
-

MagickSimilarityImage

-
- -

MagickSimilarityImage() compares the reference image of the image and returns the best match offset. In addition, it returns a similarity image such that an exact match location is completely white and if none of the pixels match, black, otherwise some gray level in-between.

- -

The format of the MagickSimilarityImage method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickSimilarityImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *reference,RectangeInfo *offset,double *similarity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
reference
-

the reference wand.

- -
offset
-

the best match offset of the reference image within the image.

- -
similarity
-

the computed similarity between the images.

- -
-

MagickSketchImage

-
- -

MagickSketchImage() simulates a pencil sketch. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and SketchImage() selects a suitable radius for you. Angle gives the angle of the blurring motion.

- -

The format of the MagickSketchImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSketchImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius,const double sigma,const double angle)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
angle
-

Apply the effect along this angle.

- -
-

MagickSmushImages

-
- -

MagickSmushImages() takes all images from the current image pointer to the end of the image list and smushs them to each other top-to-bottom if the stack parameter is true, otherwise left-to-right.

- -

The format of the MagickSmushImages method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickSmushImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType stack,const ssize_t offset)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
stack
-

By default, images are stacked left-to-right. Set stack to MagickTrue to stack them top-to-bottom.

- -
offset
-

minimum distance in pixels between images.

- -
-

MagickSolarizeImage

-
- -

MagickSolarizeImage() applies a special effect to the image, similar to the effect achieved in a photo darkroom by selectively exposing areas of photo sensitive paper to light. Threshold ranges from 0 to QuantumRange and is a measure of the extent of the solarization.

- -

The format of the MagickSolarizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSolarizeImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
threshold
-

Define the extent of the solarization.

- -
-

MagickSparseColorImage

-
- -

MagickSparseColorImage(), given a set of coordinates, interpolates the colors found at those coordinates, across the whole image, using various methods.

- -

The format of the MagickSparseColorImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSparseColorImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const SparseColorMethod method,const size_t number_arguments,
-    const double *arguments)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image to be sparseed.

- -
method
-

the method of image sparseion.

- -

ArcSparseColorion will always ignore source image offset, and always 'bestfit' the destination image with the top left corner offset relative to the polar mapping center.

- -

Bilinear has no simple inverse mapping so will not allow 'bestfit' style of image sparseion.

- -

Affine, Perspective, and Bilinear, will do least squares fitting of the distrotion when more than the minimum number of control point pairs are provided.

- -

Perspective, and Bilinear, will fall back to a Affine sparseion when less than 4 control point pairs are provided. While Affine sparseions will let you use any number of control point pairs, that is Zero pairs is a No-Op (viewport only) distrotion, one pair is a translation and two pairs of control points will do a scale-rotate-translate, without any shearing.

- -
number_arguments
-

the number of arguments given for this sparseion method.

- -
arguments
-

the arguments for this sparseion method.

- -
-

MagickSpliceImage

-
- -

MagickSpliceImage() splices a solid color into the image.

- -

The format of the MagickSpliceImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSpliceImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the region width.

- -
height
-

the region height.

- -
x
-

the region x offset.

- -
y
-

the region y offset.

- -
-

MagickSpreadImage

-
- -

MagickSpreadImage() is a special effects method that randomly displaces each pixel in a block defined by the radius parameter.

- -

The format of the MagickSpreadImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSpreadImage(MagickWand *wand,const double radius)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

Choose a random pixel in a neighborhood of this extent.

- -
-

MagickStatisticImage

-
- -

MagickStatisticImage() replace each pixel with corresponding statistic from the neighborhood of the specified width and height.

- -

The format of the MagickStatisticImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickStatisticImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const StatisticType type,const double width,const size_t height)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
type
-

the statistic type (e.g. median, mode, etc.).

- -
width
-

the width of the pixel neighborhood.

- -
height
-

the height of the pixel neighborhood.

- -
-

MagickSteganoImage

-
- -

MagickSteganoImage() hides a digital watermark within the image. Recover the hidden watermark later to prove that the authenticity of an image. Offset defines the start position within the image to hide the watermark.

- -

The format of the MagickSteganoImage method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickSteganoImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *watermark_wand,const ssize_t offset)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
watermark_wand
-

the watermark wand.

- -
offset
-

Start hiding at this offset into the image.

- -
-

MagickStereoImage

-
- -

MagickStereoImage() composites two images and produces a single image that is the composite of a left and right image of a stereo pair

- -

The format of the MagickStereoImage method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickStereoImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *offset_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
offset_wand
-

Another image wand.

- -
-

MagickStripImage

-
- -

MagickStripImage() strips an image of all profiles and comments.

- -

The format of the MagickStripImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickStripImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickSwirlImage

-
- -

MagickSwirlImage() swirls the pixels about the center of the image, where degrees indicates the sweep of the arc through which each pixel is moved. You get a more dramatic effect as the degrees move from 1 to 360.

- -

The format of the MagickSwirlImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSwirlImage(MagickWand *wand,const double degrees)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
degrees
-

Define the tightness of the swirling effect.

- -
-

MagickTextureImage

-
- -

MagickTextureImage() repeatedly tiles the texture image across and down the image canvas.

- -

The format of the MagickTextureImage method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickTextureImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickWand *texture_wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
texture_wand
-

the texture wand

- -
-

MagickThresholdImage

-
- -

MagickThresholdImage() changes the value of individual pixels based on the intensity of each pixel compared to threshold. The result is a high-contrast, two color image.

- -

The format of the MagickThresholdImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickThresholdImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double threshold)
-  MagickBooleanType MagickThresholdImageChannel(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ChannelType channel,const double threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
channel
-

the image channel(s).

- -
threshold
-

Define the threshold value.

- -
-

MagickThumbnailImage

-
- -

MagickThumbnailImage() changes the size of an image to the given dimensions and removes any associated profiles. The goal is to produce small low cost thumbnail images suited for display on the Web.

- -

The format of the MagickThumbnailImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickThumbnailImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- -
-

MagickTintImage

-
- -

MagickTintImage() applies a color vector to each pixel in the image. The length of the vector is 0 for black and white and at its maximum for the midtones. The vector weighting function is f(x)=(1-(4.0*((x-0.5)*(x-0.5)))).

- -

The format of the MagickTintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickTintImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *tint,const PixelWand *opacity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
tint
-

the tint pixel wand.

- -
opacity
-

the opacity pixel wand.

- -
-

MagickTransformImage

-
- -

MagickTransformImage() is a convenience method that behaves like MagickResizeImage() or MagickCropImage() but accepts scaling and/or cropping information as a region geometry specification. If the operation fails, a NULL image handle is returned.

- -

The format of the MagickTransformImage method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *MagickTransformImage(MagickWand *wand,const char *crop,
-    const char *geometry)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
crop
-

A crop geometry string. This geometry defines a subregion of the image to crop.

- -
geometry
-

An image geometry string. This geometry defines the final size of the image.

- -
-

MagickTransformImageColorspace

-
- -

MagickTransformImageColorspace() transform the image colorspace.

- -

The format of the MagickTransformImageColorspace method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickTransformImageColorspace(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ColorspaceType colorspace)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
colorspace
-

the image colorspace: UndefinedColorspace, RGBColorspace, GRAYColorspace, TransparentColorspace, OHTAColorspace, XYZColorspace, YCbCrColorspace, YCCColorspace, YIQColorspace, YPbPrColorspace, YPbPrColorspace, YUVColorspace, CMYKColorspace, sRGBColorspace, HSLColorspace, or HWBColorspace.

- -
-

MagickTransparentPaintImage

-
- -

MagickTransparentPaintImage() changes any pixel that matches color with the color defined by fill.

- -

The format of the MagickTransparentPaintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickTransparentPaintImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *target,const double alpha,const double fuzz,
-    const MagickBooleanType invert)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
target
-

Change this target color to specified opacity value within the image.

- -
alpha
-

the level of transparency: 1.0 is fully opaque and 0.0 is fully transparent.

- -
fuzz
-

By default target must match a particular pixel color exactly. However, in many cases two colors may differ by a small amount. The fuzz member of image defines how much tolerance is acceptable to consider two colors as the same. For example, set fuzz to 10 and the color red at intensities of 100 and 102 respectively are now interpreted as the same color for the purposes of the floodfill.

- -
invert
-

paint any pixel that does not match the target color.

- -
-

MagickTransposeImage

-
- -

MagickTransposeImage() creates a vertical mirror image by reflecting the pixels around the central x-axis while rotating them 90-degrees.

- -

The format of the MagickTransposeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickTransposeImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickTransverseImage

-
- -

MagickTransverseImage() creates a horizontal mirror image by reflecting the pixels around the central y-axis while rotating them 270-degrees.

- -

The format of the MagickTransverseImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickTransverseImage(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickTrimImage

-
- -

MagickTrimImage() remove edges that are the background color from the image.

- -

The format of the MagickTrimImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickTrimImage(MagickWand *wand,const double fuzz)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
fuzz
-

By default target must match a particular pixel color exactly. However, in many cases two colors may differ by a small amount. The fuzz member of image defines how much tolerance is acceptable to consider two colors as the same. For example, set fuzz to 10 and the color red at intensities of 100 and 102 respectively are now interpreted as the same color for the purposes of the floodfill.

- -
-

MagickUniqueImageColors

-
- -

MagickUniqueImageColors() discards all but one of any pixel color.

- -

The format of the MagickUniqueImageColors method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickUniqueImageColors(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickUnsharpMaskImage

-
- -

MagickUnsharpMaskImage() sharpens an image. We convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 and UnsharpMaskImage() selects a suitable radius for you.

- -

The format of the MagickUnsharpMaskImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickUnsharpMaskImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double radius,const double sigma,const double amount,
-    const double threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel.

- -
sigma
-

the standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels.

- -
amount
-

the percentage of the difference between the original and the blur image that is added back into the original.

- -
threshold
-

the threshold in pixels needed to apply the diffence amount.

- -
-

MagickVignetteImage

-
- -

MagickVignetteImage() softens the edges of the image in vignette style.

- -

The format of the MagickVignetteImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickVignetteImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double black_point,const double white_point,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
black_point
-

the black point.

- -
white_point
-

the white point.

- -
x, y
-

Define the x and y ellipse offset.

- -
-

MagickWaveImage

-
- -

MagickWaveImage() creates a "ripple" effect in the image by shifting the pixels vertically along a sine wave whose amplitude and wavelength is specified by the given parameters.

- -

The format of the MagickWaveImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickWaveImage(MagickWand *wand,const double amplitude,
-    const double wave_length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
amplitude, wave_length
-

Define the amplitude and wave length of the sine wave.

- -
-

MagickWhiteThresholdImage

-
- -

MagickWhiteThresholdImage() is like ThresholdImage() but force all pixels above the threshold into white while leaving all pixels below the threshold unchanged.

- -

The format of the MagickWhiteThresholdImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickWhiteThresholdImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
threshold
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

MagickWriteImage

-
- -

MagickWriteImage() writes an image to the specified filename. If the filename parameter is NULL, the image is written to the filename set by MagickReadImage() or MagickSetImageFilename().

- -

The format of the MagickWriteImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickWriteImage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *filename)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
filename
-

the image filename.

- - -
-

MagickWriteImageFile

-
- -

MagickWriteImageFile() writes an image to an open file descriptor.

- -

The format of the MagickWriteImageFile method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickWriteImageFile(MagickWand *wand,FILE *file)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
file
-

the file descriptor.

- -
-

MagickWriteImages

-
- -

MagickWriteImages() writes an image or image sequence.

- -

The format of the MagickWriteImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickWriteImages(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *filename,const MagickBooleanType adjoin)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
filename
-

the image filename.

- -
adjoin
-

join images into a single multi-image file.

- -
-

MagickWriteImagesFile

-
- -

MagickWriteImagesFile() writes an image sequence to an open file descriptor.

- -

The format of the MagickWriteImagesFile method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickWriteImagesFile(MagickWand *wand,FILE *file)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
file
-

the file descriptor.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/magick-property.html b/www/api/magick-property.html index 8d070375c..64fee00ba 100644 --- a/www/api/magick-property.html +++ b/www/api/magick-property.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,1431 +215,9 @@
-

Module magick-property Methods

-

[MagickDeleteImageArtifact • MagickDeleteImageProperty • MagickDeleteOption • MagickGetAntialias • MagickGetBackgroundColor • MagickGetColorspace • MagickGetCompression • MagickGetCompressionQuality • MagickGetCopyright • MagickGetFilename • MagickGetFont • MagickGetFormat • MagickGetGravity • MagickGetHomeURL • MagickGetImageArtifact • MagickGetImageArtifacts • MagickGetImageProfile • MagickGetImageProfiles • MagickGetImageProperty • MagickGetImageProperties • MagickGetInterlaceScheme • MagickGetInterpolateMethod • MagickGetOption • MagickGetOptions • MagickGetOrientation • MagickGetPackageName • MagickGetPage • MagickGetPointsize • MagickGetQuantumDepth • MagickGetQuantumRange • MagickGetReleaseDate • MagickGetResolution • MagickGetResource • MagickGetResourceLimit • MagickGetSamplingFactors • MagickGetSize • MagickGetSizeOffset • MagickGetType • MagickGetVersion • MagickProfileImage • MagickRemoveImageProfile • MagickSetAntialias • MagickSetBackgroundColor • MagickSetColorspace • MagickSetCompression • MagickSetCompressionQuality • MagickSetDepth • MagickSetExtract • MagickSetFilename • MagickSetFont • MagickSetFormat • MagickSetGravity • MagickSetImageArtifact • MagickSetImageProfile • MagickSetImageProperty • MagickSetInterlaceScheme • MagickSetInterpolateMethod • MagickSetOption • MagickSetOrientation • MagickSetPage • MagickSetPassphrase • MagickSetPointsize • MagickSetProgressMonitor • MagickSetResourceLimit • MagickSetResolution • MagickSetSamplingFactors • MagickSetSize • MagickSetSizeOffset • MagickSetType]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

MagickDeleteImageArtifact

-
- -

MagickDeleteImageArtifact() deletes a wand artifact.

- -

The format of the MagickDeleteImageArtifact method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDeleteImageArtifact(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *artifact)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
artifact
-

the image artifact.

- -
-

MagickDeleteImageProperty

-
- -

MagickDeleteImageProperty() deletes a wand property.

- -

The format of the MagickDeleteImageProperty method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDeleteImageProperty(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *property)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
property
-

the image property.

- -
-

MagickDeleteOption

-
- -

MagickDeleteOption() deletes a wand option.

- -

The format of the MagickDeleteOption method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickDeleteOption(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *option)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
option
-

the image option.

- -
-

MagickGetAntialias

-
- -

MagickGetAntialias() returns the antialias property associated with the wand.

- -

The format of the MagickGetAntialias method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetAntialias(const MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetBackgroundColor

-
- -

MagickGetBackgroundColor() returns the wand background color.

- -

The format of the MagickGetBackgroundColor method is:

- -
-  PixelWand *MagickGetBackgroundColor(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetColorspace

-
- -

MagickGetColorspace() gets the wand colorspace type.

- -

The format of the MagickGetColorspace method is:

- -
-  ColorspaceType MagickGetColorspace(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetCompression

-
- -

MagickGetCompression() gets the wand compression type.

- -

The format of the MagickGetCompression method is:

- -
-  CompressionType MagickGetCompression(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetCompressionQuality

-
- -

MagickGetCompressionQuality() gets the wand compression quality.

- -

The format of the MagickGetCompressionQuality method is:

- -
-  size_t MagickGetCompressionQuality(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetCopyright

-
- -

MagickGetCopyright() returns the ImageMagick API copyright as a string constant.

- -

The format of the MagickGetCopyright method is:

- -
-  const char *MagickGetCopyright(void)
-
- -
-

MagickGetFilename

-
- -

MagickGetFilename() returns the filename associated with an image sequence.

- -

The format of the MagickGetFilename method is:

- -
-  const char *MagickGetFilename(const MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetFont

-
- -

MagickGetFont() returns the font associated with the MagickWand.

- -

The format of the MagickGetFont method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetFont(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetFormat

-
- -

MagickGetFormat() returns the format of the magick wand.

- -

The format of the MagickGetFormat method is:

- -
-  const char MagickGetFormat(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetGravity

-
- -

MagickGetGravity() gets the wand gravity.

- -

The format of the MagickGetGravity method is:

- -
-  GravityType MagickGetGravity(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetHomeURL

-
- -

MagickGetHomeURL() returns the ImageMagick home URL.

- -

The format of the MagickGetHomeURL method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetHomeURL(void)
-
- -
-

MagickGetImageArtifact

-
- -

MagickGetImageArtifact() returns a value associated with the specified artifact. Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the value when you are finished with it.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageArtifact method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetImageArtifact(MagickWand *wand,const char *artifact)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
artifact
-

the artifact.

- -
-

MagickGetImageArtifacts

-
- -

MagickGetImageArtifacts() returns all the artifact names that match the specified pattern associated with a wand. Use MagickGetImageProperty() to return the value of a particular artifact. Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the value when you are finished with it.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageArtifacts method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetImageArtifacts(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *pattern,size_t *number_artifacts)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_artifacts
-

the number artifacts associated with this wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageProfile

-
- -

MagickGetImageProfile() returns the named image profile.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageProfile method is:

- -
-  unsigned char *MagickGetImageProfile(MagickWand *wand,const char *name,
-    size_t *length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
name
-

Name of profile to return: ICC, IPTC, or generic profile.

- -
length
-

the length of the profile.

- -
-

MagickGetImageProfiles

-
- -

MagickGetImageProfiles() returns all the profile names that match the specified pattern associated with a wand. Use MagickGetImageProfile() to return the value of a particular property. Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the value when you are finished with it.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageProfiles method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetImageProfiles(MagickWand *wand,
-    size_t *number_profiles)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_profiles
-

the number profiles associated with this wand.

- -
-

MagickGetImageProperty

-
- -

MagickGetImageProperty() returns a value associated with the specified property. Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the value when you are finished with it.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageProperty method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetImageProperty(MagickWand *wand,const char *property)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
property
-

the property.

- -
-

MagickGetImageProperties

-
- -

MagickGetImageProperties() returns all the property names that match the specified pattern associated with a wand. Use MagickGetImageProperty() to return the value of a particular property. Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the value when you are finished with it.

- -

The format of the MagickGetImageProperties method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetImageProperties(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *pattern,size_t *number_properties)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_properties
-

the number properties associated with this wand.

- -
-

MagickGetInterlaceScheme

-
- -

MagickGetInterlaceScheme() gets the wand interlace scheme.

- -

The format of the MagickGetInterlaceScheme method is:

- -
-  InterlaceType MagickGetInterlaceScheme(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetInterpolateMethod

-
- -

MagickGetInterpolateMethod() gets the wand compression.

- -

The format of the MagickGetInterpolateMethod method is:

- -
-  InterpolatePixelMethod MagickGetInterpolateMethod(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetOption

-
- -

MagickGetOption() returns a value associated with a wand and the specified key. Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the value when you are finished with it.

- -

The format of the MagickGetOption method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetOption(MagickWand *wand,const char *key)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
key
-

the key.

- -
-

MagickGetOptions

-
- -

MagickGetOptions() returns all the option names that match the specified pattern associated with a wand. Use MagickGetOption() to return the value of a particular option. Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the value when you are finished with it.

- -

The format of the MagickGetOptions method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetOptions(MagickWand *wand,size_t *number_options)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_options
-

the number options associated with this wand.

- -
-

MagickGetOrientation

-
- -

MagickGetOrientation() gets the wand orientation type.

- -

The format of the MagickGetOrientation method is:

- -
-  OrientationType MagickGetOrientation(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetPackageName

-
- -

MagickGetPackageName() returns the ImageMagick package name as a string constant.

- -

The format of the MagickGetPackageName method is:

- -
-  const char *MagickGetPackageName(void)
-
- - -
-

MagickGetPage

-
- -

MagickGetPage() returns the page geometry associated with the magick wand.

- -

The format of the MagickGetPage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetPage(const MagickWand *wand,
-    size_t *width,size_t *height,ssize_t *x,ssize_t *y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the page width.

- -
height
-

page height.

- -
x
-

the page x-offset.

- -
y
-

the page y-offset.

- -
-

MagickGetPointsize

-
- -

MagickGetPointsize() returns the font pointsize associated with the MagickWand.

- -

The format of the MagickGetPointsize method is:

- -
-  double MagickGetPointsize(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetQuantumDepth

-
- -

MagickGetQuantumDepth() returns the ImageMagick quantum depth as a string constant.

- -

The format of the MagickGetQuantumDepth method is:

- -
-  const char *MagickGetQuantumDepth(size_t *depth)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
depth
-

the quantum depth is returned as a number.

- -
-

MagickGetQuantumRange

-
- -

MagickGetQuantumRange() returns the ImageMagick quantum range as a string constant.

- -

The format of the MagickGetQuantumRange method is:

- -
-  const char *MagickGetQuantumRange(size_t *range)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
range
-

the quantum range is returned as a number.

- -
-

MagickGetReleaseDate

-
- -

MagickGetReleaseDate() returns the ImageMagick release date as a string constant.

- -

The format of the MagickGetReleaseDate method is:

- -
-  const char *MagickGetReleaseDate(void)
-
- -
-

MagickGetResolution

-
- -

MagickGetResolution() gets the image X and Y resolution.

- -

The format of the MagickGetResolution method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetResolution(const MagickWand *wand,double *x,
-    double *y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x
-

the x-resolution.

- -
y
-

the y-resolution.

- -
-

MagickGetResource

-
- -

MagickGetResource() returns the specified resource in megabytes.

- -

The format of the MagickGetResource method is:

- -
-  MagickSizeType MagickGetResource(const ResourceType type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetResourceLimit

-
- -

MagickGetResourceLimit() returns the specified resource limit in megabytes.

- -

The format of the MagickGetResourceLimit method is:

- -
-  MagickSizeType MagickGetResourceLimit(const ResourceType type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetSamplingFactors

-
- -

MagickGetSamplingFactors() gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor.

- -

The format of the MagickGetSamplingFactors method is:

- -
-  double *MagickGetSamplingFactor(MagickWand *wand,
-    size_t *number_factors)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
number_factors
-

the number of factors in the returned array.

- -
-

MagickGetSize

-
- -

MagickGetSize() returns the size associated with the magick wand.

- -

The format of the MagickGetSize method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetSize(const MagickWand *wand,
-    size_t *columns,size_t *rows)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the width in pixels.

- -
height
-

the height in pixels.

- -
-

MagickGetSizeOffset

-
- -

MagickGetSizeOffset() returns the size offset associated with the magick wand.

- -

The format of the MagickGetSizeOffset method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickGetSizeOffset(const MagickWand *wand,
-    ssize_t *offset)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
offset
-

the image offset.

- -
-

MagickGetType

-
- -

MagickGetType() returns the wand type.

- -

The format of the MagickGetType method is:

- -
-  ImageType MagickGetType(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetVersion

-
- -

MagickGetVersion() returns the ImageMagick API version as a string constant and as a number.

- -

The format of the MagickGetVersion method is:

- -
-  const char *MagickGetVersion(size_t *version)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
version
-

the ImageMagick version is returned as a number.

- -
-

MagickProfileImage

-
- -

MagickProfileImage() adds or removes a ICC, IPTC, or generic profile from an image. If the profile is NULL, it is removed from the image otherwise added. Use a name of '*' and a profile of NULL to remove all profiles from the image.

- -

The format of the MagickProfileImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickProfileImage(MagickWand *wand,const char *name,
-    const void *profile,const size_t length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
name
-

Name of profile to add or remove: ICC, IPTC, or generic profile.

- -
profile
-

the profile.

- -
length
-

the length of the profile.

- -
-

MagickRemoveImageProfile

-
- -

MagickRemoveImageProfile() removes the named image profile and returns it.

- -

The format of the MagickRemoveImageProfile method is:

- -
-  unsigned char *MagickRemoveImageProfile(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *name,size_t *length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
name
-

Name of profile to return: ICC, IPTC, or generic profile.

- -
length
-

the length of the profile.

- -
-

MagickSetAntialias

-
- -

MagickSetAntialias() sets the antialias propery of the wand.

- -

The format of the MagickSetAntialias method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetAntialias(MagickWand *wand,
-    const MagickBooleanType antialias)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
antialias
-

the antialias property.

- -
-

MagickSetBackgroundColor

-
- -

MagickSetBackgroundColor() sets the wand background color.

- -

The format of the MagickSetBackgroundColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetBackgroundColor(MagickWand *wand,
-    const PixelWand *background)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
background
-

the background pixel wand.

- -
-

MagickSetColorspace

-
- -

MagickSetColorspace() sets the wand colorspace type.

- -

The format of the MagickSetColorspace method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetColorspace(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ColorspaceType colorspace)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
colorspace
-

the wand colorspace.

- -
-

MagickSetCompression

-
- -

MagickSetCompression() sets the wand compression type.

- -

The format of the MagickSetCompression method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetCompression(MagickWand *wand,
-    const CompressionType compression)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
compression
-

the wand compression.

- -
-

MagickSetCompressionQuality

-
- -

MagickSetCompressionQuality() sets the wand compression quality.

- -

The format of the MagickSetCompressionQuality method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetCompressionQuality(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t quality)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
quality
-

the wand compression quality.

- -
-

MagickSetDepth

-
- -

MagickSetDepth() sets the wand pixel depth.

- -

The format of the MagickSetDepth method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetDepth(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t depth)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
depth
-

the wand pixel depth.

- -
-

MagickSetExtract

-
- -

MagickSetExtract() sets the extract geometry before you read or write an image file. Use it for inline cropping (e.g. 200x200+0+0) or resizing (e.g.200x200).

- -

The format of the MagickSetExtract method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetExtract(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *geometry)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
geometry
-

the extract geometry.

- -
-

MagickSetFilename

-
- -

MagickSetFilename() sets the filename before you read or write an image file.

- -

The format of the MagickSetFilename method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetFilename(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *filename)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
filename
-

the image filename.

- -
-

MagickSetFont

-
- -

MagickSetFont() sets the font associated with the MagickWand.

- -

The format of the MagickSetFont method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetFont(MagickWand *wand, const char *font)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
font
-

the font

- -
-

MagickSetFormat

-
- -

MagickSetFormat() sets the format of the magick wand.

- -

The format of the MagickSetFormat method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetFormat(MagickWand *wand,const char *format)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
format
-

the image format.

- -
-

MagickSetGravity

-
- -

MagickSetGravity() sets the gravity type.

- -

The format of the MagickSetGravity type is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetGravity(MagickWand *wand,
-    const GravityType type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
type
-

the gravity type.

- -
-

MagickSetImageArtifact

-
- -

MagickSetImageArtifact() associates a artifact with an image.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageArtifact method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageArtifact(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *artifact,const char *value)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
artifact
-

the artifact.

- -
value
-

the value.

- -
-

MagickSetImageProfile

-
- -

MagickSetImageProfile() adds a named profile to the magick wand. If a profile with the same name already exists, it is replaced. This method differs from the MagickProfileImage() method in that it does not apply any CMS color profiles.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageProfile method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageProfile(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *name,const void *profile,const size_t length)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
name
-

Name of profile to add or remove: ICC, IPTC, or generic profile.

- -
profile
-

the profile.

- -
length
-

the length of the profile.

- -
-

MagickSetImageProperty

-
- -

MagickSetImageProperty() associates a property with an image.

- -

The format of the MagickSetImageProperty method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetImageProperty(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *property,const char *value)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
property
-

the property.

- -
value
-

the value.

- -
-

MagickSetInterlaceScheme

-
- -

MagickSetInterlaceScheme() sets the image compression.

- -

The format of the MagickSetInterlaceScheme method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetInterlaceScheme(MagickWand *wand,
-    const InterlaceType interlace_scheme)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
interlace_scheme
-

the image interlace scheme: NoInterlace, LineInterlace, PlaneInterlace, PartitionInterlace.

- -
-

MagickSetInterpolateMethod

-
- -

MagickSetInterpolateMethod() sets the interpolate pixel method.

- -

The format of the MagickSetInterpolateMethod method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetInterpolateMethod(MagickWand *wand,
-    const InterpolateMethodPixel method)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
method
-

the interpolate pixel method.

- -
-

MagickSetOption

-
- -

MagickSetOption() associates one or options with the wand (.e.g MagickSetOption(wand,"jpeg:perserve","yes")).

- -

The format of the MagickSetOption method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetOption(MagickWand *wand,const char *key,
-    const char *value)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
key
-

The key.

- -
value
-

The value.

- -
-

MagickSetOrientation

-
- -

MagickSetOrientation() sets the wand orientation type.

- -

The format of the MagickSetOrientation method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetOrientation(MagickWand *wand,
-    const OrientationType orientation)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
orientation
-

the wand orientation.

- -
-

MagickSetPage

-
- -

MagickSetPage() sets the page geometry of the magick wand.

- -

The format of the MagickSetPage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetPage(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t width,const size_t height,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
width
-

the page width.

- -
height
-

the page height.

- -
x
-

the page x-offset.

- -
y
-

the page y-offset.

- -
-

MagickSetPassphrase

-
- -

MagickSetPassphrase() sets the passphrase.

- -

The format of the MagickSetPassphrase method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetPassphrase(MagickWand *wand,
-    const char *passphrase)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
passphrase
-

the passphrase.

- -
-

MagickSetPointsize

-
- -

MagickSetPointsize() sets the font pointsize associated with the MagickWand.

- -

The format of the MagickSetPointsize method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetPointsize(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double pointsize)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
pointsize
-

the size of the font

- -
-

MagickSetProgressMonitor

-
- -

MagickSetProgressMonitor() sets the wand progress monitor to the specified method and returns the previous progress monitor if any. The progress monitor method looks like this:

- -
-      MagickBooleanType MagickProgressMonitor(const char *text,
-  const MagickOffsetType offset,const MagickSizeType span,
-  void *client_data)
-
- -

If the progress monitor returns MagickFalse, the current operation is interrupted.

- -

The format of the MagickSetProgressMonitor method is:

- -
-  MagickProgressMonitor MagickSetProgressMonitor(MagickWand *wand
-    const MagickProgressMonitor progress_monitor,void *client_data)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
progress_monitor
-

Specifies a pointer to a method to monitor progress of an image operation.

- -
client_data
-

Specifies a pointer to any client data.

- -
-

MagickSetResourceLimit

-
- -

MagickSetResourceLimit() sets the limit for a particular resource in megabytes.

- -

The format of the MagickSetResourceLimit method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetResourceLimit(const ResourceType type,
-    const MagickSizeType limit)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the type of resource: AreaResource, MemoryResource, MapResource, DiskResource, FileResource.

- -

o The maximum limit for the resource.

- -
-

MagickSetResolution

-
- -

MagickSetResolution() sets the image resolution.

- -

The format of the MagickSetResolution method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetResolution(MagickWand *wand,
-    const double x_resolution,const doubtl y_resolution)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x_resolution
-

the image x resolution.

- -
y_resolution
-

the image y resolution.

- -
-

MagickSetSamplingFactors

-
- -

MagickSetSamplingFactors() sets the image sampling factors.

- -

The format of the MagickSetSamplingFactors method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetSamplingFactors(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t number_factors,const double *sampling_factors)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
number_factoes
-

the number of factors.

- -
sampling_factors
-

An array of doubles representing the sampling factor for each color component (in RGB order).

- -
-

MagickSetSize

-
- -

MagickSetSize() sets the size of the magick wand. Set it before you read a raw image format such as RGB, GRAY, or CMYK.

- -

The format of the MagickSetSize method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetSize(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the width in pixels.

- -
rows
-

the rows in pixels.

- -
-

MagickSetSizeOffset

-
- -

MagickSetSizeOffset() sets the size and offset of the magick wand. Set it before you read a raw image format such as RGB, GRAY, or CMYK.

- -

The format of the MagickSetSizeOffset method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetSizeOffset(MagickWand *wand,
-    const size_t columns,const size_t rows,
-    const ssize_t offset)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
columns
-

the image width in pixels.

- -
rows
-

the image rows in pixels.

- -
offset
-

the image offset.

- -
-

MagickSetType

-
- -

MagickSetType() sets the image type attribute.

- -

The format of the MagickSetType method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetType(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ImageType image_type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
image_type
-

the image type: UndefinedType, BilevelType, GrayscaleType, GrayscaleMatteType, PaletteType, PaletteMatteType, TrueColorType, TrueColorMatteType, ColorSeparationType, ColorSeparationMatteType, or OptimizeType.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/magick-wand.html b/www/api/magick-wand.html index 0657856f4..6d81fffd0 100644 --- a/www/api/magick-wand.html +++ b/www/api/magick-wand.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,457 +215,9 @@
-

Module magick-wand Methods

-

[ClearMagickWand • CloneMagickWand • DestroyMagickWand • IsMagickWand • MagickClearException • MagickGetException • MagickGetExceptionType • MagickGetIteratorIndex • MagickQueryConfigureOption • MagickQueryConfigureOptions • MagickQueryFontMetrics • MagickQueryMultilineFontMetrics • MagickQueryFonts • MagickQueryFonts • MagickRelinquishMemory • MagickResetIterator • MagickSetFirstIterator • MagickSetIteratorIndex • MagickSetLastIterator • MagickWandGenesis • MagickWandTerminus • NewMagickWand • NewMagickWandFromImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

ClearMagickWand

-
- -

ClearMagickWand() clears resources associated with the wand.

- -

The format of the ClearMagickWand method is:

- -
-  void ClearMagickWand(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

CloneMagickWand

-
- -

CloneMagickWand() makes an exact copy of the specified wand.

- -

The format of the CloneMagickWand method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *CloneMagickWand(const MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

DestroyMagickWand

-
- -

DestroyMagickWand() deallocates memory associated with an MagickWand.

- -

The format of the DestroyMagickWand method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *DestroyMagickWand(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

IsMagickWand

-
- -

IsMagickWand() returns MagickTrue if the wand is verified as a magick wand.

- -

The format of the IsMagickWand method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsMagickWand(const MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickClearException

-
- -

MagickClearException() clears any exceptions associated with the wand.

- -

The format of the MagickClearException method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickClearException(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetException

-
- -

MagickGetException() returns the severity, reason, and description of any error that occurs when using other methods in this API.

- -

The format of the MagickGetException method is:

- -
-  char *MagickGetException(const MagickWand *wand,ExceptionType *severity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
severity
-

the severity of the error is returned here.

- -
-

MagickGetExceptionType

-
- -

MagickGetExceptionType() returns the exception type associated with the wand. If no exception has occurred, UndefinedExceptionType is returned.

- -

The format of the MagickGetExceptionType method is:

- -
-  ExceptionType MagickGetExceptionType(const MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickGetIteratorIndex

-
- -

MagickGetIteratorIndex() returns the position of the iterator in the image list.

- -

The format of the MagickGetIteratorIndex method is:

- -
-  ssize_t MagickGetIteratorIndex(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickQueryConfigureOption

-
- -

MagickQueryConfigureOption() returns the value associated with the specified configure option.

- -

The format of the MagickQueryConfigureOption function is:

- -
-  char *MagickQueryConfigureOption(const char *option)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
option
-

the option name.

- -
-

MagickQueryConfigureOptions

-
- -

MagickQueryConfigureOptions() returns any configure options that match the specified pattern (e.g. "*" for all). Options include NAME, VERSION, LIB_VERSION, etc.

- -

The format of the MagickQueryConfigureOptions function is:

- -
-  char **MagickQueryConfigureOptions(const char *pattern,
-    size_t *number_options)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_options
-

Returns the number of configure options in the list.

- - -
-

MagickQueryFontMetrics

-
- -

MagickQueryFontMetrics() returns a 13 element array representing the following font metrics:

- -
-      Element Description
-      -------------------------------------------------
-      0 character width
-      1 character height
-      2 ascender
-      3 descender
-      4 text width
-      5 text height
-      6 maximum horizontal advance
-      7 bounding box: x1
-      8 bounding box: y1
-      9 bounding box: x2
-     10 bounding box: y2
-     11 origin: x
-     12 origin: y
-
- -

The format of the MagickQueryFontMetrics method is:

- -
-  double *MagickQueryFontMetrics(MagickWand *wand,
-    const DrawingWand *drawing_wand,const char *text)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the Magick wand.

- -
drawing_wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
text
-

the text.

- -
-

MagickQueryMultilineFontMetrics

-
- -

MagickQueryMultilineFontMetrics() returns a 13 element array representing the following font metrics:

- -
-      Element Description
-      -------------------------------------------------
-      0 character width
-      1 character height
-      2 ascender
-      3 descender
-      4 text width
-      5 text height
-      6 maximum horizontal advance
-      7 bounding box: x1
-      8 bounding box: y1
-      9 bounding box: x2
-     10 bounding box: y2
-     11 origin: x
-     12 origin: y
-
- -

This method is like MagickQueryFontMetrics() but it returns the maximum text width and height for multiple lines of text.

- -

The format of the MagickQueryFontMetrics method is:

- -
-  double *MagickQueryMultilineFontMetrics(MagickWand *wand,
-    const DrawingWand *drawing_wand,const char *text)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the Magick wand.

- -
drawing_wand
-

the drawing wand.

- -
text
-

the text.

- -
-

MagickQueryFonts

-
- -

MagickQueryFonts() returns any font that match the specified pattern (e.g. "*" for all).

- -

The format of the MagickQueryFonts function is:

- -
-  char **MagickQueryFonts(const char *pattern,size_t *number_fonts)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_fonts
-

Returns the number of fonts in the list.

- - -
-

MagickQueryFonts

-
- -

MagickQueryFonts() returns any image formats that match the specified pattern (e.g. "*" for all).

- -

The format of the MagickQueryFonts function is:

- -
-  char **MagickQueryFonts(const char *pattern,
-    size_t *number_formats)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_formats
-

This integer returns the number of image formats in the list.

- -
-

MagickRelinquishMemory

-
- -

MagickRelinquishMemory() relinquishes memory resources returned by such methods as MagickIdentifyImage(), MagickGetException(), etc.

- -

The format of the MagickRelinquishMemory method is:

- -
-  void *MagickRelinquishMemory(void *resource)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
resource
-

Relinquish the memory associated with this resource.

- -
-

MagickResetIterator

-
- -

MagickResetIterator() resets the wand iterator. Use it in conjunction with MagickNextImage() to iterate over all the images in a wand container.

- -

The format of the MagickResetIterator method is:

- -
-  void MagickResetIterator(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickSetFirstIterator

-
- -

MagickSetFirstIterator() sets the wand iterator to the first image.

- -

The format of the MagickSetFirstIterator method is:

- -
-  void MagickSetFirstIterator(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickSetIteratorIndex

-
- -

MagickSetIteratorIndex() set the iterator to the position in the image list specified with the index parameter.

- -

The format of the MagickSetIteratorIndex method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickSetIteratorIndex(MagickWand *wand,
-    const ssize_t index)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
index
-

the scene number.

- -
-

MagickSetLastIterator

-
- -

MagickSetLastIterator() sets the wand iterator to the last image.

- -

The format of the MagickSetLastIterator method is:

- -
-  void MagickSetLastIterator(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

MagickWandGenesis

-
- -

MagickWandGenesis() initializes the MagickWand environment.

- -

The format of the MagickWandGenesis method is:

- -
-  void MagickWandGenesis(void)
-
- -
-

MagickWandTerminus

-
- -

MagickWandTerminus() terminates the MagickWand environment.

- -

The format of the MaickWandTerminus method is:

- -
-  void MagickWandTerminus(void)
-
- -
-

NewMagickWand

-
- -

NewMagickWand() returns a wand required for all other methods in the API. A fatal exception is thrown if there is not enough memory to allocate the wand. Use DestroyMagickWand() to dispose of the wand when it is no longer needed.

- -

The format of the NewMagickWand method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *NewMagickWand(void)
-
- -
-

NewMagickWandFromImage

-
- -

NewMagickWandFromImage() returns a wand with an image.

- -

The format of the NewMagickWandFromImage method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *NewMagickWandFromImage(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/magick.html b/www/api/magick.html index 3e69c1c43..c0a3cffe7 100644 --- a/www/api/magick.html +++ b/www/api/magick.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,83 +215,9 @@
-

Module magick Methods

-

[GetMagickPrecision • IsMagickInstantiated • MagickCoreGenesis • MagickCoreTerminus • SetMagickPrecision]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

GetMagickPrecision

-
- -

GetMagickPrecision() returns the maximum number of significant digits to be printed.

- -

The format of the GetMagickPrecision method is:

- -
-  int GetMagickPrecision(void)
-
- -
-

IsMagickInstantiated

-
- -

IsMagickInstantiated() returns MagickTrue if the ImageMagick environment is currently instantiated: MagickCoreGenesis() has been called but MagickDestroy() has not.

- -

The format of the IsMagickInstantiated method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsMagickInstantiated(void)
-
- -
-

MagickCoreGenesis

-
- -

MagickCoreGenesis() initializes the MagickCore environment.

- -

The format of the MagickCoreGenesis function is:

- -
-  MagickCoreGenesis(const char *path,
-    const MagickBooleanType establish_signal_handlers)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
path
-

the execution path of the current ImageMagick client.

- -
establish_signal_handlers
-

set to MagickTrue to use MagickCore's own signal handlers for common signals.

- -
-

MagickCoreTerminus

-
- -

MagickCoreTerminus() destroys the MagickCore environment.

- -

The format of the MagickCoreTerminus function is:

- -
-  MagickCoreTerminus(void)
-
- -
-

SetMagickPrecision

-
- -

SetMagickPrecision() sets the maximum number of significant digits to be printed and returns it.

- -

The format of the SetMagickPrecision method is:

- -
-  int SetMagickPrecision(const int precision)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
precision
-

set the maximum number of significant digits to be printed.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/memory.html b/www/api/memory.html index 82132e1a8..1a023b8de 100644 --- a/www/api/memory.html +++ b/www/api/memory.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,241 +215,9 @@
-

Module memory Methods

-

[AcquireAlignedMemory • AcquireMagickMemory • AcquireQuantumMemory • CopyMagickMemory • GetMagickMemoryMethods • RelinquishAlignedMemory • RelinquishMagickMemory • ResetMagickMemory • ResizeMagickMemory • ResizeQuantumMemory • SetMagickMemoryMethods]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquireAlignedMemory

-
- -

AcquireAlignedMemory() returns a pointer to a block of memory at least size bytes whose address is a multiple of 16*sizeof(void *).

- -

The format of the AcquireAlignedMemory method is:

- -
-  void *AcquireAlignedMemory(const size_t count,const size_t quantum)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
count
-

the number of quantum elements to allocate.

- -
quantum
-

the number of bytes in each quantum.

- -
-

AcquireMagickMemory

-
- -

AcquireMagickMemory() returns a pointer to a block of memory at least size bytes suitably aligned for any use.

- -

The format of the AcquireMagickMemory method is:

- -
-  void *AcquireMagickMemory(const size_t size)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
size
-

the size of the memory in bytes to allocate.

- -
-

AcquireQuantumMemory

-
- -

AcquireQuantumMemory() returns a pointer to a block of memory at least count * quantum bytes suitably aligned for any use.

- -

The format of the AcquireQuantumMemory method is:

- -
-  void *AcquireQuantumMemory(const size_t count,const size_t quantum)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
count
-

the number of quantum elements to allocate.

- -
quantum
-

the number of bytes in each quantum.

- -
-

CopyMagickMemory

-
- -

CopyMagickMemory() copies size bytes from memory area source to the destination. Copying between objects that overlap will take place correctly. It returns destination.

- -

The format of the CopyMagickMemory method is:

- -
-  void *CopyMagickMemory(void *destination,const void *source,
-    const size_t size)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
destination
-

the destination.

- -
source
-

the source.

- -
size
-

the size of the memory in bytes to allocate.

- -
-

GetMagickMemoryMethods

-
- -

GetMagickMemoryMethods() gets the methods to acquire, resize, and destroy memory.

- -

The format of the GetMagickMemoryMethods() method is:

- -
-  void GetMagickMemoryMethods(AcquireMemoryHandler *acquire_memory_handler,
-    ResizeMemoryHandler *resize_memory_handler,
-    DestroyMemoryHandler *destroy_memory_handler)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
acquire_memory_handler
-

method to acquire memory (e.g. malloc).

- -
resize_memory_handler
-

method to resize memory (e.g. realloc).

- -
destroy_memory_handler
-

method to destroy memory (e.g. free).

- -
-

RelinquishAlignedMemory

-
- -

RelinquishAlignedMemory() frees memory acquired with AcquireAlignedMemory() or reuse.

- -

The format of the RelinquishAlignedMemory method is:

- -
-  void *RelinquishAlignedMemory(void *memory)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
memory
-

A pointer to a block of memory to free for reuse.

- -
-

RelinquishMagickMemory

-
- -

RelinquishMagickMemory() frees memory acquired with AcquireMagickMemory() or AcquireQuantumMemory() for reuse.

- -

The format of the RelinquishMagickMemory method is:

- -
-  void *RelinquishMagickMemory(void *memory)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
memory
-

A pointer to a block of memory to free for reuse.

- -
-

ResetMagickMemory

-
- -

ResetMagickMemory() fills the first size bytes of the memory area pointed to by memory with the constant byte c.

- -

The format of the ResetMagickMemory method is:

- -
-  void *ResetMagickMemory(void *memory,int byte,const size_t size)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
memory
-

A pointer to a memory allocation.

- -
byte
-

Set the memory to this value.

- -
size
-

Size of the memory to reset.

- -
-

ResizeMagickMemory

-
- -

ResizeMagickMemory() changes the size of the memory and returns a pointer to the (possibly moved) block. The contents will be unchanged up to the lesser of the new and old sizes.

- -

The format of the ResizeMagickMemory method is:

- -
-  void *ResizeMagickMemory(void *memory,const size_t size)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
memory
-

A pointer to a memory allocation.

- -
size
-

the new size of the allocated memory.

- -
-

ResizeQuantumMemory

-
- -

ResizeQuantumMemory() changes the size of the memory and returns a pointer to the (possibly moved) block. The contents will be unchanged up to the lesser of the new and old sizes.

- -

The format of the ResizeQuantumMemory method is:

- -
-  void *ResizeQuantumMemory(void *memory,const size_t count,
-    const size_t quantum)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
memory
-

A pointer to a memory allocation.

- -
count
-

the number of quantum elements to allocate.

- -
quantum
-

the number of bytes in each quantum.

- -
-

SetMagickMemoryMethods

-
- -

SetMagickMemoryMethods() sets the methods to acquire, resize, and destroy memory.

- -

The format of the SetMagickMemoryMethods() method is:

- -
-  SetMagickMemoryMethods(AcquireMemoryHandler acquire_memory_handler,
-    ResizeMemoryHandler resize_memory_handler,
-    DestroyMemoryHandler destroy_memory_handler)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
acquire_memory_handler
-

method to acquire memory (e.g. malloc).

- -
resize_memory_handler
-

method to resize memory (e.g. realloc).

- -
destroy_memory_handler
-

method to destroy memory (e.g. free).

- -
diff --git a/www/api/module.html b/www/api/module.html index 743429de9..b9e3e145a 100644 --- a/www/api/module.html +++ b/www/api/module.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,351 +215,9 @@
-

Module module Methods

-

[AcquireModuleInfo • DestroyModuleList • GetModuleInfo • GetModuleInfoList • GetModuleList • GetMagickModulePath • InitializeModuleList • InvokeDynamicImageFilter • ListModuleInfo • OpenModule • OpenModules • RegisterModule • TagToCoderModuleName • TagToFilterModuleName • TagToModuleName • UnregisterModule]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquireModuleInfo

-
- -

AcquireModuleInfo() allocates the ModuleInfo structure.

- -

The format of the AcquireModuleInfo method is:

- -
-  ModuleInfo *AcquireModuleInfo(const char *path,const char *tag)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
path
-

the path associated with the tag.

- -
tag
-

a character string that represents the image format we are looking for.

- -
-

DestroyModuleList

-
- -

DestroyModuleList() unregisters any previously loaded modules and exits the module loaded environment.

- -

The format of the DestroyModuleList module is:

- -
-  void DestroyModuleList(void)
-
- -
-

GetModuleInfo

-
- -

GetModuleInfo() returns a pointer to a ModuleInfo structure that matches the specified tag. If tag is NULL, the head of the module list is returned. If no modules are loaded, or the requested module is not found, NULL is returned.

- -

The format of the GetModuleInfo module is:

- -
-  ModuleInfo *GetModuleInfo(const char *tag,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
tag
-

a character string that represents the image format we are looking for.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetModuleInfoList

-
- -

GetModuleInfoList() returns any modules that match the specified pattern.

- -

The format of the GetModuleInfoList function is:

- -
-  const ModuleInfo **GetModuleInfoList(const char *pattern,
-    size_t *number_modules,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
number_modules
-

This integer returns the number of modules in the list.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetModuleList

-
- -

GetModuleList() returns any image format modules that match the specified pattern.

- -

The format of the GetModuleList function is:

- -
-  char **GetModuleList(const char *pattern,const MagickModuleType type,
-    size_t *number_modules,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
pattern
-

Specifies a pointer to a text string containing a pattern.

- -
type
-

choose from MagickImageCoderModule or MagickImageFilterModule.

- -
number_modules
-

This integer returns the number of modules in the list.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetMagickModulePath

-
- -

GetMagickModulePath() finds a module with the specified module type and filename.

- -

The format of the GetMagickModulePath module is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetMagickModulePath(const char *filename,
-    MagickModuleType module_type,char *path,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
filename
-

the module file name.

- -
module_type
-

the module type: MagickImageCoderModule or MagickImageFilterModule.

- -
path
-

the path associated with the filename.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

InitializeModuleList

-
- -

InitializeModuleList() initializes the module loader.

- -

The format of the InitializeModuleList() method is:

- -
-  InitializeModuleList(Exceptioninfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

InvokeDynamicImageFilter

-
- -

InvokeDynamicImageFilter() invokes a dynamic image filter.

- -

The format of the InvokeDynamicImageFilter module is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType InvokeDynamicImageFilter(const char *tag,Image **image,
-    const int argc,const char **argv,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
tag
-

a character string that represents the name of the particular module.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
argc
-

a pointer to an integer describing the number of elements in the argument vector.

- -
argv
-

a pointer to a text array containing the command line arguments.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ListModuleInfo

-
- -

ListModuleInfo() lists the module info to a file.

- -

The format of the ListModuleInfo module is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ListModuleInfo(FILE *file,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
file
-

An pointer to a FILE.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

OpenModule

-
- -

OpenModule() loads a module, and invokes its registration module. It returns MagickTrue on success, and MagickFalse if there is an error.

- -

The format of the OpenModule module is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType OpenModule(const char *module,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
module
-

a character string that indicates the module to load.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

OpenModules

-
- -

OpenModules() loads all available modules.

- -

The format of the OpenModules module is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType OpenModules(ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

RegisterModule

-
- -

RegisterModule() adds an entry to the module list. It returns a pointer to the registered entry on success.

- -

The format of the RegisterModule module is:

- -
-  ModuleInfo *RegisterModule(const ModuleInfo *module_info,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
info
-

a pointer to the registered entry is returned.

- -
module_info
-

a pointer to the ModuleInfo structure to register.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

TagToCoderModuleName

-
- -

TagToCoderModuleName() munges a module tag and obtains the filename of the corresponding module.

- -

The format of the TagToCoderModuleName module is:

- -
-  char *TagToCoderModuleName(const char *tag,char *name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
tag
-

a character string representing the module tag.

- -
name
-

return the module name here.

- -
-

TagToFilterModuleName

-
- -

TagToFilterModuleName() munges a module tag and returns the filename of the corresponding filter module.

- -

The format of the TagToFilterModuleName module is:

- -
-  void TagToFilterModuleName(const char *tag,char name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
tag
-

a character string representing the module tag.

- -
name
-

return the filter name here.

- -
-

TagToModuleName

-
- -

TagToModuleName() munges the module tag name and returns an upper-case tag name as the input string, and a user-provided format.

- -

The format of the TagToModuleName module is:

- -
-  TagToModuleName(const char *tag,const char *format,char *module)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
tag
-

the module tag.

- -
format
-

a sprintf-compatible format string containing s where the upper-case tag name is to be inserted.

- -
module
-

pointer to a destination buffer for the formatted result.

- -
-

UnregisterModule

-
- -

UnregisterModule() unloads a module, and invokes its de-registration module. Returns MagickTrue on success, and MagickFalse if there is an error.

- -

The format of the UnregisterModule module is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType UnregisterModule(const ModuleInfo *module_info,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
module_info
-

the module info.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/mogrify.html b/www/api/mogrify.html index 6829008ab..3f956bf26 100644 --- a/www/api/mogrify.html +++ b/www/api/mogrify.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,53 +215,9 @@
-

Module mogrify Methods

-

[MagickCommandGenesis • ** GetImageCache • ** SparseColorOption]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

MagickCommandGenesis

-
- -

MagickCommandGenesis() applies image processing options to an image as prescribed by command line options.

- -

The format of the MagickCommandGenesis method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType MagickCommandGenesis(ImageInfo *image_info,
-    MagickCommand command,int argc,char **argv,char **metadata,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
command
-

Choose from ConvertImageCommand, IdentifyImageCommand, MogrifyImageCommand, CompositeImageCommand, CompareImagesCommand, ConjureImageCommand, StreamImageCommand, ImportImageCommand, DisplayImageCommand, or AnimateImageCommand.

- -
argc
-

Specifies a pointer to an integer describing the number of elements in the argument vector.

- -
argv
-

Specifies a pointer to a text array containing the command line arguments.

- -
metadata
-

any metadata is returned here.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

** GetImageCache

-
- -

** GetImageCache() will read an image into a image cache if not already ** present then return the image that is in the cache under that filename.

-
-

** SparseColorOption

-
- -

** SparseColorOption() parses the complex -sparse-color argument into an ** an array of floating point values then calls SparseColorImage(). ** Argument is a complex mix of floating-point pixel coodinates, and color ** specifications (or direct floating point numbers). The number of floats ** needed to represent a color varies depending on the current channel ** setting.

-
diff --git a/www/api/monitor.html b/www/api/monitor.html index fc2ce4842..a19eb31fe 100644 --- a/www/api/monitor.html +++ b/www/api/monitor.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,73 +215,9 @@
-

Module monitor Methods

-

[SetImageProgressMonitor • SetImageInfoProgressMonitor]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

SetImageProgressMonitor

-
- -

SetImageProgressMonitor() sets the image progress monitor to the specified method and returns the previous progress monitor if any. The progress monitor method looks like this:

- -
-      MagickBooleanType MagickProgressMonitor(const char *text,
-  const MagickOffsetType offset,const MagickSizeType extent,
-  void *client_data)
-
- -

If the progress monitor returns MagickFalse, the current operation is interrupted.

- -

The format of the SetImageProgressMonitor method is:

- -
-  MagickProgressMonitor SetImageProgressMonitor(Image *image,
-    const MagickProgressMonitor progress_monitor,void *client_data)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
progress_monitor
-

Specifies a pointer to a method to monitor progress of an image operation.

- -
client_data
-

Specifies a pointer to any client data.

- -
-

SetImageInfoProgressMonitor

-
- -

SetImageInfoProgressMonitor() sets the image_info progress monitor to the specified method and returns the previous progress monitor if any. The progress monitor method looks like this:

- -
-      MagickBooleanType MagickProgressMonitor(const char *text,
-  const MagickOffsetType offset,const MagickSizeType extent,
-  void *client_data)
-
- -

If the progress monitor returns MagickFalse, the current operation is interrupted.

- -

The format of the SetImageInfoProgressMonitor method is:

- -
-  MagickProgressMonitor SetImageInfoProgressMonitor(ImageInfo *image_info,
-    const MagickProgressMonitor progress_monitor,void *client_data)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
progress_monitor
-

Specifies a pointer to a method to monitor progress of an image operation.

- -
client_data
-

Specifies a pointer to any client data.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/montage.html b/www/api/montage.html index f564c429c..ee4fd357b 100644 --- a/www/api/montage.html +++ b/www/api/montage.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,97 +215,9 @@
-

Module montage Methods

-

[CloneMontageInfo • DestroyMontageInfo • GetMontageInfo • MontageImageList]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

CloneMontageInfo

-
- -

CloneMontageInfo() makes a copy of the given montage info structure. If NULL is specified, a new image info structure is created initialized to default values.

- -

The format of the CloneMontageInfo method is:

- -
-  MontageInfo *CloneMontageInfo(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    const MontageInfo *montage_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
montage_info
-

the montage info.

- -
-

DestroyMontageInfo

-
- -

DestroyMontageInfo() deallocates memory associated with montage_info.

- -

The format of the DestroyMontageInfo method is:

- -
-  MontageInfo *DestroyMontageInfo(MontageInfo *montage_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
montage_info
-

Specifies a pointer to an MontageInfo structure.

- - -
-

GetMontageInfo

-
- -

GetMontageInfo() initializes montage_info to default values.

- -

The format of the GetMontageInfo method is:

- -
-  void GetMontageInfo(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    MontageInfo *montage_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

a structure of type ImageInfo.

- -
montage_info
-

Specifies a pointer to a MontageInfo structure.

- -
-

MontageImageList

-
- -

MontageImageList() is a layout manager that lets you tile one or more thumbnails across an image canvas.

- -

The format of the MontageImageList method is:

- -
-  Image *MontageImageList(const ImageInfo *image_info,
-    const MontageInfo *montage_info,Image *images,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
montage_info
-

Specifies a pointer to a MontageInfo structure.

- -
images
-

Specifies a pointer to an array of Image structures.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/morphology.html b/www/api/morphology.html index b400e9575..a9025ea99 100644 --- a/www/api/morphology.html +++ b/www/api/morphology.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,473 +215,9 @@
-

Module morphology Methods

-

[** This macro IsNaN • AcquireKernelInfo • AcquireKernelBuiltIn • CloneKernelInfo • DestroyKernelInfo • MorphologyApply • MorphologyImage • ScaleGeometryKernelInfo • ScaleKernelInfo • ShowKernelInfo • UnityAddKernelInfo • ZeroKernelNans]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

** This macro IsNaN

-
- -

** This macro IsNaN() is thus is only true if the value given is NaN.

-
-

AcquireKernelInfo

-
- -

AcquireKernelInfo() takes the given string (generally supplied by the user) and converts it into a Morphology/Convolution Kernel. This allows users to specify a kernel from a number of pre-defined kernels, or to fully specify their own kernel for a specific Convolution or Morphology Operation.

- -

The kernel so generated can be any rectangular array of floating point values (doubles) with the 'control point' or 'pixel being affected' anywhere within that array of values.

- -

Previously IM was restricted to a square of odd size using the exact center as origin, this is no longer the case, and any rectangular kernel with any value being declared the origin. This in turn allows the use of highly asymmetrical kernels.

- -

The floating point values in the kernel can also include a special value known as 'nan' or 'not a number' to indicate that this value is not part of the kernel array. This allows you to shaped the kernel within its rectangular area. That is 'nan' values provide a 'mask' for the kernel shape. However at least one non-nan value must be provided for correct working of a kernel.

- -

The returned kernel should be freed using the DestroyKernelInfo() when you are finished with it. Do not free this memory yourself.

- -

Input kernel defintion strings can consist of any of three types.

- -

"name:args[[@><]" Select from one of the built in kernels, using the name and geometry arguments supplied. See AcquireKernelBuiltIn()

- -

"WxH[+X+Y][@><]:num, num, num ..." a kernel of size W by H, with W*H floating point numbers following. the 'center' can be optionally be defined at +X+Y (such that +0+0 is top left corner). If not defined the pixel in the center, for odd sizes, or to the immediate top or left of center for even sizes is automatically selected.

- -

"num, num, num, num, ..." list of floating point numbers defining an 'old style' odd sized square kernel. At least 9 values should be provided for a 3x3 square kernel, 25 for a 5x5 square kernel, 49 for 7x7, etc. Values can be space or comma separated. This is not recommended.

- -

You can define a 'list of kernels' which can be used by some morphology operators A list is defined as a semi-colon separated list kernels.

- -

" kernel ; kernel ; kernel ; "

- -

Any extra ';' characters, at start, end or between kernel defintions are simply ignored.

- -

The special flags will expand a single kernel, into a list of rotated kernels. A '@' flag will expand a 3x3 kernel into a list of 45-degree cyclic rotations, while a '>' will generate a list of 90-degree rotations. The '<' also exands using 90-degree rotates, but giving a 180-degree reflected kernel before the +/- 90-degree rotations, which can be important for Thinning operations.

- -

Note that 'name' kernels will start with an alphabetic character while the new kernel specification has a ':' character in its specification string. If neither is the case, it is assumed an old style of a simple list of numbers generating a odd-sized square kernel has been given.

- -

The format of the AcquireKernal method is:

- -
-  KernelInfo *AcquireKernelInfo(const char *kernel_string)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
kernel_string
-

the Morphology/Convolution kernel wanted.

- -
-

AcquireKernelBuiltIn

-
- -

AcquireKernelBuiltIn() returned one of the 'named' built-in types of kernels used for special purposes such as gaussian blurring, skeleton pruning, and edge distance determination.

- -

They take a KernelType, and a set of geometry style arguments, which were typically decoded from a user supplied string, or from a more complex Morphology Method that was requested.

- -

The format of the AcquireKernalBuiltIn method is:

- -
-  KernelInfo *AcquireKernelBuiltIn(const KernelInfoType type,
-       const GeometryInfo args)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the pre-defined type of kernel wanted

- -
args
-

arguments defining or modifying the kernel

- -

Convolution Kernels

- -

Unity The a No-Op or Scaling single element kernel.

- -

Gaussian:{radius},{sigma} Generate a two-dimensional gaussian kernel, as used by -gaussian. The sigma for the curve is required. The resulting kernel is normalized,

- -

If 'sigma' is zero, you get a single pixel on a field of zeros.

- -

NOTE: that the 'radius' is optional, but if provided can limit (clip) the final size of the resulting kernel to a square 2*radius+1 in size. The radius should be at least 2 times that of the sigma value, or sever clipping and aliasing may result. If not given or set to 0 the radius will be determined so as to produce the best minimal error result, which is usally much larger than is normally needed.

- -

LoG:{radius},{sigma} "Laplacian of a Gaussian" or "Mexician Hat" Kernel. The supposed ideal edge detection, zero-summing kernel.

- -

An alturnative to this kernel is to use a "DoG" with a sigma ratio of approx 1.6 (according to wikipedia).

- -

DoG:{radius},{sigma1},{sigma2} "Difference of Gaussians" Kernel. As "Gaussian" but with a gaussian produced by 'sigma2' subtracted from the gaussian produced by 'sigma1'. Typically sigma2 > sigma1. The result is a zero-summing kernel.

- -

Blur:{radius},{sigma}[,{angle}] Generates a 1 dimensional or linear gaussian blur, at the angle given (current restricted to orthogonal angles). If a 'radius' is given the kernel is clipped to a width of 2*radius+1. Kernel can be rotated by a 90 degree angle.

- -

If 'sigma' is zero, you get a single pixel on a field of zeros.

- -

Note that two convolutions with two "Blur" kernels perpendicular to each other, is equivalent to a far larger "Gaussian" kernel with the same sigma value, However it is much faster to apply. This is how the "-blur" operator actually works.

- -

Comet:{width},{sigma},{angle} Blur in one direction only, much like how a bright object leaves a comet like trail. The Kernel is actually half a gaussian curve, Adding two such blurs in opposite directions produces a Blur Kernel. Angle can be rotated in multiples of 90 degrees.

- -

Note that the first argument is the width of the kernel and not the radius of the kernel.

- -

# Still to be implemented... # # Filter2D # Filter1D # Set kernel values using a resize filter, and given scale (sigma) # Cylindrical or Linear. Is this possible with an image? #

- -

Named Constant Convolution Kernels

- -

All these are unscaled, zero-summing kernels by default. As such for non-HDRI version of ImageMagick some form of normalization, user scaling, and biasing the results is recommended, to prevent the resulting image being 'clipped'.

- -

The 3x3 kernels (most of these) can be circularly rotated in multiples of 45 degrees to generate the 8 angled varients of each of the kernels.

- -

Laplacian:{type} Discrete Lapacian Kernels, (without normalization) Type 0 : 3x3 with center:8 surounded by -1 (8 neighbourhood) Type 1 : 3x3 with center:4 edge:-1 corner:0 (4 neighbourhood) Type 2 : 3x3 with center:4 edge:1 corner:-2 Type 3 : 3x3 with center:4 edge:-2 corner:1 Type 5 : 5x5 laplacian Type 7 : 7x7 laplacian Type 15 : 5x5 LoG (sigma approx 1.4) Type 19 : 9x9 LoG (sigma approx 1.4)

- -

Sobel:{angle} Sobel 'Edge' convolution kernel (3x3) | -1, 0, 1 | | -2, 0,-2 | | -1, 0, 1 |

- -

Roberts:{angle} Roberts convolution kernel (3x3) | 0, 0, 0 | | -1, 1, 0 | | 0, 0, 0 |

- -

Prewitt:{angle} Prewitt Edge convolution kernel (3x3) | -1, 0, 1 | | -1, 0, 1 | | -1, 0, 1 |

- -

Compass:{angle} Prewitt's "Compass" convolution kernel (3x3) | -1, 1, 1 | | -1,-2, 1 | | -1, 1, 1 |

- -

Kirsch:{angle} Kirsch's "Compass" convolution kernel (3x3) | -3,-3, 5 | | -3, 0, 5 | | -3,-3, 5 |

- -

FreiChen:{angle} Frei-Chen Edge Detector is based on a kernel that is similar to the Sobel Kernel, but is designed to be isotropic. That is it takes into account the distance of the diagonal in the kernel.

- -

| 1, 0, -1 | | sqrt(2), 0, -sqrt(2) | | 1, 0, -1 |

- -

FreiChen:{type},{angle}

- -

Frei-Chen Pre-weighted kernels...

- -

Type 0: default un-nomalized version shown above.

- -

Type 1: Orthogonal Kernel (same as type 11 below) | 1, 0, -1 | | sqrt(2), 0, -sqrt(2) | / 2*sqrt(2) | 1, 0, -1 |

- -

Type 2: Diagonal form of Kernel... | 1, sqrt(2), 0 | | sqrt(2), 0, -sqrt(2) | / 2*sqrt(2) | 0, -sqrt(2) -1 |

- -

However this kernel is als at the heart of the FreiChen Edge Detection Process which uses a set of 9 specially weighted kernel. These 9 kernels not be normalized, but directly applied to the image. The results is then added together, to produce the intensity of an edge in a specific direction. The square root of the pixel value can then be taken as the cosine of the edge, and at least 2 such runs at 90 degrees from each other, both the direction and the strength of the edge can be determined.

- -

Type 10: All 9 of the following pre-weighted kernels...

- -

Type 11: | 1, 0, -1 | | sqrt(2), 0, -sqrt(2) | / 2*sqrt(2) | 1, 0, -1 |

- -

Type 12: | 1, sqrt(2), 1 | | 0, 0, 0 | / 2*sqrt(2) | 1, sqrt(2), 1 |

- -

Type 13: | sqrt(2), -1, 0 | | -1, 0, 1 | / 2*sqrt(2) | 0, 1, -sqrt(2) |

- -

Type 14: | 0, 1, -sqrt(2) | | -1, 0, 1 | / 2*sqrt(2) | sqrt(2), -1, 0 |

- -

Type 15: | 0, -1, 0 | | 1, 0, 1 | / 2 | 0, -1, 0 |

- -

Type 16: | 1, 0, -1 | | 0, 0, 0 | / 2 | -1, 0, 1 |

- -

Type 17: | 1, -2, 1 | | -2, 4, -2 | / 6 | -1, -2, 1 |

- -

Type 18: | -2, 1, -2 | | 1, 4, 1 | / 6 | -2, 1, -2 |

- -

Type 19: | 1, 1, 1 | | 1, 1, 1 | / 3 | 1, 1, 1 |

- -

The first 4 are for edge detection, the next 4 are for line detection and the last is to add a average component to the results.

- -

Using a special type of '-1' will return all 9 pre-weighted kernels as a multi-kernel list, so that you can use them directly (without normalization) with the special "-set option:morphology:compose Plus" setting to apply the full FreiChen Edge Detection Technique.

- -

If 'type' is large it will be taken to be an actual rotation angle for the default FreiChen (type 0) kernel. As such FreiChen:45 will look like a Sobel:45 but with 'sqrt(2)' instead of '2' values.

- -

WARNING: The above was layed out as per http://www.math.tau.ac.il/~turkel/notes/edge_detectors.pdf But rotated 90 degrees so direction is from left rather than the top. I have yet to find any secondary confirmation of the above. The only other source found was actual source code at http://ltswww.epfl.ch/~courstiv/exos_labos/sol3.pdf Neigher paper defineds the kernels in a way that looks locical or correct when taken as a whole.

- -

Boolean Kernels

- -

Diamond:[{radius}[,{scale}]] Generate a diamond shaped kernel with given radius to the points. Kernel size will again be radius*2+1 square and defaults to radius 1, generating a 3x3 kernel that is slightly larger than a square.

- -

Square:[{radius}[,{scale}]] Generate a square shaped kernel of size radius*2+1, and defaulting to a 3x3 (radius 1).

- -

Octagon:[{radius}[,{scale}]] Generate octagonal shaped kernel of given radius and constant scale. Default radius is 3 producing a 7x7 kernel. A radius of 1 will result in "Diamond" kernel.

- -

Disk:[{radius}[,{scale}]] Generate a binary disk, thresholded at the radius given, the radius may be a float-point value. Final Kernel size is floor(radius)*2+1 square. A radius of 5.3 is the default.

- -

NOTE: That a low radii Disk kernels produce the same results as many of the previously defined kernels, but differ greatly at larger radii. Here is a table of equivalences... "Disk:1" => "Diamond", "Octagon:1", or "Cross:1" "Disk:1.5" => "Square" "Disk:2" => "Diamond:2" "Disk:2.5" => "Octagon" "Disk:2.9" => "Square:2" "Disk:3.5" => "Octagon:3" "Disk:4.5" => "Octagon:4" "Disk:5.4" => "Octagon:5" "Disk:6.4" => "Octagon:6" All other Disk shapes are unique to this kernel, but because a "Disk" is more circular when using a larger radius, using a larger radius is preferred over iterating the morphological operation.

- -

Rectangle:{geometry} Simply generate a rectangle of 1's with the size given. You can also specify the location of the 'control point', otherwise the closest pixel to the center of the rectangle is selected.

- -

Properly centered and odd sized rectangles work the best.

- -

Symbol Dilation Kernels

- -

These kernel is not a good general morphological kernel, but is used more for highlighting and marking any single pixels in an image using, a "Dilate" method as appropriate.

- -

For the same reasons iterating these kernels does not produce the same result as using a larger radius for the symbol.

- -

Plus:[{radius}[,{scale}]] Cross:[{radius}[,{scale}]] Generate a kernel in the shape of a 'plus' or a 'cross' with a each arm the length of the given radius (default 2).

- -

NOTE: "plus:1" is equivalent to a "Diamond" kernel.

- -

Ring:{radius1},{radius2}[,{scale}] A ring of the values given that falls between the two radii. Defaults to a ring of approximataly 3 radius in a 7x7 kernel. This is the 'edge' pixels of the default "Disk" kernel, More specifically, "Ring" -> "Ring:2.5,3.5,1.0"

- -

Hit and Miss Kernels

- -

Peak:radius1,radius2 Find any peak larger than the pixels the fall between the two radii. The default ring of pixels is as per "Ring". Edges Find flat orthogonal edges of a binary shape Corners Find 90 degree corners of a binary shape Diagonals:type A special kernel to thin the 'outside' of diagonals LineEnds:type Find end points of lines (for pruning a skeletion) Two types of lines ends (default to both) can be searched for Type 0: All line ends Type 1: single kernel for 4-conneected line ends Type 2: single kernel for simple line ends LineJunctions Find three line junctions (within a skeletion) Type 0: all line junctions Type 1: Y Junction kernel Type 2: Diagonal T Junction kernel Type 3: Orthogonal T Junction kernel Type 4: Diagonal X Junction kernel Type 5: Orthogonal + Junction kernel Ridges:type Find single pixel ridges or thin lines Type 1: Fine single pixel thick lines and ridges Type 2: Find two pixel thick lines and ridges ConvexHull Octagonal Thickening Kernel, to generate convex hulls of 45 degrees Skeleton:type Traditional skeleton generating kernels. Type 1: Tradional Skeleton kernel (4 connected skeleton) Type 2: HIPR2 Skeleton kernel (8 connected skeleton) Type 3: Thinning skeleton based on a ressearch paper by Dan S. Bloomberg (Default Type) ThinSE:type A huge variety of Thinning Kernels designed to preserve conectivity. many other kernel sets use these kernels as source definitions. Type numbers are 41-49, 81-89, 481, and 482 which are based on the super and sub notations used in the source research paper.

- -

Distance Measuring Kernels

- -

Different types of distance measuring methods, which are used with the a 'Distance' morphology method for generating a gradient based on distance from an edge of a binary shape, though there is a technique for handling a anti-aliased shape.

- -

See the 'Distance' Morphological Method, for information of how it is applied.

- -

Chebyshev:[{radius}][x{scale}[!]] Chebyshev Distance (also known as Tchebychev or Chessboard distance) is a value of one to any neighbour, orthogonal or diagonal. One why of thinking of it is the number of squares a 'King' or 'Queen' in chess needs to traverse reach any other position on a chess board. It results in a 'square' like distance function, but one where diagonals are given a value that is closer than expected.

- -

Manhattan:[{radius}][x{scale}[!]] Manhattan Distance (also known as Rectilinear, City Block, or the Taxi Cab distance metric), it is the distance needed when you can only travel in horizontal or vertical directions only. It is the distance a 'Rook' in chess would have to travel, and results in a diamond like distances, where diagonals are further than expected.

- -

Octagonal:[{radius}][x{scale}[!]] An interleving of Manhatten and Chebyshev metrics producing an increasing octagonally shaped distance. Distances matches those of the "Octagon" shaped kernel of the same radius. The minimum radius and default is 2, producing a 5x5 kernel.

- -

Euclidean:[{radius}][x{scale}[!]] Euclidean distance is the 'direct' or 'as the crow flys' distance. However by default the kernel size only has a radius of 1, which limits the distance to 'Knight' like moves, with only orthogonal and diagonal measurements being correct. As such for the default kernel you will get octagonal like distance function.

- -

However using a larger radius such as "Euclidean:4" you will get a much smoother distance gradient from the edge of the shape. Especially if the image is pre-processed to include any anti-aliasing pixels. Of course a larger kernel is slower to use, and not always needed.

- -

The first three Distance Measuring Kernels will only generate distances of exact multiples of {scale} in binary images. As such you can use a scale of 1 without loosing any information. However you also need some scaling when handling non-binary anti-aliased shapes.

- -

The "Euclidean" Distance Kernel however does generate a non-integer fractional results, and as such scaling is vital even for binary shapes.

- -
-

CloneKernelInfo

-
- -

CloneKernelInfo() creates a new clone of the given Kernel List so that its can be modified without effecting the original. The cloned kernel should be destroyed using DestoryKernelInfo() when no longer needed.

- -

The format of the CloneKernelInfo method is:

- -
-  KernelInfo *CloneKernelInfo(const KernelInfo *kernel)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
kernel
-

the Morphology/Convolution kernel to be cloned

- -
-

DestroyKernelInfo

-
- -

DestroyKernelInfo() frees the memory used by a Convolution/Morphology kernel.

- -

The format of the DestroyKernelInfo method is:

- -
-  KernelInfo *DestroyKernelInfo(KernelInfo *kernel)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
kernel
-

the Morphology/Convolution kernel to be destroyed

- -
-

MorphologyApply

-
- -

MorphologyApply() applies a morphological method, multiple times using a list of multiple kernels.

- -

It is basically equivalent to as MorphologyImage() (see below) but without any user controls. This allows internel programs to use this function, to actually perform a specific task without possible interference by any API user supplied settings.

- -

It is MorphologyImage() task to extract any such user controls, and pass them to this function for processing.

- -

More specifically kernels are not normalized/scaled/blended by the 'convolve:scale' Image Artifact (setting), nor is the convolve bias (-bias setting or image->bias) loooked at, but must be supplied from the function arguments.

- -

The format of the MorphologyApply method is:

- -
-  Image *MorphologyApply(const Image *image,MorphologyMethod method,
-    const ssize_t iterations,const KernelInfo *kernel,
-    const CompositeMethod compose,const double bias,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the source image

- -
method
-

the morphology method to be applied.

- -
iterations
-

apply the operation this many times (or no change). A value of -1 means loop until no change found. How this is applied may depend on the morphology method. Typically this is a value of 1.

- -
channel
-

the channel type.

- -
kernel
-

An array of double representing the morphology kernel.

- -
compose
-

How to handle or merge multi-kernel results. If 'UndefinedCompositeOp' use default for the Morphology method. If 'NoCompositeOp' force image to be re-iterated by each kernel. Otherwise merge the results using the compose method given.

- -
bias
-

Convolution Output Bias.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

MorphologyImage

-
- -

MorphologyImage() applies a user supplied kernel to the image according to the given mophology method.

- -

This function applies any and all user defined settings before calling the above internal function MorphologyApply().

- -

User defined settings include... * Output Bias for Convolution and correlation ("-bias") * Kernel Scale/normalize settings ("-set 'option:convolve:scale'") This can also includes the addition of a scaled unity kernel. * Show Kernel being applied ("-set option:showkernel 1")

- -

The format of the MorphologyImage method is:

- -
-  Image *MorphologyImage(const Image *image,MorphologyMethod method,
-    const ssize_t iterations,KernelInfo *kernel,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

Image *MorphologyImage(const Image *image, const ChannelType channel,MorphologyMethod method,const ssize_t iterations, KernelInfo *kernel,ExceptionInfo *exception)

- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
method
-

the morphology method to be applied.

- -
iterations
-

apply the operation this many times (or no change). A value of -1 means loop until no change found. How this is applied may depend on the morphology method. Typically this is a value of 1.

- -
kernel
-

An array of double representing the morphology kernel. Warning: kernel may be normalized for the Convolve method.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ScaleGeometryKernelInfo

-
- -

ScaleGeometryKernelInfo() takes a geometry argument string, typically provided as a "-set option:convolve:scale {geometry}" user setting, and modifies the kernel according to the parsed arguments of that setting.

- -

The first argument (and any normalization flags) are passed to ScaleKernelInfo() to scale/normalize the kernel. The second argument is then passed to UnityAddKernelInfo() to add a scled unity kernel into the scaled/normalized kernel.

- -

The format of the ScaleGeometryKernelInfo method is:

- -
-  void ScaleGeometryKernelInfo(KernelInfo *kernel,
-    const double scaling_factor,const MagickStatusType normalize_flags)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
kernel
-

the Morphology/Convolution kernel to modify

- -

o geometry:

- -
-         "-set option:convolve:scale {geometry}" setting.
-
- -
-

ScaleKernelInfo

-
- -

ScaleKernelInfo() scales the given kernel list by the given amount, with or without normalization of the sum of the kernel values (as per given flags).

- -

By default (no flags given) the values within the kernel is scaled directly using given scaling factor without change.

- -

If either of the two 'normalize_flags' are given the kernel will first be normalized and then further scaled by the scaling factor value given.

- -

Kernel normalization ('normalize_flags' given) is designed to ensure that any use of the kernel scaling factor with 'Convolve' or 'Correlate' morphology methods will fall into -1.0 to +1.0 range. Note that for non-HDRI versions of IM this may cause images to have any negative results clipped, unless some 'bias' is used.

- -

More specifically. Kernels which only contain positive values (such as a 'Gaussian' kernel) will be scaled so that those values sum to +1.0, ensuring a 0.0 to +1.0 output range for non-HDRI images.

- -

For Kernels that contain some negative values, (such as 'Sharpen' kernels) the kernel will be scaled by the absolute of the sum of kernel values, so that it will generally fall within the +/- 1.0 range.

- -

For kernels whose values sum to zero, (such as 'Laplician' kernels) kernel will be scaled by just the sum of the postive values, so that its output range will again fall into the +/- 1.0 range.

- -

For special kernels designed for locating shapes using 'Correlate', (often only containing +1 and -1 values, representing foreground/brackground matching) a special normalization method is provided to scale the positive values separately to those of the negative values, so the kernel will be forced to become a zero-sum kernel better suited to such searches.

- -

WARNING: Correct normalization of the kernel assumes that the '*_range' attributes within the kernel structure have been correctly set during the kernels creation.

- -

NOTE: The values used for 'normalize_flags' have been selected specifically to match the use of geometry options, so that '!' means NormalizeValue, '^' means CorrelateNormalizeValue. All other GeometryFlags values are ignored.

- -

The format of the ScaleKernelInfo method is:

- -
-  void ScaleKernelInfo(KernelInfo *kernel, const double scaling_factor,
-           const MagickStatusType normalize_flags )
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
kernel
-

the Morphology/Convolution kernel

- -

o scaling_factor:

- -
-         zero.  If the kernel is normalized regardless of any flags.
-
- -

o normalize_flags:

- -
-         specifically: NormalizeValue, CorrelateNormalizeValue,
-                       and/or PercentValue
-
- -
-

ShowKernelInfo

-
- -

ShowKernelInfo() outputs the details of the given kernel defination to standard error, generally due to a users 'showkernel' option request.

- -

The format of the ShowKernel method is:

- -
-  void ShowKernelInfo(const KernelInfo *kernel)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
kernel
-

the Morphology/Convolution kernel

- -
-

UnityAddKernelInfo

-
- -

UnityAddKernelInfo() Adds a given amount of the 'Unity' Convolution Kernel to the given pre-scaled and normalized Kernel. This in effect adds that amount of the original image into the resulting convolution kernel. This value is usually provided by the user as a percentage value in the 'convolve:scale' setting.

- -

The resulting effect is to convert the defined kernels into blended soft-blurs, unsharp kernels or into sharpening kernels.

- -

The format of the UnityAdditionKernelInfo method is:

- -
-  void UnityAdditionKernelInfo(KernelInfo *kernel, const double scale )
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
kernel
-

the Morphology/Convolution kernel

- -

o scale:

- -
-         the given kernel.
-
- -
-

ZeroKernelNans

-
- -

ZeroKernelNans() replaces any special 'nan' value that may be present in the kernel with a zero value. This is typically done when the kernel will be used in special hardware (GPU) convolution processors, to simply matters.

- -

The format of the ZeroKernelNans method is:

- -
-  void ZeroKernelNans (KernelInfo *kernel)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
kernel
-

the Morphology/Convolution kernel

- -
diff --git a/www/api/paint.html b/www/api/paint.html index e80f4c295..c0fcb8964 100644 --- a/www/api/paint.html +++ b/www/api/paint.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,160 +215,9 @@
-

Module paint Methods

-

[FloodfillPaintImage • OilPaintImage • OpaquePaintImage • TransparentPaintImage • TransparentPaintImageChroma]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

FloodfillPaintImage

-
- -

FloodfillPaintImage() changes the color value of any pixel that matches target and is an immediate neighbor. If the method FillToBorderMethod is specified, the color value is changed for any neighbor pixel that does not match the bordercolor member of image.

- -

By default target must match a particular pixel color exactly. However, in many cases two colors may differ by a small amount. The fuzz member of image defines how much tolerance is acceptable to consider two colors as the same. For example, set fuzz to 10 and the color red at intensities of 100 and 102 respectively are now interpreted as the same color for the purposes of the floodfill.

- -

The format of the FloodfillPaintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType FloodfillPaintImage(Image *image,
-    const DrawInfo *draw_info,const PixelInfo target,
-    const ssize_t x_offset,const ssize_t y_offset,
-    const MagickBooleanType invert)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
draw_info
-

the draw info.

- -
target
-

the RGB value of the target color.

- -
x_offset,y_offset
-

the starting location of the operation.

- -
invert
-

paint any pixel that does not match the target color.

- -
-

OilPaintImage

-
- -

OilPaintImage() applies a special effect filter that simulates an oil painting. Each pixel is replaced by the most frequent color occurring in a circular region defined by radius.

- -

The format of the OilPaintImage method is:

- -
-  Image *OilPaintImage(const Image *image,const double radius,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
radius
-

the radius of the circular neighborhood.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

OpaquePaintImage

-
- -

OpaquePaintImage() changes any pixel that matches color with the color defined by fill.

- -

By default color must match a particular pixel color exactly. However, in many cases two colors may differ by a small amount. Fuzz defines how much tolerance is acceptable to consider two colors as the same. For example, set fuzz to 10 and the color red at intensities of 100 and 102 respectively are now interpreted as the same color.

- -

The format of the OpaquePaintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType OpaquePaintImage(Image *image,
-    const PixelPacket *target,const PixelPacket *fill,
-    const MagickBooleanType invert)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
target
-

the RGB value of the target color.

- -
fill
-

the replacement color.

- -
invert
-

paint any pixel that does not match the target color.

- -
-

TransparentPaintImage

-
- -

TransparentPaintImage() changes the opacity value associated with any pixel that matches color to the value defined by opacity.

- -

By default color must match a particular pixel color exactly. However, in many cases two colors may differ by a small amount. Fuzz defines how much tolerance is acceptable to consider two colors as the same. For example, set fuzz to 10 and the color red at intensities of 100 and 102 respectively are now interpreted as the same color.

- -

The format of the TransparentPaintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType TransparentPaintImage(Image *image,
-    const PixelInfo *target,const Quantum opacity,
-    const MagickBooleanType invert)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
target
-

the target color.

- -
opacity
-

the replacement opacity value.

- -
invert
-

paint any pixel that does not match the target color.

- -
-

TransparentPaintImageChroma

-
- -

TransparentPaintImageChroma() changes the opacity value associated with any pixel that matches color to the value defined by opacity.

- -

As there is one fuzz value for the all the channels, the TransparentPaintImage() API is not suitable for the operations like chroma, where the tolerance for similarity of two color component (RGB) can be different, Thus we define this method take two target pixels (one low and one hight) and all the pixels of an image which are lying between these two pixels are made transparent.

- -

The format of the TransparentPaintImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType TransparentPaintImage(Image *image,
-    const PixelInfo *low,const PixelInfo *hight,
-    const Quantum opacity,const MagickBooleanType invert)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
low
-

the low target color.

- -
high
-

the high target color.

- -
opacity
-

the replacement opacity value.

- -
invert
-

paint any pixel that does not match the target color.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/pixel-iterator.html b/www/api/pixel-iterator.html index f57774c16..3aaad141a 100644 --- a/www/api/pixel-iterator.html +++ b/www/api/pixel-iterator.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,336 +215,9 @@
-

Module pixel-iterator Methods

-

[ClearPixelIterator • ClonePixelIterator • DestroyPixelIterator • IsPixelIterator • NewPixelIterator • PixelClearIteratorException • NewPixelRegionIterator • PixelGetCurrentIteratorRow • PixelGetIteratorException • PixelGetIteratorExceptionType • PixelGetIteratorRow • PixelGetNextIteratorRow • PixelGetPreviousIteratorRow • PixelResetIterator • PixelSetFirstIteratorRow • PixelSetIteratorRow • PixelSetLastIteratorRow • PixelSyncIterator]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

ClearPixelIterator

-
- -

ClearPixelIterator() clear resources associated with a PixelIterator.

- -

The format of the ClearPixelIterator method is:

- -
-  PixelIterator *ClearPixelIterator(PixelIterator *iterator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
-

ClonePixelIterator

-
- -

ClonePixelIterator() makes an exact copy of the specified iterator.

- -

The format of the ClonePixelIterator method is:

- -
-  PixelIterator *ClonePixelIterator(const PixelIterator *iterator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the magick iterator.

- -
-

DestroyPixelIterator

-
- -

DestroyPixelIterator() deallocates resources associated with a PixelIterator.

- -

The format of the DestroyPixelIterator method is:

- -
-  PixelIterator *DestroyPixelIterator(PixelIterator *iterator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
-

IsPixelIterator

-
- -

IsPixelIterator() returns MagickTrue if the iterator is verified as a pixel iterator.

- -

The format of the IsPixelIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsPixelIterator(const PixelIterator *iterator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the magick iterator.

- -
-

NewPixelIterator

-
- -

NewPixelIterator() returns a new pixel iterator.

- -

The format of the NewPixelIterator method is:

- -
-  PixelIterator *NewPixelIterator(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

PixelClearIteratorException

-
- -

PixelClearIteratorException() clear any exceptions associated with the iterator.

- -

The format of the PixelClearIteratorException method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PixelClearIteratorException(PixelIterator *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

NewPixelRegionIterator

-
- -

NewPixelRegionIterator() returns a new pixel iterator.

- -

The format of the NewPixelRegionIterator method is:

- -
-  PixelIterator NewPixelRegionIterator(MagickWand *wand,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,const size_t width,const size_t height)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x,y,columns,rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a region of pixels.

- -
-

PixelGetCurrentIteratorRow

-
- -

PixelGetCurrentIteratorRow() returns the current row as an array of pixel wands from the pixel iterator.

- -

The format of the PixelGetCurrentIteratorRow method is:

- -
-  PixelWand **PixelGetCurrentIteratorRow(PixelIterator *iterator,
-    size_t *number_wands)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
number_wands
-

the number of pixel wands.

- -
-

PixelGetIteratorException

-
- -

PixelGetIteratorException() returns the severity, reason, and description of any error that occurs when using other methods in this API.

- -

The format of the PixelGetIteratorException method is:

- -
-  char *PixelGetIteratorException(const Pixeliterator *iterator,
-    ExceptionType *severity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
severity
-

the severity of the error is returned here.

- -
-

PixelGetIteratorExceptionType

-
- -

PixelGetIteratorExceptionType() the exception type associated with the wand. If no exception has occurred, UndefinedExceptionType is returned.

- -

The format of the PixelGetIteratorExceptionType method is:

- -
-  ExceptionType PixelGetIteratorExceptionType(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

PixelGetIteratorRow

-
- -

PixelGetIteratorRow() returns the current pixel iterator row.

- -

The format of the PixelGetIteratorRow method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PixelGetIteratorRow(PixelIterator *iterator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
-

PixelGetNextIteratorRow

-
- -

PixelGetNextIteratorRow() returns the next row as an array of pixel wands from the pixel iterator.

- -

The format of the PixelGetNextIteratorRow method is:

- -
-  PixelWand **PixelGetNextIteratorRow(PixelIterator *iterator,
-    size_t *number_wands)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
number_wands
-

the number of pixel wands.

- -
-

PixelGetPreviousIteratorRow

-
- -

PixelGetPreviousIteratorRow() returns the previous row as an array of pixel wands from the pixel iterator.

- -

The format of the PixelGetPreviousIteratorRow method is:

- -
-  PixelWand **PixelGetPreviousIteratorRow(PixelIterator *iterator,
-    size_t *number_wands)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
number_wands
-

the number of pixel wands.

- -
-

PixelResetIterator

-
- -

PixelResetIterator() resets the pixel iterator. Use it in conjunction with PixelGetNextIteratorRow() to iterate over all the pixels in a pixel container.

- -

The format of the PixelResetIterator method is:

- -
-  void PixelResetIterator(PixelIterator *iterator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
-

PixelSetFirstIteratorRow

-
- -

PixelSetFirstIteratorRow() sets the pixel iterator to the first pixel row.

- -

The format of the PixelSetFirstIteratorRow method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetFirstIteratorRow(PixelIterator *iterator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the magick iterator.

- -
-

PixelSetIteratorRow

-
- -

PixelSetIteratorRow() set the pixel iterator row.

- -

The format of the PixelSetIteratorRow method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PixelSetIteratorRow(PixelIterator *iterator,
-    const ssize_t row)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
-

PixelSetLastIteratorRow

-
- -

PixelSetLastIteratorRow() sets the pixel iterator to the last pixel row.

- -

The format of the PixelSetLastIteratorRow method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetLastIteratorRow(PixelIterator *iterator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the magick iterator.

- -
-

PixelSyncIterator

-
- -

PixelSyncIterator() syncs the pixel iterator.

- -

The format of the PixelSyncIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PixelSyncIterator(PixelIterator *iterator)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
iterator
-

the pixel iterator.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/pixel-wand.html b/www/api/pixel-wand.html index 4ee3e09ec..d5f554c62 100644 --- a/www/api/pixel-wand.html +++ b/www/api/pixel-wand.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,1244 +215,9 @@
-

Module pixel-wand Methods

-

[ClearPixelWand • ClonePixelWand • ClonePixelWands • DestroyPixelWand • DestroyPixelWands • IsPixelWandSimilar • IsPixelWand • NewPixelWand • NewPixelWands • PixelClearException • PixelGetAlpha • PixelGetAlphaQuantum • PixelGetBlack • PixelGetBlackQuantum • PixelGetBlue • PixelGetBlueQuantum • PixelGetColorAsString • PixelGetColorAsNormalizedString • PixelGetColorCount • PixelGetCyan • PixelGetCyanQuantum • PixelGetException • PixelGetExceptionType • PixelGetFuzz • PixelGetGreen • PixelGetGreenQuantum • PixelGetHSL • PixelGetIndex • PixelGetMagenta • PixelGetMagentaQuantum • PixelGetMagickColor • PixelGetOpacity • PixelGetOpacityQuantum • PixelGetQuantumPacket • PixelGetQuantumPixel • PixelGetRed • PixelGetRedQuantum • PixelGetYellow • PixelGetYellowQuantum • PixelSetAlpha • PixelSetAlphaQuantum • PixelSetBlack • PixelSetBlackQuantum • PixelSetBlue • PixelSetBlueQuantum • PixelSetColor • PixelSetColorCount • PixelSetColorFromWand • PixelSetCyan • PixelSetCyanQuantum • PixelSetFuzz • PixelSetGreen • PixelSetGreenQuantum • PixelSetHSL • PixelSetIndex • PixelSetMagenta • PixelSetMagentaQuantum • PixelSetPixelInfo • PixelSetOpacity • PixelSetOpacityQuantum • PixelSetQuantumPacket • PixelSetQuantumPixel • PixelSetRed • PixelSetRedQuantum • PixelSetYellow • PixelSetYellowQuantum]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

ClearPixelWand

-
- -

ClearPixelWand() clears resources associated with the wand.

- -

The format of the ClearPixelWand method is:

- -
-  void ClearPixelWand(PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

ClonePixelWand

-
- -

ClonePixelWand() makes an exact copy of the specified wand.

- -

The format of the ClonePixelWand method is:

- -
-  PixelWand *ClonePixelWand(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

ClonePixelWands

-
- -

ClonePixelWands() makes an exact copy of the specified wands.

- -

The format of the ClonePixelWands method is:

- -
-  PixelWand **ClonePixelWands(const PixelWand **wands,
-    const size_t number_wands)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wands
-

the magick wands.

- -
number_wands
-

the number of wands.

- -
-

DestroyPixelWand

-
- -

DestroyPixelWand() deallocates resources associated with a PixelWand.

- -

The format of the DestroyPixelWand method is:

- -
-  PixelWand *DestroyPixelWand(PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

DestroyPixelWands

-
- -

DestroyPixelWands() deallocates resources associated with an array of pixel wands.

- -

The format of the DestroyPixelWands method is:

- -
-  PixelWand **DestroyPixelWands(PixelWand **wand,
-    const size_t number_wands)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
number_wands
-

the number of wands.

- -
-

IsPixelWandSimilar

-
- -

IsPixelWandSimilar() returns MagickTrue if the distance between two colors is less than the specified distance.

- -

The format of the IsPixelWandSimilar method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsPixelWandSimilar(PixelWand *p,PixelWand *q,
-    const double fuzz)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
p
-

the pixel wand.

- -
q
-

the pixel wand.

- -
fuzz
-

any two colors that are less than or equal to this distance squared are consider similar.

- -
-

IsPixelWand

-
- -

IsPixelWand() returns MagickTrue if the wand is verified as a pixel wand.

- -

The format of the IsPixelWand method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsPixelWand(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

NewPixelWand

-
- -

NewPixelWand() returns a new pixel wand.

- -

The format of the NewPixelWand method is:

- -
-  PixelWand *NewPixelWand(void)
-
- -
-

NewPixelWands

-
- -

NewPixelWands() returns an array of pixel wands.

- -

The format of the NewPixelWands method is:

- -
-  PixelWand **NewPixelWands(const size_t number_wands)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
number_wands
-

the number of wands.

- -
-

PixelClearException

-
- -

PixelClearException() clear any exceptions associated with the iterator.

- -

The format of the PixelClearException method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PixelClearException(PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetAlpha

-
- -

PixelGetAlpha() returns the normalized alpha color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetAlpha method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetAlpha(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetAlphaQuantum

-
- -

PixelGetAlphaQuantum() returns the alpha value of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetAlphaQuantum method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetAlphaQuantum(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetBlack

-
- -

PixelGetBlack() returns the normalized black color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetBlack method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetBlack(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetBlackQuantum

-
- -

PixelGetBlackQuantum() returns the black color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetBlackQuantum method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetBlackQuantum(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetBlue

-
- -

PixelGetBlue() returns the normalized blue color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetBlue method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetBlue(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetBlueQuantum

-
- -

PixelGetBlueQuantum() returns the blue color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetBlueQuantum method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetBlueQuantum(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetColorAsString

-
- -

PixelGetColorAsString() returnsd the color of the pixel wand as a string.

- -

The format of the PixelGetColorAsString method is:

- -
-  char *PixelGetColorAsString(PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetColorAsNormalizedString

-
- -

PixelGetColorAsNormalizedString() returns the normalized color of the pixel wand as a string.

- -

The format of the PixelGetColorAsNormalizedString method is:

- -
-  char *PixelGetColorAsNormalizedString(PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetColorCount

-
- -

PixelGetColorCount() returns the color count associated with this color.

- -

The format of the PixelGetColorCount method is:

- -
-  size_t PixelGetColorCount(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetCyan

-
- -

PixelGetCyan() returns the normalized cyan color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetCyan method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetCyan(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetCyanQuantum

-
- -

PixelGetCyanQuantum() returns the cyan color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetCyanQuantum method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetCyanQuantum(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetException

-
- -

PixelGetException() returns the severity, reason, and description of any error that occurs when using other methods in this API.

- -

The format of the PixelGetException method is:

- -
-  char *PixelGetException(const PixelWand *wand,ExceptionType *severity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
severity
-

the severity of the error is returned here.

- -
-

PixelGetExceptionType

-
- -

PixelGetExceptionType() the exception type associated with the wand. If no exception has occurred, UndefinedExceptionType is returned.

- -

The format of the PixelGetExceptionType method is:

- -
-  ExceptionType PixelGetExceptionType(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
-

PixelGetFuzz

-
- -

PixelGetFuzz() returns the normalized fuzz value of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetFuzz method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetFuzz(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetGreen

-
- -

PixelGetGreen() returns the normalized green color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetGreen method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetGreen(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetGreenQuantum

-
- -

PixelGetGreenQuantum() returns the green color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetGreenQuantum method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetGreenQuantum(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetHSL

-
- -

PixelGetHSL() returns the normalized HSL color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetHSL method is:

- -
-  void PixelGetHSL(const PixelWand *wand,double *hue,double *saturation,
-    double *lightness)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
hue,saturation,lightness
-

Return the pixel hue, saturation, and brightness.

- -
-

PixelGetIndex

-
- -

PixelGetIndex() returns the colormap index from the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetIndex method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetIndex(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetMagenta

-
- -

PixelGetMagenta() returns the normalized magenta color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetMagenta method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetMagenta(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetMagentaQuantum

-
- -

PixelGetMagentaQuantum() returns the magenta color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetMagentaQuantum method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetMagentaQuantum(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetMagickColor

-
- -

PixelGetMagickColor() gets the magick color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetMagickColor method is:

- -
-  void PixelGetMagickColor(PixelWand *wand,PixelInfo *color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
color
-

The pixel wand color is returned here.

- -
-

PixelGetOpacity

-
- -

PixelGetOpacity() returns the normalized opacity color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetOpacity method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetOpacity(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetOpacityQuantum

-
- -

PixelGetOpacityQuantum() returns the opacity color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetOpacityQuantum method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetOpacityQuantum(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetQuantumPacket

-
- -

PixelGetQuantumPacket() gets the packet of the pixel wand as a PixelPacket.

- -

The format of the PixelGetQuantumPacket method is:

- -
-  void PixelGetQuantumPacket(PixelWand *wand,PixelPacket *packet)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
packet
-

The pixel wand packet is returned here.

- -
-

PixelGetQuantumPixel

-
- -

PixelGetQuantumPixel() gets the pixel of the pixel wand as a PixelPacket.

- -

The format of the PixelGetQuantumPixel method is:

- -
-  void PixelGetQuantumPixel(const Image *image,const PixelWand *wand,
-    Quantum *pixel)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
pixel
-

The pixel wand pixel is returned here.

- -
-

PixelGetRed

-
- -

PixelGetRed() returns the normalized red color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetRed method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetRed(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetRedQuantum

-
- -

PixelGetRedQuantum() returns the red color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetRedQuantum method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetRedQuantum(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetYellow

-
- -

PixelGetYellow() returns the normalized yellow color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetYellow method is:

- -
-  double PixelGetYellow(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelGetYellowQuantum

-
- -

PixelGetYellowQuantum() returns the yellow color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelGetYellowQuantum method is:

- -
-  Quantum PixelGetYellowQuantum(const PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
-

PixelSetAlpha

-
- -

PixelSetAlpha() sets the normalized alpha color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetAlpha method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetAlpha(PixelWand *wand,const double alpha)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
alpha
-

the level of transparency: 1.0 is fully opaque and 0.0 is fully transparent.

- -
-

PixelSetAlphaQuantum

-
- -

PixelSetAlphaQuantum() sets the alpha color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetAlphaQuantum method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetAlphaQuantum(PixelWand *wand,
-    const Quantum opacity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
opacity
-

the opacity color.

- -
-

PixelSetBlack

-
- -

PixelSetBlack() sets the normalized black color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetBlack method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetBlack(PixelWand *wand,const double black)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
black
-

the black color.

- -
-

PixelSetBlackQuantum

-
- -

PixelSetBlackQuantum() sets the black color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetBlackQuantum method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetBlackQuantum(PixelWand *wand,const Quantum black)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
black
-

the black color.

- -
-

PixelSetBlue

-
- -

PixelSetBlue() sets the normalized blue color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetBlue method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetBlue(PixelWand *wand,const double blue)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
blue
-

the blue color.

- -
-

PixelSetBlueQuantum

-
- -

PixelSetBlueQuantum() sets the blue color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetBlueQuantum method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetBlueQuantum(PixelWand *wand,const Quantum blue)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
blue
-

the blue color.

- -
-

PixelSetColor

-
- -

PixelSetColor() sets the color of the pixel wand with a string (e.g. "blue", "#0000ff", "rgb(0,0,255)", "cmyk(100,100,100,10)", etc.).

- -

The format of the PixelSetColor method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PixelSetColor(PixelWand *wand,const char *color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
color
-

the pixel wand color.

- -
-

PixelSetColorCount

-
- -

PixelSetColorCount() sets the color count of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetColorCount method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetColorCount(PixelWand *wand,const size_t count)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
count
-

the number of this particular color.

- -
-

PixelSetColorFromWand

-
- -

PixelSetColorFromWand() sets the color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetColorFromWand method is:

- -
-  PixelSetColorFromWand(PixelWand *wand,const PixelWand *color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
color
-

set the pixel wand color here.

- -
-

PixelSetCyan

-
- -

PixelSetCyan() sets the normalized cyan color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetCyan method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetCyan(PixelWand *wand,const double cyan)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
cyan
-

the cyan color.

- -
-

PixelSetCyanQuantum

-
- -

PixelSetCyanQuantum() sets the cyan color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetCyanQuantum method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetCyanQuantum(PixelWand *wand,const Quantum cyan)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
cyan
-

the cyan color.

- -
-

PixelSetFuzz

-
- -

PixelSetFuzz() sets the fuzz value of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetFuzz method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetFuzz(PixelWand *wand,const double fuzz)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
fuzz
-

the fuzz value.

- -
-

PixelSetGreen

-
- -

PixelSetGreen() sets the normalized green color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetGreen method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetGreen(PixelWand *wand,const double green)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
green
-

the green color.

- -
-

PixelSetGreenQuantum

-
- -

PixelSetGreenQuantum() sets the green color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetGreenQuantum method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetGreenQuantum(PixelWand *wand,const Quantum green)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
green
-

the green color.

- -
-

PixelSetHSL

-
- -

PixelSetHSL() sets the normalized HSL color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetHSL method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetHSL(PixelWand *wand,const double hue,
-    const double saturation,const double lightness)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
hue,saturation,lightness
-

Return the pixel hue, saturation, and brightness.

- -
-

PixelSetIndex

-
- -

PixelSetIndex() sets the colormap index of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetIndex method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetIndex(PixelWand *wand,const Quantum index)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
index
-

the colormap index.

- -
-

PixelSetMagenta

-
- -

PixelSetMagenta() sets the normalized magenta color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetMagenta method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetMagenta(PixelWand *wand,const double magenta)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
magenta
-

the magenta color.

- -
-

PixelSetMagentaQuantum

-
- -

PixelSetMagentaQuantum() sets the magenta color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetMagentaQuantum method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetMagentaQuantum(PixelWand *wand,
-    const Quantum magenta)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
magenta
-

the green magenta.

- -
-

PixelSetPixelInfo

-
- -

PixelSetPixelInfo() sets the color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetPixelInfo method is:

- -
-  PixelSetPixelInfo(PixelWand *wand,const PixelInfo *color)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
color
-

the pixel wand color.

- -
-

PixelSetOpacity

-
- -

PixelSetOpacity() sets the normalized opacity color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetOpacity method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetOpacity(PixelWand *wand,const double opacity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
opacity
-

the opacity color.

- -
-

PixelSetOpacityQuantum

-
- -

PixelSetOpacityQuantum() sets the opacity color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetOpacityQuantum method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetOpacityQuantum(PixelWand *wand,
-    const Quantum opacity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
opacity
-

the opacity color.

- -
-

PixelSetQuantumPacket

-
- -

PixelSetQuantumPacket() sets the packet of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetQuantumPacket method is:

- -
-  PixelSetQuantumPacket(PixelWand *wand,const PixelPacket *packet)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
packet
-

the pixel wand packet.

- -
-

PixelSetQuantumPixel

-
- -

PixelSetQuantumPixel() sets the pixel of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetQuantumPixel method is:

- -
-  PixelSetQuantumPixel(const Image *image,const QixelPixel *pixel,
-    PixelWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
pixel
-

the pixel wand pixel.

- -
-

PixelSetRed

-
- -

PixelSetRed() sets the normalized red color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetRed method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetRed(PixelWand *wand,const double red)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
red
-

the red color.

- -
-

PixelSetRedQuantum

-
- -

PixelSetRedQuantum() sets the red color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetRedQuantum method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetRedQuantum(PixelWand *wand,const Quantum red)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
red
-

the red color.

- -
-

PixelSetYellow

-
- -

PixelSetYellow() sets the normalized yellow color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetYellow method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetYellow(PixelWand *wand,const double yellow)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
yellow
-

the yellow color.

- -
-

PixelSetYellowQuantum

-
- -

PixelSetYellowQuantum() sets the yellow color of the pixel wand.

- -

The format of the PixelSetYellowQuantum method is:

- -
-  void PixelSetYellowQuantum(PixelWand *wand,const Quantum yellow)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the pixel wand.

- -
yellow
-

the yellow color.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/profile.html b/www/api/profile.html index b0700a7f8..c5432f4e4 100644 --- a/www/api/profile.html +++ b/www/api/profile.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,214 +215,9 @@
-

Module profile Methods

-

[CloneImageProfiles • DeleteImageProfile • DestroyImageProfiles • GetImageProfile • GetNextImageProfile • ProfileImage • RemoveImageProfile • ResetImageProfileIterator • SetImageProfile • SyncImageProfiles]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

CloneImageProfiles

-
- -

CloneImageProfiles() clones one or more image profiles.

- -

The format of the CloneImageProfiles method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType CloneImageProfiles(Image *image,
-    const Image *clone_image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
clone_image
-

the clone image.

- -
-

DeleteImageProfile

-
- -

DeleteImageProfile() deletes a profile from the image by its name.

- -

The format of the DeleteImageProfile method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanTyupe DeleteImageProfile(Image *image,const char *name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
name
-

the profile name.

- -
-

DestroyImageProfiles

-
- -

DestroyImageProfiles() releases memory associated with an image profile map.

- -

The format of the DestroyProfiles method is:

- -
-  void DestroyImageProfiles(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

GetImageProfile

-
- -

GetImageProfile() gets a profile associated with an image by name.

- -

The format of the GetImageProfile method is:

- -
-  const StringInfo *GetImageProfile(const Image *image,const char *name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
name
-

the profile name.

- -
-

GetNextImageProfile

-
- -

GetNextImageProfile() gets the next profile name for an image.

- -

The format of the GetNextImageProfile method is:

- -
-  char *GetNextImageProfile(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
hash_info
-

the hash info.

- -
-

ProfileImage

-
- -

ProfileImage() associates, applies, or removes an ICM, IPTC, or generic profile with / to / from an image. If the profile is NULL, it is removed from the image otherwise added or applied. Use a name of '*' and a profile of NULL to remove all profiles from the image.

- -

ICC and ICM profiles are handled as follows: If the image does not have an associated color profile, the one you provide is associated with the image and the image pixels are not transformed. Otherwise, the colorspace transform defined by the existing and new profile are applied to the image pixels and the new profile is associated with the image.

- -

The format of the ProfileImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ProfileImage(Image *image,const char *name,
-    const void *datum,const size_t length,const MagickBooleanType clone)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
name
-

Name of profile to add or remove: ICC, IPTC, or generic profile.

- -
datum
-

the profile data.

- -
length
-

the length of the profile.

- -
clone
-

should be MagickFalse.

- -
-

RemoveImageProfile

-
- -

RemoveImageProfile() removes a named profile from the image and returns its value.

- -

The format of the RemoveImageProfile method is:

- -
-  void *RemoveImageProfile(Image *image,const char *name)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
name
-

the profile name.

- -
-

ResetImageProfileIterator

-
- -

ResetImageProfileIterator() resets the image profile iterator. Use it in conjunction with GetNextImageProfile() to iterate over all the profiles associated with an image.

- -

The format of the ResetImageProfileIterator method is:

- -
-  ResetImageProfileIterator(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

SetImageProfile

-
- -

SetImageProfile() adds a named profile to the image. If a profile with the same name already exists, it is replaced. This method differs from the ProfileImage() method in that it does not apply CMS color profiles.

- -

The format of the SetImageProfile method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageProfile(Image *image,const char *name,
-    const StringInfo *profile)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
name
-

the profile name, for example icc, exif, and 8bim (8bim is the Photoshop wrapper for iptc profiles).

- -
profile
-

A StringInfo structure that contains the named profile.

- -
-

SyncImageProfiles

-
- -

SyncImageProfiles() synchronizes image properties with the image profiles. Currently we only support updating the EXIF resolution and orientation.

- -

The format of the SyncImageProfiles method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SyncImageProfiles(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/property.html b/www/api/property.html index 5c5dbb5d0..b0c7af0a7 100644 --- a/www/api/property.html +++ b/www/api/property.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,234 +215,9 @@
-

Module property Methods

-

[CloneImageProperties • DefineImageProperty • DeleteImageProperty • DestroyImageProperties • FormatImageProperty • GetImageProperty • GetNextImageProperty • InterpretImageProperties • RemoveImageProperty • ResetImagePropertyIterator • SetImageProperty]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

CloneImageProperties

-
- -

CloneImageProperties() clones one or more image properties.

- -

The format of the CloneImageProperties method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType CloneImageProperties(Image *image,
-    const Image *clone_image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
clone_image
-

the clone image.

- -
-

DefineImageProperty

-
- -

DefineImageProperty() associates a key/value pair with an image property.

- -

The format of the DefineImageProperty method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DefineImageProperty(Image *image,
-    const char *property)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
property
-

the image property.

- -
-

DeleteImageProperty

-
- -

DeleteImageProperty() deletes an image property.

- -

The format of the DeleteImageProperty method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DeleteImageProperty(Image *image,const char *property)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
property
-

the image property.

- -
-

DestroyImageProperties

-
- -

DestroyImageProperties() releases memory associated with image property values.

- -

The format of the DestroyDefines method is:

- -
-  void DestroyImageProperties(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

FormatImageProperty

-
- -

FormatImageProperty() permits formatted property/value pairs to be saved as an image property.

- -

The format of the FormatImageProperty method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType FormatImageProperty(Image *image,const char *property,
-    const char *format,...)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

The image.

- -
property
-

The attribute property.

- -
format
-

A string describing the format to use to write the remaining arguments.

- -
-

GetImageProperty

-
- -

GetImageProperty() gets a value associated with an image property.

- -

The format of the GetImageProperty method is:

- -
-  const char *GetImageProperty(const Image *image,const char *key)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
key
-

the key.

- -
-

GetNextImageProperty

-
- -

GetNextImageProperty() gets the next image property value.

- -

The format of the GetNextImageProperty method is:

- -
-  char *GetNextImageProperty(const Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

InterpretImageProperties

-
- -

InterpretImageProperties() replaces any embedded formatting characters with the appropriate image property and returns the interpreted text.

- -

The format of the InterpretImageProperties method is:

- -
-  char *InterpretImageProperties(const ImageInfo *image_info,Image *image,
-    const char *embed_text)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
embed_text
-

the address of a character string containing the embedded formatting characters.

- -
-

RemoveImageProperty

-
- -

RemoveImageProperty() removes a property from the image and returns its value.

- -

The format of the RemoveImageProperty method is:

- -
-  char *RemoveImageProperty(Image *image,const char *property)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
property
-

the image property.

- -
-

ResetImagePropertyIterator

-
- -

ResetImagePropertyIterator() resets the image properties iterator. Use it in conjunction with GetNextImageProperty() to iterate over all the values associated with an image property.

- -

The format of the ResetImagePropertyIterator method is:

- -
-  ResetImagePropertyIterator(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

SetImageProperty

-
- -

SetImageProperty() associates an value with an image property.

- -

The format of the SetImageProperty method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageProperty(Image *image,const char *property,
-    const char *value)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
property
-

the image property.

- -
values
-

the image property values.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/quantize.html b/www/api/quantize.html index e5caa1d31..5d86e9171 100644 --- a/www/api/quantize.html +++ b/www/api/quantize.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,317 +215,9 @@
-

Module quantize Methods

-

[QuantizeImage • AcquireQuantizeInfo • CloneQuantizeInfo • CompressImageColormap • DestroyQuantizeInfo • GetImageQuantizeError • GetQuantizeInfo • PosterizeImage • QuantizeImage • QuantizeImages • RemapImage • RemapImages • SetGrayscaleImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

QuantizeImage

-
- -

QuantizeImage() takes a standard RGB or monochrome images and quantizes them down to some fixed number of colors.

- -

For purposes of color allocation, an image is a set of n pixels, where each pixel is a point in RGB space. RGB space is a 3-dimensional vector space, and each pixel, Pi, is defined by an ordered triple of red, green, and blue coordinates, (Ri, Gi, Bi).

- -

Each primary color component (red, green, or blue) represents an intensity which varies linearly from 0 to a maximum value, Cmax, which corresponds to full saturation of that color. Color allocation is defined over a domain consisting of the cube in RGB space with opposite vertices at (0,0,0) and (Cmax, Cmax, Cmax). QUANTIZE requires Cmax = 255.

- -

The algorithm maps this domain onto a tree in which each node represents a cube within that domain. In the following discussion these cubes are defined by the coordinate of two opposite vertices:

- -
-    the origin.
-
- -

The tree's root node represents the entire domain, (0,0,0) through (Cmax,Cmax,Cmax). Each lower level in the tree is generated by subdividing one node's cube into eight smaller cubes of equal size. This corresponds to bisecting the parent cube with planes passing through the midpoints of each edge.

- -

The basic algorithm operates in three phases: Classification, Reduction, and Assignment. Classification builds a color description tree for the image. Reduction collapses the tree until the number it represents, at most, the number of colors desired in the output image. Assignment defines the output image's color map and sets each pixel's color by restorage_class in the reduced tree. Our goal is to minimize the numerical discrepancies between the original colors and quantized colors (quantization error).

- -

Classification begins by initializing a color description tree of sufficient depth to represent each possible input color in a leaf. However, it is impractical to generate a fully-formed color description tree in the storage_class phase for realistic values of Cmax. If colors components in the input image are quantized to k-bit precision, so that Cmax= 2k-1, the tree would need k levels below the root node to allow representing each possible input color in a leaf. This becomes prohibitive because the tree's total number of nodes is 1 + sum(i=1, k, 8k).

- -

A complete tree would require 19,173,961 nodes for k = 8, Cmax = 255.

-
avoid building a fully populated tree, QUANTIZE
-

(1) Initializes data structures for nodes only as they are needed; (2) Chooses a maximum depth for the tree as a function of the desired number of colors in the output image (currently log2(colormap size)).

- -

For each pixel in the input image, storage_class scans downward from the root of the color description tree. At each level of the tree it identifies the single node which represents a cube in RGB space containing the pixel's color. It updates the following data for each such node:

- -
-      n1: Number of pixels whose color is contained in the RGB cube which
-      this node represents;
-
- -

n2: Number of pixels whose color is not represented in a node at lower depth in the tree; initially, n2 = 0 for all nodes except leaves of the tree.

- -

Sr, Sg, Sb: Sums of the red, green, and blue component values for all pixels not classified at a lower depth. The combination of these sums and n2 will ultimately characterize the mean color of a set of pixels represented by this node.

- -

E: the distance squared in RGB space between each pixel contained within a node and the nodes' center. This represents the quantization error for a node.

- -

Reduction repeatedly prunes the tree until the number of nodes with n2 > 0 is less than or equal to the maximum number of colors allowed in the output image. On any given iteration over the tree, it selects those nodes whose E count is minimal for pruning and merges their color statistics upward. It uses a pruning threshold, Ep, to govern node selection as follows:

- -

Ep = 0 while number of nodes with (n2 > 0) > required maximum number of colors prune all nodes such that E <= Ep Set Ep to minimum E in remaining nodes

- -

This has the effect of minimizing any quantization error when merging two nodes together.

- -

When a node to be pruned has offspring, the pruning procedure invokes itself recursively in order to prune the tree from the leaves upward. n2, Sr, Sg, and Sb in a node being pruned are always added to the corresponding data in that node's parent. This retains the pruned node's color characteristics for later averaging.

- -

For each node, n2 pixels exist for which that node represents the smallest volume in RGB space containing those pixel's colors. When n2 > 0 the node will uniquely define a color in the output image. At the beginning of reduction, n2 = 0 for all nodes except a the leaves of the tree which represent colors present in the input image.

- -

The other pixel count, n1, indicates the total number of colors within the cubic volume which the node represents. This includes n1 - n2 pixels whose colors should be defined by nodes at a lower level in the tree.

- -

Assignment generates the output image from the pruned tree. The output

-
parts
-

(1) A color map, which is an array of color descriptions (RGB triples) for each color present in the output image; (2) A pixel array, which represents each pixel as an index into the color map array.

- -

First, the assignment phase makes one pass over the pruned color description tree to establish the image's color map. For each node with n2 > 0, it divides Sr, Sg, and Sb by n2 . This produces the mean color of all pixels that classify no lower than this node. Each of these colors becomes an entry in the color map.

- -

Finally, the assignment phase reclassifies each pixel in the pruned tree to identify the deepest node containing the pixel's color. The pixel's value in the pixel array becomes the index of this node's mean color in the color map.

- -

This method is based on a similar algorithm written by Paul Raveling.

- -
-

AcquireQuantizeInfo

-
- -

AcquireQuantizeInfo() allocates the QuantizeInfo structure.

- -

The format of the AcquireQuantizeInfo method is:

- -
-  QuantizeInfo *AcquireQuantizeInfo(const ImageInfo *image_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
-

CloneQuantizeInfo

-
- -

CloneQuantizeInfo() makes a duplicate of the given quantize info structure, or if quantize info is NULL, a new one.

- -

The format of the CloneQuantizeInfo method is:

- -
-  QuantizeInfo *CloneQuantizeInfo(const QuantizeInfo *quantize_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
clone_info
-

Method CloneQuantizeInfo returns a duplicate of the given quantize info, or if image info is NULL a new one.

- -
quantize_info
-

a structure of type info.

- -
-

CompressImageColormap

-
- -

CompressImageColormap() compresses an image colormap by removing any duplicate or unused color entries.

- -

The format of the CompressImageColormap method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType CompressImageColormap(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

DestroyQuantizeInfo

-
- -

DestroyQuantizeInfo() deallocates memory associated with an QuantizeInfo structure.

- -

The format of the DestroyQuantizeInfo method is:

- -
-  QuantizeInfo *DestroyQuantizeInfo(QuantizeInfo *quantize_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
quantize_info
-

Specifies a pointer to an QuantizeInfo structure.

- -
-

GetImageQuantizeError

-
- -

GetImageQuantizeError() measures the difference between the original and quantized images. This difference is the total quantization error. The error is computed by summing over all pixels in an image the distance squared in RGB space between each reference pixel value and its quantized value. These values are computed:

- -
-      o mean_error_per_pixel:  This value is the mean error for any single
-  pixel in the image.
-
- -
normalized_mean_square_error
-

This value is the normalized mean quantization error for any single pixel in the image. This distance measure is normalized to a range between 0 and 1. It is independent of the range of red, green, and blue values in the image.

- -
normalized_maximum_square_error
-

Thsi value is the normalized maximum quantization error for any single pixel in the image. This distance measure is normalized to a range between 0 and 1. It is independent of the range of red, green, and blue values in your image.

- -

The format of the GetImageQuantizeError method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageQuantizeError(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

GetQuantizeInfo

-
- -

GetQuantizeInfo() initializes the QuantizeInfo structure.

- -

The format of the GetQuantizeInfo method is:

- -
-  GetQuantizeInfo(QuantizeInfo *quantize_info)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
quantize_info
-

Specifies a pointer to a QuantizeInfo structure.

- -
-

PosterizeImage

-
- -

PosterizeImage() reduces the image to a limited number of colors for a "poster" effect.

- -

The format of the PosterizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType PosterizeImage(Image *image,const size_t levels,
-    const MagickBooleanType dither)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

Specifies a pointer to an Image structure.

- -
levels
-

Number of color levels allowed in each channel. Very low values (2, 3, or 4) have the most visible effect.

- -
dither
-

Set this integer value to something other than zero to dither the mapped image.

- -
-

QuantizeImage

-
- -

QuantizeImage() analyzes the colors within a reference image and chooses a fixed number of colors to represent the image. The goal of the algorithm is to minimize the color difference between the input and output image while minimizing the processing time.

- -

The format of the QuantizeImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType QuantizeImage(const QuantizeInfo *quantize_info,
-    Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
quantize_info
-

Specifies a pointer to an QuantizeInfo structure.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
-

QuantizeImages

-
- -

QuantizeImages() analyzes the colors within a set of reference images and chooses a fixed number of colors to represent the set. The goal of the algorithm is to minimize the color difference between the input and output images while minimizing the processing time.

- -

The format of the QuantizeImages method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType QuantizeImages(const QuantizeInfo *quantize_info,
-    Image *images)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
quantize_info
-

Specifies a pointer to an QuantizeInfo structure.

- -
images
-

Specifies a pointer to a list of Image structures.

- -
-

RemapImage

-
- -

RemapImage() replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image.

- -

The format of the RemapImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType RemapImage(const QuantizeInfo *quantize_info,
-    Image *image,const Image *remap_image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
quantize_info
-

Specifies a pointer to an QuantizeInfo structure.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
remap_image
-

the reference image.

- -
-

RemapImages

-
- -

RemapImages() replaces the colors of a sequence of images with the closest color from a reference image.

- -

The format of the RemapImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType RemapImages(const QuantizeInfo *quantize_info,
-    Image *images,Image *remap_image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
quantize_info
-

Specifies a pointer to an QuantizeInfo structure.

- -
images
-

the image sequence.

- -
remap_image
-

the reference image.

- -
-

SetGrayscaleImage

-
- -

SetGrayscaleImage() converts an image to a PseudoClass grayscale image.

- -

The format of the SetGrayscaleImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetGrayscaleImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

The image.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/registry.html b/www/api/registry.html index 383608e1e..316a45123 100644 --- a/www/api/registry.html +++ b/www/api/registry.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,154 +215,9 @@
-

Module registry Methods

-

[DefineImageRegistry • DeleteImageRegistry • GetImageRegistry • GetNextImageRegistry • RegistryComponentTerminus • RemoveImageRegistry • ResetImageRegistryIterator • SetImageRegistry]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

DefineImageRegistry

-
- -

DefineImageRegistry() associates a key/value pair with the image registry.

- -

The format of the DefineImageRegistry method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DefineImageRegistry(const RegistryType type,
-    const char *option,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the type.

- -
option
-

the option.

- -
exception
-

the exception.

- -
-

DeleteImageRegistry

-
- -

DeleteImageRegistry() deletes a key from the image registry.

- -

The format of the DeleteImageRegistry method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DeleteImageRegistry(const char *key)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
key
-

the registry.

- -
-

GetImageRegistry

-
- -

GetImageRegistry() returns a value associated with an image registry key.

- -

The format of the GetImageRegistry method is:

- -
-  void *GetImageRegistry(const RegistryType type,const char *key,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the type.

- -
key
-

the key.

- -
exception
-

the exception.

- -
-

GetNextImageRegistry

-
- -

GetNextImageRegistry() gets the next image registry value.

- -

The format of the GetNextImageRegistry method is:

- -
-  char *GetNextImageRegistry(void)
-
- -
-

RegistryComponentTerminus

-
- -

RegistryComponentTerminus() destroys the registry component.

- -

The format of the DestroyDefines method is:

- -
-  void RegistryComponentTerminus(void)
-
- -
-

RemoveImageRegistry

-
- -

RemoveImageRegistry() removes a key from the image registry and returns its value.

- -

The format of the RemoveImageRegistry method is:

- -
-  void *RemoveImageRegistry(const char *key)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
key
-

the registry.

- -
-

ResetImageRegistryIterator

-
- -

ResetImageRegistryIterator() resets the registry iterator. Use it in conjunction with GetNextImageRegistry() to iterate over all the values in the image registry.

- -

The format of the ResetImageRegistryIterator method is:

- -
-  ResetImageRegistryIterator(void)
-
- -
-

SetImageRegistry

-
- -

SetImageRegistry() associates a value with an image registry key.

- -

The format of the SetImageRegistry method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageRegistry(const RegistryType type,
-    const char *key,const void *value,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the type.

- -
key
-

the key.

- -
value
-

the value.

- -
exception
-

the exception.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/resize.html b/www/api/resize.html index 3580df87b..849db0e06 100644 --- a/www/api/resize.html +++ b/www/api/resize.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,260 +215,9 @@
-

Module resize Methods

-

[AdaptiveResizeImage • LiquidRescaleImage • MagnifyImage • MinifyImage • ResampleImage • ResizeImage • SampleImage • ScaleImage • ThumbnailImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AdaptiveResizeImage

-
- -

AdaptiveResizeImage() adaptively resize image with pixel resampling.

- -

The format of the AdaptiveResizeImage method is:

- -
-  Image *AdaptiveResizeImage(const Image *image,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the resized image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the resized image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

LiquidRescaleImage

-
- -

LiquidRescaleImage() rescales image with seam carving.

- -

The format of the LiquidRescaleImage method is:

- -
-  Image *LiquidRescaleImage(const Image *image,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,const double delta_x,const double rigidity,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the rescaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the rescaled image.

- -
delta_x
-

maximum seam transversal step (0 means straight seams).

- -
rigidity
-

introduce a bias for non-straight seams (typically 0).

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

MagnifyImage

-
- -

MagnifyImage() is a convenience method that scales an image proportionally to twice its size.

- -

The format of the MagnifyImage method is:

- -
-  Image *MagnifyImage(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

MinifyImage

-
- -

MinifyImage() is a convenience method that scales an image proportionally to half its size.

- -

The format of the MinifyImage method is:

- -
-  Image *MinifyImage(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ResampleImage

-
- -

ResampleImage() resize image in terms of its pixel size, so that when displayed at the given resolution it will be the same size in terms of real world units as the original image at the original resolution.

- -

The format of the ResampleImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ResampleImage(Image *image,const double x_resolution,
-    const double y_resolution,const FilterTypes filter,const double blur,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image to be resized to fit the given resolution.

- -
x_resolution
-

the new image x resolution.

- -
y_resolution
-

the new image y resolution.

- -
filter
-

Image filter to use.

- -
blur
-

the blur factor where > 1 is blurry, < 1 is sharp.

- -
-

ResizeImage

-
- -

ResizeImage() scales an image to the desired dimensions, using the given filter (see AcquireFilterInfo()).

- -

If an undefined filter is given the filter defaults to Mitchell for a colormapped image, a image with a matte channel, or if the image is enlarged. Otherwise the filter defaults to a Lanczos.

- -

ResizeImage() was inspired by Paul Heckbert's "zoom" program.

- -

The format of the ResizeImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ResizeImage(Image *image,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,const FilterTypes filter,const double blur,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- -
filter
-

Image filter to use.

- -
blur
-

the blur factor where > 1 is blurry, < 1 is sharp. Typically set this to 1.0.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SampleImage

-
- -

SampleImage() scales an image to the desired dimensions with pixel sampling. Unlike other scaling methods, this method does not introduce any additional color into the scaled image.

- -

The format of the SampleImage method is:

- -
-  Image *SampleImage(const Image *image,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the sampled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the sampled image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ScaleImage

-
- -

ScaleImage() changes the size of an image to the given dimensions.

- -

The format of the ScaleImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ScaleImage(const Image *image,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ThumbnailImage

-
- -

ThumbnailImage() changes the size of an image to the given dimensions and removes any associated profiles. The goal is to produce small low cost thumbnail images suited for display on the Web.

- -

The format of the ThumbnailImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ThumbnailImage(const Image *image,const size_t columns,
-    const size_t rows,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
columns
-

the number of columns in the scaled image.

- -
rows
-

the number of rows in the scaled image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/resource.html b/www/api/resource.html index 05d37cae5..dcbb553a1 100644 --- a/www/api/resource.html +++ b/www/api/resource.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,161 +215,9 @@
-

Module resource Methods

-

[AcquireMagickResource • AcquireUniqueFileResource • GetMagickResource • GetMagickResourceLimit • ListMagickResourceInfo • RelinquishMagickResource • RelinquishUniqueFileResource • SetMagickResourceLimit]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AcquireMagickResource

-
- -

AcquireMagickResource() acquires resources of the specified type. MagickFalse is returned if the specified resource is exhausted otherwise MagickTrue.

- -

The format of the AcquireMagickResource() method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType AcquireMagickResource(const ResourceType type,
-    const MagickSizeType size)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the type of resource.

- -
size
-

the number of bytes needed from for this resource.

- -
-

AcquireUniqueFileResource

-
- -

AcquireUniqueFileResource() returns a unique file name, and returns a file descriptor for the file open for reading and writing.

- -

The format of the AcquireUniqueFileResource() method is:

- -
-  int AcquireUniqueFileResource(char *path)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
path
-

Specifies a pointer to an array of characters. The unique path name is returned in this array.

- -
-

GetMagickResource

-
- -

GetMagickResource() returns the specified resource.

- -

The format of the GetMagickResource() method is:

- -
-  MagickSizeType GetMagickResource(const ResourceType type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the type of resource.

- -
-

GetMagickResourceLimit

-
- -

GetMagickResourceLimit() returns the specified resource limit.

- -

The format of the GetMagickResourceLimit() method is:

- -
-  MagickSizeType GetMagickResourceLimit(const ResourceType type)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the type of resource.

- -
-

ListMagickResourceInfo

-
- -

ListMagickResourceInfo() lists the resource info to a file.

- -

The format of the ListMagickResourceInfo method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType ListMagickResourceInfo(FILE *file,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
file
-

An pointer to a FILE.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

RelinquishMagickResource

-
- -

RelinquishMagickResource() relinquishes resources of the specified type.

- -

The format of the RelinquishMagickResource() method is:

- -
-  void RelinquishMagickResource(const ResourceType type,
-    const MagickSizeType size)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the type of resource.

- -
size
-

the size of the resource.

- -
-

RelinquishUniqueFileResource

-
- -

RelinquishUniqueFileResource() relinquishes a unique file resource.

- -

The format of the RelinquishUniqueFileResource() method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType RelinquishUniqueFileResource(const char *path)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
name
-

the name of the temporary resource.

- -
-

SetMagickResourceLimit

-
- -

SetMagickResourceLimit() sets the limit for a particular resource.

- -

The format of the SetMagickResourceLimit() method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetMagickResourceLimit(const ResourceType type,
-    const MagickSizeType limit)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
type
-

the type of resource.

- -
limit
-

the maximum limit for the resource.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/segment.html b/www/api/segment.html index 07fbe0e89..03dae344d 100644 --- a/www/api/segment.html +++ b/www/api/segment.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,40 +215,9 @@
-

Module segment Methods

-

[SegmentImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

SegmentImage

-
- -

SegmentImage() segment an image by analyzing the histograms of the color components and identifying units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy C-means technique.

- -

The format of the SegmentImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SegmentImage(Image *image,
-    const ColorspaceType colorspace,const MagickBooleanType verbose,
-    const double cluster_threshold,const double smooth_threshold)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
colorspace
-

Indicate the colorspace.

- -
verbose
-

Set to MagickTrue to print detailed information about the identified classes.

- -
cluster_threshold
-

This represents the minimum number of pixels contained in a hexahedra before it can be considered valid (expressed as a percentage).

- -
smooth_threshold
-

the smoothing threshold eliminates noise in the second derivative of the histogram. As the value is increased, you can expect a smoother second derivative.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/shear.html b/www/api/shear.html index deefa1308..761310fd4 100644 --- a/www/api/shear.html +++ b/www/api/shear.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,109 +215,9 @@
-

Module shear Methods

-

[AffineTransformImage • DeskewImage • RotateImage • ShearImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

AffineTransformImage

-
- -

AffineTransformImage() transforms an image as dictated by the affine matrix. It allocates the memory necessary for the new Image structure and returns a pointer to the new image.

- -

The format of the AffineTransformImage method is:

- -
-  Image *AffineTransformImage(const Image *image,
-    AffineMatrix *affine_matrix,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
affine_matrix
-

the affine matrix.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

DeskewImage

-
- -

DeskewImage() removes skew from the image. Skew is an artifact that occurs in scanned images because of the camera being misaligned, imperfections in the scanning or surface, or simply because the paper was not placed completely flat when scanned.

- -

The format of the DeskewImage method is:

- -
-  Image *DeskewImage(const Image *image,const double threshold,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
threshold
-

separate background from foreground.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

RotateImage

-
- -

RotateImage() creates a new image that is a rotated copy of an existing one. Positive angles rotate counter-clockwise (right-hand rule), while negative angles rotate clockwise. Rotated images are usually larger than the originals and have 'empty' triangular corners. X axis. Empty triangles left over from shearing the image are filled with the background color defined by member 'background_color' of the image. RotateImage allocates the memory necessary for the new Image structure and returns a pointer to the new image.

- -

RotateImage() is based on the paper "A Fast Algorithm for General Raster Rotatation" by Alan W. Paeth. RotateImage is adapted from a similar method based on the Paeth paper written by Michael Halle of the Spatial Imaging Group, MIT Media Lab.

- -

The format of the RotateImage method is:

- -
-  Image *RotateImage(const Image *image,const double degrees,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
degrees
-

Specifies the number of degrees to rotate the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ShearImage

-
- -

ShearImage() creates a new image that is a shear_image copy of an existing one. Shearing slides one edge of an image along the X or Y axis, creating a parallelogram. An X direction shear slides an edge along the X axis, while a Y direction shear slides an edge along the Y axis. The amount of the shear is controlled by a shear angle. For X direction shears, x_shear is measured relative to the Y axis, and similarly, for Y direction shears y_shear is measured relative to the X axis. Empty triangles left over from shearing the image are filled with the background color defined by member 'background_color' of the image.. ShearImage() allocates the memory necessary for the new Image structure and returns a pointer to the new image.

- -

ShearImage() is based on the paper "A Fast Algorithm for General Raster Rotatation" by Alan W. Paeth.

- -

The format of the ShearImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ShearImage(const Image *image,const double x_shear,
-    const double y_shear,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
x_shear, y_shear
-

Specifies the number of degrees to shear the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/signature.html b/www/api/signature.html index ee5fe7599..ba24bfb8a 100644 --- a/www/api/signature.html +++ b/www/api/signature.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,26 +215,9 @@
-

Module signature Methods

-

[SignatureImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

SignatureImage

-
- -

SignatureImage() computes a message digest from an image pixel stream with an implementation of the NIST SHA-256 Message Digest algorithm. This signature uniquely identifies the image and is convenient for determining if an image has been modified or whether two images are identical.

- -

The format of the SignatureImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SignatureImage(Image *image)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/statistic.html b/www/api/statistic.html index 510c5b409..268e7b2f8 100644 --- a/www/api/statistic.html +++ b/www/api/statistic.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,204 +215,9 @@
-

Module statistic Methods

-

[EvaluateImage • FunctionImage • GetImageExtrema • GetImageMean • GetImageKurtosis • GetImageRange • GetImageStatistics]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

EvaluateImage

-
- -

EvaluateImage() applies a value to the image with an arithmetic, relational, or logical operator to an image. Use these operations to lighten or darken an image, to increase or decrease contrast in an image, or to produce the "negative" of an image.

- -

The format of the EvaluateImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType EvaluateImage(Image *image,
-    const MagickEvaluateOperator op,const double value,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-  MagickBooleanType EvaluateImages(Image *images,
-    const MagickEvaluateOperator op,const double value,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
op
-

A channel op.

- -
value
-

A value value.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

FunctionImage

-
- -

FunctionImage() applies a value to the image with an arithmetic, relational, or logical operator to an image. Use these operations to lighten or darken an image, to increase or decrease contrast in an image, or to produce the "negative" of an image.

- -

The format of the FunctionImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType FunctionImage(Image *image,
-    const MagickFunction function,const ssize_t number_parameters,
-    const double *parameters,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
function
-

A channel function.

- -
parameters
-

one or more parameters.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetImageExtrema

-
- -

GetImageExtrema() returns the extrema of one or more image channels.

- -

The format of the GetImageExtrema method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageExtrema(const Image *image,size_t *minima,
-    size_t *maxima,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
minima
-

the minimum value in the channel.

- -
maxima
-

the maximum value in the channel.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetImageMean

-
- -

GetImageMean() returns the mean and standard deviation of one or more image channels.

- -

The format of the GetImageMean method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageMean(const Image *image,double *mean,
-    double *standard_deviation,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
mean
-

the average value in the channel.

- -
standard_deviation
-

the standard deviation of the channel.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetImageKurtosis

-
- -

GetImageKurtosis() returns the kurtosis and skewness of one or more image channels.

- -

The format of the GetImageKurtosis method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageKurtosis(const Image *image,double *kurtosis,
-    double *skewness,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
kurtosis
-

the kurtosis of the channel.

- -
skewness
-

the skewness of the channel.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetImageRange

-
- -

GetImageRange() returns the range of one or more image channels.

- -

The format of the GetImageRange method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageRange(const Image *image,double *minima,
-    double *maxima,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
minima
-

the minimum value in the channel.

- -
maxima
-

the maximum value in the channel.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

GetImageStatistics

-
- -

GetImageStatistics() returns statistics for each channel in the image. The statistics include the channel depth, its minima, maxima, mean, standard deviation, kurtosis and skewness. You can access the red channel mean, for example, like this:

- -
-  channel_statistics=GetImageStatistics(image,exception);
-  red_mean=channel_statistics[RedChannel].mean;
-
- -

Use MagickRelinquishMemory() to free the statistics buffer.

- -

The format of the GetImageStatistics method is:

- -
-  ChannelStatistics *GetImageStatistics(const Image *image,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/stream.html b/www/api/stream.html index 67be6c527..3a319c1b4 100644 --- a/www/api/stream.html +++ b/www/api/stream.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,54 +215,9 @@
-

Module stream Methods

-

[ReadStream • WriteStream]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

ReadStream

-
- -

ReadStream() makes the image pixels available to a user supplied callback method immediately upon reading a scanline with the ReadImage() method.

- -

The format of the ReadStream() method is:

- -
-  Image *ReadStream(const ImageInfo *image_info,StreamHandler stream,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
stream
-

a callback method.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

WriteStream

-
- -

WriteStream() makes the image pixels available to a user supplied callback method immediately upon writing pixel data with the WriteImage() method.

- -

The format of the WriteStream() method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType WriteStream(const ImageInfo *image_info,Image *,
-    StreamHandler stream)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_info
-

the image info.

- -
stream
-

A callback method.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/transform.html b/www/api/transform.html index c7a5a0813..9154a1347 100644 --- a/www/api/transform.html +++ b/www/api/transform.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,358 +215,9 @@
-

Module transform Methods

-

[ChopImage • CropImage • CropImageToTiles • ExcerptImage • ExtentImage • FlipImage • FlopImage • RollImage • ShaveImage • SpliceImage • TransformImage • to CropImageToTiles • TransformImages • TransposeImage • TransverseImage • TrimImage]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

ChopImage

-
- -

ChopImage() removes a region of an image and collapses the image to occupy the removed portion.

- -

The format of the ChopImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ChopImage(const Image *image,const RectangleInfo *chop_info)
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
chop_info
-

Define the region of the image to chop.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

CropImage

-
- -

CropImage() extracts a region of the image starting at the offset defined by geometry. Region must be fully defined, and no special handling of geometry flags is performed.

- -

The format of the CropImage method is:

- -
-  Image *CropImage(const Image *image,const RectangleInfo *geometry,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
geometry
-

Define the region of the image to crop with members x, y, width, and height.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

CropImageToTiles

-
- -

CropImageToTiles() will crop a single image, into a possible list of tiles. This may include a single sub-region of the image. This basically applies all the normal geometry flags for Crop.

- -

Image *CropImageToTiles(const Image *image,const RectangleInfo *crop_geometry, ExceptionInfo *exception)

- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image The transformed image is returned as this parameter.

- -
crop_geometry
-

A crop geometry string.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ExcerptImage

-
- -

ExcerptImage() returns a excerpt of the image as defined by the geometry.

- -

The format of the ExcerptImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ExcerptImage(const Image *image,const RectangleInfo *geometry,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
geometry
-

Define the region of the image to extend with members x, y, width, and height.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ExtentImage

-
- -

ExtentImage() extends the image as defined by the geometry, gravity, and image background color. Set the (x,y) offset of the geometry to move the original image relative to the extended image.

- -

The format of the ExtentImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ExtentImage(const Image *image,const RectangleInfo *geometry,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
geometry
-

Define the region of the image to extend with members x, y, width, and height.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

FlipImage

-
- -

FlipImage() creates a vertical mirror image by reflecting the pixels around the central x-axis.

- -

The format of the FlipImage method is:

- -
-  Image *FlipImage(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

FlopImage

-
- -

FlopImage() creates a horizontal mirror image by reflecting the pixels around the central y-axis.

- -

The format of the FlopImage method is:

- -
-  Image *FlopImage(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

RollImage

-
- -

RollImage() offsets an image as defined by x_offset and y_offset.

- -

The format of the RollImage method is:

- -
-  Image *RollImage(const Image *image,const ssize_t x_offset,
-    const ssize_t y_offset,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
x_offset
-

the number of columns to roll in the horizontal direction.

- -
y_offset
-

the number of rows to roll in the vertical direction.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

ShaveImage

-
- -

ShaveImage() shaves pixels from the image edges. It allocates the memory necessary for the new Image structure and returns a pointer to the new image.

- -

The format of the ShaveImage method is:

- -
-  Image *ShaveImage(const Image *image,const RectangleInfo *shave_info,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
shave_image
-

Method ShaveImage returns a pointer to the shaved image. A null image is returned if there is a memory shortage or if the image width or height is zero.

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
shave_info
-

Specifies a pointer to a RectangleInfo which defines the region of the image to crop.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

SpliceImage

-
- -

SpliceImage() splices a solid color into the image as defined by the geometry.

- -

The format of the SpliceImage method is:

- -
-  Image *SpliceImage(const Image *image,const RectangleInfo *geometry,
-    ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
geometry
-

Define the region of the image to splice with members x, y, width, and height.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

TransformImage

-
- -

TransformImage() is a convenience method that behaves like ResizeImage() or CropImage() but accepts scaling and/or cropping information as a region geometry specification. If the operation fails, the original image handle is left as is.

- -

This should only be used for single images.

- -

The format of the TransformImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType TransformImage(Image **image,const char *crop_geometry,
-    const char *image_geometry)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image The transformed image is returned as this parameter.

- -
crop_geometry
-

A crop geometry string. This geometry defines a subregion of the image to crop.

- -
image_geometry
-

An image geometry string. This geometry defines the final size of the image.

- -
-

to CropImageToTiles

-
- -

to CropImageToTiles() or ResizeImage(), as appropriate.

- -
-

TransformImages

-
- -

TransformImages() calls TransformImage() on each image of a sequence.

- -

The format of the TransformImage method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType TransformImages(Image **image,
-    const char *crop_geometry,const char *image_geometry)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image The transformed image is returned as this parameter.

- -
crop_geometry
-

A crop geometry string. This geometry defines a subregion of the image to crop.

- -
image_geometry
-

An image geometry string. This geometry defines the final size of the image.

- -
-

TransposeImage

-
- -

TransposeImage() creates a horizontal mirror image by reflecting the pixels around the central y-axis while rotating them by 90 degrees.

- -

The format of the TransposeImage method is:

- -
-  Image *TransposeImage(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

TransverseImage

-
- -

TransverseImage() creates a vertical mirror image by reflecting the pixels around the central x-axis while rotating them by 270 degrees.

- -

The format of the TransverseImage method is:

- -
-  Image *TransverseImage(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
-

TrimImage

-
- -

TrimImage() trims pixels from the image edges. It allocates the memory necessary for the new Image structure and returns a pointer to the new image.

- -

The format of the TrimImage method is:

- -
-  Image *TrimImage(const Image *image,ExceptionInfo *exception)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image
-

the image.

- -
exception
-

return any errors or warnings in this structure.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/version.html b/www/api/version.html index bfd625763..61e88e0ed 100644 --- a/www/api/version.html +++ b/www/api/version.html @@ -215,126 +215,9 @@
-

Module version Methods

-

[GetMagickCopyright • GetMagickFeatures • GetMagickHomeURL • GetMagickPackageName • GetMagickQuantumDepth • GetMagickQuantumRange • GetMagickReleaseDate • GetMagickVersion]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

GetMagickCopyright

-
- -

GetMagickCopyright() returns the ImageMagick API copyright as a string.

- -

The format of the GetMagickCopyright method is:

- -
-  const char *GetMagickCopyright(void)
-
- -
-

GetMagickFeatures

-
- -

GetMagickFeatures() returns the ImageMagick features.

- -

The format of the GetMagickFeatures method is:

- -
-  const char *GetMagickFeatures(void)
-
- -

No parameters are required.

- -
-

GetMagickHomeURL

-
- -

GetMagickHomeURL() returns the ImageMagick home URL.

- -

The format of the GetMagickHomeURL method is:

- -
-  char *GetMagickHomeURL(void)
-
- -
-

GetMagickPackageName

-
- -

GetMagickPackageName() returns the ImageMagick package name.

- -

The format of the GetMagickName method is:

- -
-  const char *GetMagickName(void)
-
- -

No parameters are required.

- -
-

GetMagickQuantumDepth

-
- -

GetMagickQuantumDepth() returns the ImageMagick quantum depth.

- -

The format of the GetMagickQuantumDepth method is:

- -
-  const char *GetMagickQuantumDepth(size_t *depth)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
depth
-

the quantum depth is returned as a number.

- -
-

GetMagickQuantumRange

-
- -

GetMagickQuantumRange() returns the ImageMagick quantum range.

- -

The format of the GetMagickQuantumRange method is:

- -
-  const char *GetMagickQuantumRange(size_t *range)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
range
-

the quantum range is returned as a number.

- -
-

GetMagickReleaseDate

-
- -

GetMagickReleaseDate() returns the ImageMagick release date.

- -

The format of the GetMagickReleaseDate method is:

- -
-  const char *GetMagickReleaseDate(void)
-
- -

No parameters are required.

- -
-

GetMagickVersion

-
- -

GetMagickVersion() returns the ImageMagick API version as a string and as a number.

- -

The format of the GetMagickVersion method is:

- -
-  const char *GetMagickVersion(size_t *version)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
version
-

the ImageMagick version is returned as a number.

- -
diff --git a/www/api/wand-view.html b/www/api/wand-view.html index 990bad618..f2d458039 100644 --- a/www/api/wand-view.html +++ b/www/api/wand-view.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -215,418 +215,9 @@
-

Module wand-view Methods

-

[CloneWandView • DestroyWandView • DuplexTransferWandViewIterator • GetWandViewException • GetWandViewExtent • GetWandViewIterator • GetWandViewPixels • GetWandViewWand • IsWandView • NewWandView • NewWandViewExtent • SetWandViewDescription • SetWandViewIterator • SetWandViewThreads • TransferWandViewIterator • UpdateWandViewIterator]

+

Module Methods

+

[]

-

CloneWandView

-
- -

CloneWandView() makes a copy of the specified wand view.

- -

The format of the CloneWandView method is:

- -
-  WandView *CloneWandView(const WandView *wand_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand_view
-

the wand view.

- -
-

DestroyWandView

-
- -

DestroyWandView() deallocates memory associated with a wand view.

- -

The format of the DestroyWandView method is:

- -
-  WandView *DestroyWandView(WandView *wand_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand_view
-

the wand view.

- -
-

DuplexTransferWandViewIterator

-
- -

DuplexTransferWandViewIterator() iterates over three wand views in parallel and calls your transfer method for each scanline of the view. The source and duplex pixel extent is not confined to the image canvas-- that is you can include negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension. However, the destination wand view is confined to the image canvas-- that is no negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension are permitted.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DuplexTransferImageViewMethod(const WandView *source,
-    const WandView *duplex,WandView *destination,const ssize_t y,
-    const int thread_id,void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback transfer method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the DuplexTransferWandViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType DuplexTransferWandViewIterator(WandView *source,
-    WandView *duplex,WandView *destination,
-    DuplexTransferWandViewMethod transfer,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
source
-

the source wand view.

- -
duplex
-

the duplex wand view.

- -
destination
-

the destination wand view.

- -
transfer
-

the transfer callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
-

GetWandViewException

-
- -

GetWandViewException() returns the severity, reason, and description of any error that occurs when utilizing a wand view.

- -

The format of the GetWandViewException method is:

- -
-  char *GetWandViewException(const PixelWand *wand_view,
-    ExceptionType *severity)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand_view
-

the pixel wand_view.

- -
severity
-

the severity of the error is returned here.

- -
-

GetWandViewExtent

-
- -

GetWandViewExtent() returns the wand view extent.

- -

The format of the GetWandViewExtent method is:

- -
-  RectangleInfo GetWandViewExtent(const WandView *wand_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand_view
-

the wand view.

- -
-

GetWandViewIterator

-
- -

GetWandViewIterator() iterates over the wand view in parallel and calls your get method for each scanline of the view. The pixel extent is not confined to the image canvas-- that is you can include negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension. Any updates to the pixels in your callback are ignored.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetImageViewMethod(const WandView *source,
-    const ssize_t y,const int thread_id,void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback get method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the GetWandViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType GetWandViewIterator(WandView *source,
-    GetWandViewMethod get,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
source
-

the source wand view.

- -
get
-

the get callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
-

GetWandViewPixels

-
- -

GetWandViewPixels() returns the wand view pixel_wands.

- -

The format of the GetWandViewPixels method is:

- -
-  PixelWand *GetWandViewPixels(const WandView *wand_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand_view
-

the wand view.

- -
-

GetWandViewWand

-
- -

GetWandViewWand() returns the magick wand associated with the wand view.

- -

The format of the GetWandViewWand method is:

- -
-  MagickWand *GetWandViewWand(const WandView *wand_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand_view
-

the wand view.

- -
-

IsWandView

-
- -

IsWandView() returns MagickTrue if the the parameter is verified as a wand view object.

- -

The format of the IsWandView method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType IsWandView(const WandView *wand_view)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand_view
-

the wand view.

- -
-

NewWandView

-
- -

NewWandView() returns a wand view required for all other methods in the Wand View API.

- -

The format of the NewWandView method is:

- -
-  WandView *NewWandView(MagickWand *wand)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the wand.

- -
-

NewWandViewExtent

-
- -

NewWandViewExtent() returns a wand view required for all other methods in the Wand View API.

- -

The format of the NewWandViewExtent method is:

- -
-  WandView *NewWandViewExtent(MagickWand *wand,const ssize_t x,
-    const ssize_t y,const size_t width,const size_t height)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand
-

the magick wand.

- -
x,y,columns,rows
-

These values define the perimeter of a extent of pixel_wands view.

- -
-

SetWandViewDescription

-
- -

SetWandViewDescription() associates a description with an image view.

- -

The format of the SetWandViewDescription method is:

- -
-  void SetWandViewDescription(WandView *image_view,const char *description)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
wand_view
-

the wand view.

- -
description
-

the wand view description.

- -
-

SetWandViewIterator

-
- -

SetWandViewIterator() iterates over the wand view in parallel and calls your set method for each scanline of the view. The pixel extent is confined to the image canvas-- that is no negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension. The pixels are initiallly undefined and any settings you make in the callback method are automagically synced back to your image.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetImageViewMethod(ImageView *destination,
-    const ssize_t y,const int thread_id,void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback set method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the SetWandViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType SetWandViewIterator(WandView *destination,
-    SetWandViewMethod set,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
destination
-

the wand view.

- -
set
-

the set callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
-

SetWandViewThreads

-
- -

SetWandViewThreads() sets the number of threads in a thread team.

- -

The format of the SetWandViewDescription method is:

- -
-  void SetWandViewThreads(WandView *image_view,
-    const size_t number_threads)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
image_view
-

the image view.

- -
number_threads
-

the number of threads in a thread team.

- -
-

TransferWandViewIterator

-
- -

TransferWandViewIterator() iterates over two wand views in parallel and calls your transfer method for each scanline of the view. The source pixel extent is not confined to the image canvas-- that is you can include negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension. However, the destination wand view is confined to the image canvas-- that is no negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension are permitted.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType TransferImageViewMethod(const WandView *source,
-    WandView *destination,const ssize_t y,const int thread_id,
-    void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback transfer method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the TransferWandViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType TransferWandViewIterator(WandView *source,
-    WandView *destination,TransferWandViewMethod transfer,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
source
-

the source wand view.

- -
destination
-

the destination wand view.

- -
transfer
-

the transfer callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
-

UpdateWandViewIterator

-
- -

UpdateWandViewIterator() iterates over the wand view in parallel and calls your update method for each scanline of the view. The pixel extent is confined to the image canvas-- that is no negative offsets or widths or heights that exceed the image dimension are permitted. Updates to pixels in your callback are automagically synced back to the image.

- -

The callback signature is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType UpdateImageViewMethod(WandView *source,const ssize_t y,
-    const int thread_id,void *context)
-
- -

Use this pragma if the view is not single threaded:

- -
-      #pragma omp critical
-
- -

to define a section of code in your callback update method that must be executed by a single thread at a time.

- -

The format of the UpdateWandViewIterator method is:

- -
-  MagickBooleanType UpdateWandViewIterator(WandView *source,
-    UpdateWandViewMethod update,void *context)
-
- -

A description of each parameter follows:

- -
source
-

the source wand view.

- -
update
-

the update callback method.

- -
context
-

the user defined context.

- -
diff --git a/www/architecture.html b/www/architecture.html index 4096d2b54..4ef385e07 100644 --- a/www/architecture.html +++ b/www/architecture.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/binary-releases.html b/www/binary-releases.html index 28fb3f592..ae221f94d 100644 --- a/www/binary-releases.html +++ b/www/binary-releases.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/changelog.html b/www/changelog.html index 4c59684b9..490b0844d 100644 --- a/www/changelog.html +++ b/www/changelog.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings @@ -216,9 +216,2000 @@

ImageMagick Changelog

-
2011-08-01 7.0.0-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
-
New version 7.0.0-0.
-
+
2011-08-05 6.7.1-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.1-3.
+
2011-08-05 6.7.1-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use MultiByteToWideChar() for Windows filenames (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=19242).
+
2011-08-03 6.7.1-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.1-2.
+
2011-08-02 6.7.1-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Windows does not support acosh(), asinh(), or atanh().
+
Accept filenames with time stamps and a sub-image specification (e.g. test-18:37.jpg[0]).
+
2011-08-01 6.7.1-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.1-1.
+
2011-08-01 6.7.1-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support MSL 'set gravity' element.
+
Don't report HSB colors as RGB colornames (e.g. hsb(0%,0%,100%)).
+
Support -fx acosh(), asinh(), and atanh().
+
2011-07-21 6.7.1-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Removed a case that prevented rotations of rectangle kernels.
+
2011-07-01 6.7.1-0 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Use zlib default compression strategy instead of Z_RLE and Z_FIXED strategies when linking with zlib versions (prior to 1.2.0 and 1.2.2.2, respectively) that don't support them.
+
Exit test loop sooner in coders/png.c when a non-gray pixel is found.
+
2011-06-30 6.7.0-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-10.
+
2011-06-30 6.7.0-10 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Added "-define PNG:compression-level|strategy|filter=value" options to the PNG encoder. If these options are used, they take precedence over the -quality option (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?&f=1&p=73548).
+
2011-06-29 6.7.0-7 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Handle "-quality 97" properly in the png encoder, i.e., use intrapixel filtering when writing a MNG file and no filtering when writing a PNG file.
+
Added support for Z_RLE strategy in the png compressor, using -quality 98 or 99.
+
2011-06-28 6.7.0-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Properly allocate points when render text with large font size (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18997).
+
2011-06-25 6.7.0-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-9.
+
2011-06-18 6.7.0-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Defend against corrupt PSD resource blocks.
+
2011-06-15 6.7.0-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-8.
+
2011-06-14 6.7.0-8 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added Initial implementation of Cylinder to/from Plane 3D Distorts Includes derivative (scaled lookup), and anti-aliased horizon (validity) Currently can NOT handle extractions from full 360 cylinder panoramas.
+
2011-06-13 6.7.0-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-7.
+
2011-06-09 6.7.0-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed "conversion from unsigned __int64 to double not implemented" so IM can compile under VisualStudio 6.
+
2011-06-08 6.7.0-7 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
The PNG encoder would sometimes make black pixels transparent when some other gray level was supposed to be the transparent color (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18900). This occurred only with 1, 2, 4-bit grayscale images with Q16 or Q32 builds.
+
2011-06-08 6.7.0-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-6.
+
2011-06-08 6.7.0-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix transient error for composite 'Over' operator.
+
2011-06-07 6.7.0-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-5.
+
2011-06-07 6.7.0-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix one-off bug in option parser (reference http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=609177).
+
Transient bug with composite 'Over' in magick/composite-private.h.
+
2011-06-06 6.7.0-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-4.
+
2011-06-03 6.7.0-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support -direction right-to-left for the label: and caption: coders.
+
Blue / green reversed for JPEG-compressed TIFF images.
+
2011-06-03 6.7.0-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-3.
+
2011-06-02 6.7.0-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use memmove() instead of memcpy() in StripString().
+
2011-05-27 6.7.0-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-2.
+
2011-05-26 6.7.0-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
ImageMagick now compiles on Hurd (reference http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=628020).
+
Use vfprintf rather than fprintf in FormatLocaleFileList().
+
2011-05-26 6.7.0-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-1.
+
2011-05-25 6.7.0-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Not all Linux'es define locale_t (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18819).
+
2011-05-22 6.7.0-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.7.0-0.
+
2011-05-21 6.7.0-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Avoid fault on corrupt JPEG images.
+
Avoid fault on certain DJVU images (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18807).
+
Fix -fx to interpret scientfic notation properly.
+
2011-05-20 6.6.9-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-10.
+
2011-05-20 6.6.9-10 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
The PNG encoder now respects the -depth setting, including 1, 2, 4. Previously settings other than 8 and 16 were ignored (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18412).
+
2011-05-16 6.6.9-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Don't use comma as a separator for stroked text (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18742).
+
Use C locale when generating or interpreting SVG.
+
Fix "unterminated macro" for Q32 build of coders/png.c.
+
2011-05-15 6.6.9-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-9.
+
2011-05-14 6.6.9-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -scale option now considers the alpha channel when scaling.
+
Fix transient bug for HSL to RGB and back.
+
2011-05-12 6.6.9-9 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Fixed PNG8 reduction to work with an image that reduces to 256 colors plus transparency, by merging the two darkest red colors.
+
2011-05-04 6.6.9-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-8.
+
2011-05-02 6.6.9-8 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Fixed some cut-and-paste errors in new png.c code that caused PNG8 reductions to fail.
+
2011-05-02 6.6.9-8 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Add various Option Flags, and fix option skip counts for plus forms of simple operators where plus form is the same as minus form. For example the incorrect counts produces a weird error, and possible future segmentation fault in a command like convert rose: +border show:
+
2011-04-30 6.6.9-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-7.
+
2011-04-30 6.6.9-7 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fix FX default for interpolation to Bilinear.
+
2011-04-27 6.6.9-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix pixel interpolation for -draw 'image Over' (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18612).
+
2011-04-26 6.6.9-7 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Write the proper bKGD chunk value in grayscale PNG images (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18624).
+
2011-04-25 6.6.9-7 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added Inverse method for Sparse Color Interpolation
+
2011-04-24 6.6.9-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-6.
+
2011-04-21 6.6.9-6 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Make filter:blur define a multiplicative adjustment of filter settings rather than a complete override of those settings.
+
Add Flags to CommandOptions parse table, removing the need for ImageListOptions parsing table. This is the start of development to produce a "convert" replacement that can read options from both command line and from files or pipelines, in "Do it Immediately" handling.
+
Crop Bug Fix. Prevent infinite loop with "+repage -crop 0x40"
+
2011-04-18 6.6.9-6 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Added "date" to the things that can appear on the -define PNG:exclude-chunk list. This excludes the IM-generated Date:modify and Date:create properties from PNG output text chunks without excluding the rest of the text chunks.
+
Added "-define PNG:preserve-colormap" option (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18564).
+
Simplified LosslessReduceDepthOK() function in coders/png.c
+
2011-04-18 6.6.9-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for writing RGB FITS images as separate planes.
+
2011-04-16 6.6.9-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support the HDR 32-bit_rle_xyze format.
+
Fixed infinite loop for TARGA images with a V2 develop area.
+
Add signal handler for SIGBUS.
+
2011-04-15 6.6.9-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-5.
+
2011-04-15 6.6.9-5 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Added "#define PNG_PTR_NORETURN" because this macro does not work on all platforms with libpng15, with failure to load png_longjmp() (ref http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18518).
+
2011-04-14 6.6.9-5 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Layers Composition Bug Fix, animations attributes of first image not transferred in a single destination, multi-source image composition.
+
2011-04-09 6.6.9-5 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Add a special 'Voronoi' Morphology Distance method that will fill in holes using the nearest non-transparent edge pixel. It is experimental, and hidden from normal morphology usage, as it may be interfaced with a future hole-filling color 'Diffusion' method.
+
2011-04-08 6.6.9-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
MIFF keywords sometimes includes spaces.
+
2011-04-07 6.6.9-5 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Major BUG FIX - wrong sign breaks most morphology methods in IM v6.6.9-4
+
Fixed -region handling of transparency. Original images without transparency will use 'Over' while images with transparency will preserve transparency using 'Copy'. Before this only 'Over' was used due to the testing of the wrong image.
+
Added Compose methods DarkenIntensity and LightenIntensity
+
2011-04-06 6.6.9-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-4.
+
2011-04-03 6.6.9-4 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Add Octagon shape and Octagonal distance kernels for Morphology
+
Fix minor Morphology kernel compose bug (cleanup after Src/Dst swap)
+
Fix segmentation fault after error in a morphology 'named' kernel
+
Added a range of kernels used for specialised thinning purposes as defined in a research paper by Dan S. Bloomberg.
+
Added Dan Bloomberg best thinning skeletion, "Skeleton:3"
+
Removed origin pixel from many Hit-and-Miss kernels allowing kernels to not only be used for thinning, but also thickening.
+
Renamed "ThinDiagonals" kernel to just "Diagonals"
+
Distance uses a fast two pass algorithm, and no longer needs 'iteration'
+
2011-04-02 6.6.9-4 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Make the PNG encoder use depth==8 when incoming image->depth < 8 (the encoder later reduces the depth if it can), to avoid writing an incorrect image.
+
Remove any bogus colormap received by the PNG encoder with an image that is not PseudoClass (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18475).
+
2011-04-02 6.6.9-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Added -statistic Gradient
+
2011-04-01 6.6.9-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-3.
+
2011-04-01 6.6.9-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Set the caption height correctly for missing row geometry (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18447).
+
2011-03-31 6.6.9-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-2.
+
2011-03-30 6.6.9-2 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Revised the png decoder to store the PNG IHDR and other known PNG chunk data as properties, for later retrieval and reporting by "identify", so users can easily and reliably discover the color-type, bit-depth, etc that were in the input PNG datastream.
+
The PNG decoder sometimes set images with more than 256 different gray-alpha pixels to storage_class=PseudoClass with an incorrect colormap.
+
2011-03-30 6.6.9-2 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Add a "Resize" distortion method (distort equivalent of -resize).
+
Special CLI handling so -distort Resize takes a "geometry" argument.
+
2011-03-29 6.6.9-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Expand PCL compressed pixel buffer to prevent delta compressed overrun.
+
2011-03-29 6.6.9-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-1.
+
2011-03-29 6.6.9-1 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fix AdaptiveResizeImage() to use 'Mesh' Interpolation, and fix its coordinate handling, as originally defined.
+
2011-03-29 6.6.9-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support -statistic standard-deviation option.
+
Patch for coders/dcm.c so it compiled with HDRI enabled.
+
2011-03-28 6.6.9-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.9-0.
+
2011-03-28 6.6.9-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Optimize bilinear interpolation.
+
Remove version from etc folder and instead use /etc/ImageMagick.
+
2011-03-28 6.6.9-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Separated complex cropping function from TransformImage() as a new function CropImageToTiles(). This new function returns either the new cropped image, or a list of tiles, according to geometry, without replacing the source image. The Source image may be part of a larger list of images, without the function 'losing' the other images of the list.
+
2011-03-27 6.6.8-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.8-10.
+
2011-03-27 6.6.8-10 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Modified image handling in MogrifyImages() and MogrifyImage() which improves overall handling, and allows correct %p, %n and the %[fx:..] 't' and 'n' escape usage to work correctly.
+
Added -duplicate as a multi-image sequence operator
+
2011-03-26 6.6.8-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.8-9.
+
2011-03-25 6.6.8-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add InterpolateMagickPixelPacket() method.
+
Add support for the %[opaque] property.
+
2011-03-25 6.6.8-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.8-8.
+
2011-03-25 6.6.8-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix memory access bug in CloneString() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=18382).
+
Avoid infinite loop when no space is available in MagickFormatCaption().
+
2011-03-25 6.6.8-8 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Removed the fix for %p and %n escapes, as it was not working right
+
2011-03-24 6.6.8-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.8-7.
+
2011-03-24 6.6.8-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for 16-bit DCM short ints (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18371).
+
2011-03-23 6.6.8-7 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Another fix for -sparse-color and unused color channels
+
Finalize the -duplicate option created by Cristy
+
Fix of segmentation fault for second image in %[fx:..] during info: (Bug in AcquireFxInfo(), as given start image is not first image)
+
2011-03-21 6.6.8-7 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Revised the PNG8 encoder to use 50% threshold instead of 0% when reducing transparency to binary. Collapse all resulting fully transparent colors into one (the background color), to reduce the compressed filesize.
+
First try the 4-4-4-1 and 3-3-3-1 palettes instead of 3-3-2-1, to preserve colors (especially gray) better, when reducing to PNG8.
+
Force the PNG encoder to return image->matte==MagickTrue when the format is RGBA or GA or if the tRNS chunk is present, even when the image is fully opaque (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18349).
+
2011-03-21 6.6.8-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.8-6.
+
2011-03-21 6.6.8-6 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Re-enabled reduction of grayscale images (color-type 0) to 2 or 4 bits when appropriate (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18098).
+
The "-define PNG:color-type=4" option did not always force the PNG encoder to write an all-opaque alpha channel (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18349).
+
2011-03-14 6.6.8-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed memory leak for PDF and Bitmap PSD RLE support (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18317).
+
Support the -statistic option: replace each pixel with corresponding statistic from the neighborhood.
+
Add support for -duplicate option.
+
Move configuration files from /usr/share and /usr/lib to /etc and /var.
+
Do not cache the results of fx: otherwise -format '%[fx:rand()] %[fx:rand()]' returns the same random numbers.
+
2011-03-18 6.6.8-6 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Replaced Minus and Divide Composition methods with Dst and Src equivalents. Now users can decide how these non-commutative mathematical operators are applied to the images being composited.
+
Fix the percent escape values for %p, %n and %[fx:t], %[fx:n] to respectively mean the current images index and the total number of images within the current image sequence.
+
2011-03-17 6.6.8-5 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Backed out the patch for Variable Blur Composition that was added 2011-02-13 v6.6.7-7, until I can re-think the problem. The existing fix was failing to do circular blurs correctly.
+
2011-03-14 6.6.8-5 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Fixed a rounding/truncation error while writing the pHYs chunk in the png encoder.
+
Don't write text-encoded profile when "-define PNG:exclude-chunk=text,ztxt" is present (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17086 and http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18225).
+
2011-03-14 6.6.8-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for the WebP image format.
+
2011-03-14 6.6.8-5 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Ensured that -sparse-color preserves unused channels when channel limited. Before this unused channels would be reset to black.
+
2011-03-11 6.6.8-4 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Don't try to store a bKGD chunk in a PNG8 when there are already 256 colors in the palette and the background colors is not in that palette (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18199);
+
The "-define PNG:exclude-chunk=bKGD" option was also excluding the text chunks. (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18253).
+
2011-03-10 6.6.8-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fx is a mathematical function. Do not treat transparency as black.
+
No image scene suffix for filenames that include a single bracket (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18267).
+
2011-03-10 6.6.8-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.8-3.
+
2011-03-10 6.6.8-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Boost causes an ambiguity with ssize_t when building PythonMagick. Add patch from Arfrever@gento... to fix the build exception.
+
2011-03-09 6.6.8-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support the Radiance HDR image format.
+
Update the offset in the black channel when sharpening to avoid incorrect results.
+
Do not use GenericReadMethod for TIFF images with 64-bits per sample.
+
2011-03-06 6.6.8-2 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Throw error message when the requested color-type or bit-depth cannot be written by the PNG encoder (error was being thrown into the wrong image structure). (Reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18162).
+
Don't write a PNG text chunk with "density" keyword that overrides the PNG pHYs chunk, if the pHYs chunk was not excluded (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18253).
+
Ignore any PNG text chunk with a "density" keyword found by the PNG decoder, if the PNG datastream also contains a pHYs chunk.
+
2011-03-06 6.6.8-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.8-1.
+
2011-03-05 6.6.8-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support PSD files with one layer and one composite layer.
+
We must cast a Quantum type when bit shifting and HDRI is enabled.
+
2011-03-05 6.6.8-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.8-0.
+
2011-02-27 6.6.8-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for the -mode option.
+
2011-02-27 6.6.8-0 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Fix scaling of new color-reduction method in the PNG encoder (16-bit images were scaled down to 0 or 1, or nearly black).
+
Delay opening the PNG output blob until the PNG encoder is ready to write the IHDR chunk, to avoid writing zero-length PNG files when errors are found while building the palette. (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18162).
+
2011-02-25 6.6.7-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.7-10.
+
2011-02-23 6.6.7-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Avoid seg fault in AppendImages() when one image is in the RGB colorspace but the other is in the CMYK colorspace.
+
Get rid of 'respect_parenthesis defined but not used' warnings (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=18173).
+
2011-02-22 6.6.7-10 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Write sub-8-bit grayscale PNG images as palette-indexed PNG images. This usually makes smaller files anyhow.
+
Eliminated a number of redundant tests for gray images in the PNG encoder.
+
Removed now-unused IsMonochromeImage() function from coders/png.c
+
Scan the colormap instead of all of the pixels, when possible, to determine whether the image received by the PNG encoder is grayscale or black-and-white.
+
Avoid reading from the colormap in coders/png.c when it is NULL (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18162).
+
Add a check whether the PNG "cheap transparency" criteria are met. That is, there is a single transparent color, no semitransparent colors, and no opaque color that has the same RGB components as the transparent color. If those aren't met, a color that is transparent in one pixel and opaque in another would always be rendered as transparent, so we must write a PNG colortype that has an alpha channel (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18167).
+
2011-02-22 6.6.7-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.7-9.
+
2011-02-22 6.6.7-9 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Disabled reduction of grayscale images (color-type 0) to less than 8 bits when writing because this sometimes produced incorrect output (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18098).
+
2011-02-21 6.6.7-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Check image has properties before accessing the splay tree (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18136).
+
2011-02-15 6.6.7-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New version 6.6.7-8.
+
2011-02-14 6.6.7-8 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
The PNG encoder should ignore bogus q->opacity values when image->matte is MagickFalse (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18067).
+
2011-02-14 6.6.7-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use implicit image format when explicit format is bogus (e.g. 02.13.11-18:43:58.png now writes as PNG).
+
Fix problem with 4GB file seeks on a 32-bit OS.
+
2011-02-13 6.6.7-7 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fixed Variable blur to handle small (< 1.0 sigma) blurs generated by the blur map being used, rather than just 'cutoff' suddenly.
+
2011-02-08 6.6.7-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support 16-bit per pixel YUV image files.
+
Fix off-by-one error in PosterizeImage().
+
Posterize now distributes color uniformly (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17623).
+
Add -smush option (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=17953).
+
Repair memory leak in the display program.
+
2011-02-07 6.6.7-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix bug in carg() define when HAVE_COMPLEX is not defined (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=18030).
+
2011-02-06 6.6.7-6 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Default sigma for Gauusian resize filter is now 1/2 for both orthogonal resize and cylindrical EWA distortions.
+
2011-02-02 6.6.7-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Check if the font is null in RenderFreetype() to prevent fault (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17890).
+
Eliminate fault when reading WMF image files (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=17971).
+
Support multi-page transparent Postscript and PDF image files.
+
The compare fuzz metric now returns the same correct value for 'xc:white xc:blue -alpha off' and 'xc:white xc:blue -alpha on'.
+
2011-01-29 6.6.7-4 Paul Heckbert <ph@cs.cm...>
+
Move coders/tiff.c conditional compile to define TIFF exception / semaphore / key when TIFF delegate is disabled.
+
2011-01-29 6.6.7-4 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Renamed variables, macros, and functions defined/declared in coders/png.c that were in the libpng namespace (beginning with "png_" or "PNG_").
+
2011-01-25 6.6.7-3 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Removed a call to GetNumberColors() from the PNG encoder that was only there for debugging purposes and was consuming a huge amount of CPU time. (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=17799).
+
Sometimes black was still written as transparent, when the PNG encoder received an image with image->matte==true but no transparent pixels were present. (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17913);
+
2011-01-24 6.6.7-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Remove memory leak from ThrowFileException() macro (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17908).
+
Multiple blue error count by 'count' in ClassifyImageColors()
+
Add support for the AAI image format.
+
2011-01-22 6.6.7-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Accept quoted file paths in indirect file references (e.g. @myFiles.txt).
+
2011-01-19 6.6.7-2 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Changed the PNG encoder's "transparent_color" from a UShortPixelPacket to LongPixelPacket and made the default (65537,65537,65537), which can never occur in the PNG image data. Previously the default was (0,0,0) and black pixels would be rendered as as transparent when no tRNS chunk was present in the input, which has caused problems with some test cases since version 6.6.6-10.
+
Improved the PNG_BUILD_PALETTE section to count opaque, transparent, and semitransparent pixels separately. Previously it wasn't always possible to determine if there was a single fully-transparent color, to decide whether to write an RGBA or Gray-Alpha image or an RGB or Gray image with a tRNS chunk.
+
2011-01-15 6.6.7-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not reset image next / previous when detach argument is false for CloneImage().
+
Inline cropping no longer fails for inline raw images (e.g. -size 640x480 -depth 8 'gray:logo[100x100+200+200]').
+
2011-01-14 6.6.7-1 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Don't let the PNG encoder try to sort the colormap when there are more than 256 colors in the image. (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17834).
+
2011-01-10 6.6.7-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Accept escaped % in output filename (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17810).
+
2011-01-08 6.6.7-1 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Quieted some inconsequential warnings in the PNG codec due to a change in the type of the PNG iCCP profile from png_charp to png_bytep in libpng-1.5.0.
+
2011-01-03 6.6.7-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Handle negative heights for ICO images.
+
2011-01-02 6.6.7-0 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Recent changes sometimes caused the PNG encoder to select colortype=2 (Truecolor) instead of 0 (Grayscale) for grayscale images. This made the filesize larger than necessary and caused some of the PerlMagick tests to fail.
+
2011-01-01 6.6.6-10 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
The PNG decoder now checks whether the image actually has any transparency when the input file contains an alpha channel or a tRNS chunk. (Reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17748)
+
2010-12-26 6.6.6-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
-posterize fails with more than 40 levels (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17741).
+
Add support for the MacPaint image format.
+
Eliminate spurious 'invalid colormap index' exception for 16-bit SGI images (bug report by steven.sittser@fligh...).
+
Fix user data length for the CIN image format.
+
2010-12-21 6.6.6-7 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Use a clone instead of the main image in coders/png.c, so the image can still be used later on without being affected by changes made by the PNG encoder.
+
Added PNG:exclude-chunk and PNG:include-chunk defines.
+
Revised the -strip option so it behaves as though "-define PNG:include-chunk=none,gama" had appeared on the commandline.
+
Avoid writing PNG ancillary chunks in the PNG/MNG/JNG encoder while generating the alpha channel for a JNG image.
+
2010-12-21 6.6.6-7 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Removed the forced interpolation setting in AcquireResampleFilterThreadSet It prevented user defined interpolation settings for -clut, and possibly other usage.
+
2010-12-17 6.6.6-6 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Add LZMA compression support to ImageMagick.
+
Eliminate seg-fault in MvgPrintf().
+
2010-12-17 6.6.6-6 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Eliminated a redundant quantization step in the PNG encoder.
+
Untangled a confusing but apparently harmless improper loop nesting in the PNG encoder.
+
Eliminated redundant "IsGray()" tests from the PNG encoder.
+
2010-12-14 6.6.6-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
-format "%[fx:u.p{5,5}]" no longer reports parse exception (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17678).
+
2010-12-10 6.6.6-5 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Make the PNG encoder always rebuild the palette, to avoid losing transparency when it is out of sync with the pixel data (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17655).
+
Eliminated CompressColormapTransFirst() since the palette is already compressed and sorted by opacity now when it's recreated.
+
2010-12-10 6.6.6-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Account for virtual canvas for the -flip / -flop options (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=17626).
+
Also for -transpose and transverse options
+
Support -metric fuzz option.
+
2010-12-09 6.6.6-4 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Replace IsMagickColorSimilar() which provides the Fuzz Factor threshold function. Note function does not calculate 'distance' in total but short-circuits when threshold is reached for faster processing.
+
Ordered Dithered handling of Alpha channel was incorrect - fixing Bug was introduced v6.6.5-6
+
2010-12-03 6.6.6-3 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Fixed two more cases where the PNG encoder lost transparency (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17516).
+
2010-12-01 6.6.6-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Affine multiplication reversed when translating (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17570).
+
2010-11-26 6.6.6-2 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Revised the "c7x7b" and "c7x7w" ordered-dither maps to be complementary to each other.
+
2010-11-27 6.6.6-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for -evaluate-sequence median.
+
2010-11-26 6.6.6-0 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Fixed two more cases where the PNG encoder lost transparency (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17516).
+
2010-11-23 6.6.6-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The policy.xml sets not-to-exceed resource values (e.g. policy memory limit 1GB, -limit 2GB exceeds policy maximum so memory limit is 1GB).
+
Support NCC (normalized cross correlation) compare metric.
+
2010-11-21 6.6.5-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix PNG coder compile error when HDRI is enabled.
+
2010-11-17 6.6.5-9 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Many of the problems with the PNG encoder have been fixed (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16490).
+
The "-type Optimize" option is now deprecated. If present, it is treated by the PNG encoder the same as if the type were undefined. Optimization is now always performed. No other formats used the "type Optimize" option.
+
Merged redundant code into LosslessReduceDepth() function in the PNG codec.
+
2010-11-14 6.6.5-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The splice option no longer throws spurious "pixels are not authentic" exceptions.
+
Thread the -adaptive-resize option.
+
Set XBM coder height to height not width.
+
2010-11-14 6.6.5-9 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
Lanczos2Sharp blur tweaked. New blur = 0.9549963639785485.
+
2010-11-13 6.6.5-9 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
LanczosSharp blur tweaked to minimize worst case deviation from "perfect preservation of images which only vary horizontally (or vertically)" under no-op. New blur = 0.9812505644269356.
+
2010-11-08 6.6.5-8 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
Missing logical operator in tiff.c.
+
2010-11-08 6.6.5-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Only save TIFF image with 1-bit depth if there is no alpha channel.
+
Abandon PSD composite if layer is available.
+
%[fx:mean] is the mean of the default channels (all but opacity) (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=17432).
+
2010-10-29 6.6.5-6 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Added 5x5, 6x6, and 7x7 ordered-dither level maps.
+
2010-10-30 6.6.5-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not read configure files in the current directory for the "installed" version of ImageMagick.
+
Allow numeric characters in the XPM basename (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17385).
+
2010-10-29 6.6.5-4 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Revised PNG palette optimization
+
Added some debug logging in coders/png.c.
+
2010-10-28 6.6.5-3 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
More precise blur values for Lanczos2Sharp and LanczosSharp.
+
Added location of first Mitchell crossing (=8/7) to the filters data structure.
+
2010-10-28 6.6.5-2 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added Lanczos2D* filters now named Lanczos2*
+
Reorganization of AcquireFilter() to make it work better
+
2010-10-25 6.6.5-1 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
Clearer EWA filters (LanczosSharp etc) comments.
+
2010-10-25 6.6.5-1 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added LanczosSharp (3-lobe Lanczos with sharpening)
+
Filter sharpening factors are also always applied regardless of usage.
+
2010-10-24 6.6.5-1 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
CubicBC filter formulas simplified by constant folding. In particular, P1 coefficient (always zero) removed from coeff.
+
2010-10-22 6.6.5-1 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
Revert the Robidoux filter to a Keys cubic with C=(108 sqrt 2-29)/398 (as already specified in the documentation).
+
2010-10-14 6.6.5-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Ignore PS bounding box offsets if -page is set.
+
Use #pragma omp master for dumping single threaded debugging information (single caused a fault).
+
Add support for -evaluate exp.
+
2010-10-12 6.6.5-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added "filter:sigma" expert setting defining the 'sigma' for the Gaussian filter only. This is similar in action to 'blur' but only for Gaussians, and does not modify the filters support, allowing you to set a very small sigma, without the function 'missing' all pixels. (This will allow future adjustment of Gaussians for variable blur mapping)
+
2010-10-10 6.6.5-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Patch for DrawableRotation() and DrawableTranslation() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17246).
+
The webp format requires the webpconv delegate program (experimental).
+
2010-10-05 6.6.5-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Replaced "Robidoux" with Cubic 'Keys' filter that is near equivalent to the previous sharped "Lanczos2D" filter. (C=0.31089212245300069) This also is very similer to a Mitchell filter but specifically designed for EWA use and is the new default filter for Distorting Images.
+
Original sharpened Lanczos2D filter now called "Lanczos2Dsharp"
+
2010-10-08 6.6.4-10 Jerry Gay <jerry.gay@gmail..>
+
Autodetect file type support in Makefile.PL to prevent test failures
+
2010-10-05 6.6.4-10 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added new filter 'Lanczos2D' a 2-lobe Lanczos as defined by Andreas Gustafsson in his thesis "Interactive Image Warping" (page 24) http://www.gson.org/thesis/warping-thesis.pdf
+
Added filter "Robidoux" which is a slightly sharpened version of the "Lanczos2D" filter (blur=0.958033808) specifically designed to be less 'blurry' for horizontal and vertical lines in no-op distortions.
+
2010-10-05 6.6.4-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for "pattern:vertical2" and "pattern:horizontal2".
+
Add support for "pattern:vertical3" and "pattern:horizontal3".
+
Properly handle PSD layers with negative offsets.
+
2010-10-03 6.6.4-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix memory assertion with --enable-embeddable (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17201).
+
Don't permit access to pixels when pinging an image (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17194).
+
2010-10-02 6.6.4-9 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added sqrt(2) blurring default for Gaussian Filter if used as a Cylindrical EWA filter. This resulted removing the last aliasing issue that was present in tests for Gaussian EWA resampling. Of course it is still a very blurry filter for default use in EWA.
+
Adjusted Variable Mapping Blur Composition so user arguments actual relate properly to the sigma of the blur for a maximum mapping value.
+
Fix horizon anti-alising for output-scaled perspective distortions.
+
'Bessel' filter is now offically and more accuritally named 'Jinc' however 'Bessel' while not visible as a filter option can still be used as an internal alias for 'Jinc'.
+
2010-09-28 6.6.4-8 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
Chantal Racette double checked the bounding parallelogram computation in resample.c (and I tightened the comments).
+
2010-09-28 6.6.4-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Temporary files not always deleted (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=15960).
+
2010-09-28 6.6.4-8 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Bug fix for -filter point distorts (occasional generating black pixels)
+
2010-09-27 6.6.4-8 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
Simplified the ClampUpAxes code, the use of its outputs, its comments, and credited Craig DeForest for the "clamp singular values" idea.
+
No reason to have "insane" precision Sinc in resize.c: Use the 1.2e-12 max. abs. relative error version for Q64 as well as Q32.
+
2010-09-27 6.6.4-8 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Replace the blurry "High Quality EWA" technique with a 'Clamped EWA' for Distort Resampling. This makes -distort a whole lot nicer and allows for the use of better cylindrical filters.
+
2010-09-26 6.6.4-7 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fix Point filter for ResizeImage() caused by support limiting the Box weighting function.
+
2010-09-26 6.6.4-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Don't allow resize filter weights to go to zero (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=17132).
+
2010-09-24 6.6.4-6 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
Now that MagickPIL is a MagickRealType, some casts are unneeded.
+
2010-09-21 6.6.4-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not break words if caption size is absolute (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=17123).
+
Don't define HAVE_THREADS for --without-threads configure script option.
+
2010-09-20 6.6.4-5 Nicolas Robidoux <nicolas.robidoux@gmai...>
+
Modified "magick/resize.c" so that MagickPIL is a MagickRealType number. Some computations were needlessly done in long double precision because PIL forced an automatic upcast wherever it appeared. Changed its name to MagickREALTYPEPI. <- This was later reverted back to MagickPIL.
+
Modified "magick/resize.c" so that Bohman uses one trig call + one sqrt call instead of two trig calls.
+
2010-09-20 6.6.4-5 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
modified "magick/resample.c" to allow use of either EWA or HQEWA (default)
+
Removed LanczosFast from supported filters (SincFast*SincFast is faster)
+
2010-09-19 6.6.4-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
If IPTC profile is not embedded in an 8bim resource, declare it IPTC rather than 8BIM.
+
Support %[version] and %[copyright].
+
Improve performance of the pixel cache.
+
2010-09-18 6.6.4-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Automatically set the quantum depth to 16 for HDRI.
+
2010-09-16 6.6.4-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
IPTC profile not always wrapped properly inside an 8BIM profile.
+
TIFF tile geometry must be divisible by 16.
+
2010-09-15 6.6.4-2 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Rename of SincPolynomial to SincFast for easier user understanding
+
Ditto for LanczosChebyshev to LanzcosFast
+
2010-09-14 6.6.4-2 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Switch default resize filters to using the faster SincPolynomial filter by default internally. However 'Sinc' will still use the Trigonometric function, and can be used to assign the trig version of Sinc() to filters using the filter expert options.
+
The default filter for 'distort' was found to be a very blurry inaccurate filter function. It was removed and replaced with a correct Gaussian filter (as used by resize)
+
Added a switch so that "-interpolate filter" will force the use of a cylindrical filter for ALL pixels in distorted images. That is you can use that switch to use a cylindrical filter even for images that are being enlarged by the distortion. However EWA is still currently using a fixed 2.0 sampling radius. This switch complements the use of "-filter point" which turns off EWA filters in favor of interpolation for all pixels in a distorted image. BOTH switches should not be used together.
+
A bug in the support radius of the EWA resampling function was found, now that correctly defined resize filters are being used. Suddenly Normal Gaussian distortions are not so blurry, and tests with distortions of the 'Rings' image show extremely good and clear results, with only minimal blurring. The filter 'blur' expert option can be used to adjust this further.
+ The above represents a major improvement forward in the quality of the image distortion operator. But near-unity distortions (no scaling) are still overly blurry. +
2010-09-13 6.6.4-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Don't negate the geometry offset for the -extent option.
+
2010-09-09 6.6.4-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The RGBO format is now listed as a supported format.
+
2010-09-07 6.6.4-1 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added the Nicolas Robidoux and Chantal Racette Lanczos resize filter function as "LanczosChebyshev" as faster alternative to Lanczos.
+
Re-code Nicolas Robidoux and Chantal Racette Polynomial Approximation of the Sinc Trigonometric resize filter, as a proper filter to allow direct comparision and speed testing of the filter.
+
Expanded the "-set option:filter:verbose 1" output, so as to also include the actual functions and other values that were used to create the filter.
+
2010-09-02 6.6.4-0 el_supremo <digipete@shaw...>
+
Repair a few incorrect LocaleNCompare() calls (ttf.c, ps.c).
+
2010-08-31 6.6.4-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Path no longer closed if join style is round (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16943).
+
Add case for BGRQuantum to GetQuantumExtent().
+
Support no compression on PCX write.
+
2010-08-23 6.6.3-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed bug in the raw BGRA coders (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16880).
+
Fix off-by-one error in the PSD coders.
+
Nicolas Robidoux with the assistance of Chantal Racette contribute an approximation of the sinc function over the interval [-3,3].
+
Eliminate a small memory leak in LevelizeImageChannel() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16951).
+
Recognize -fx logtwo (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16958).
+
2010-08-15 6.6.3-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Throw exception if image size differs for the compare program but the -subimage-search option is not specified.
+
2010-08-13 6.6.3-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The AdobeRgb.tif TIFF image no longer faults under Windows (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16838).
+
Add -subimage-search option to the compare utility.
+
2010-08-12 6.6.3-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -fx 2e+6/1e+5 argument no longer returns the wrong results (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16833).
+
2010-08-10 6.6.3-5 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Emit a warning if the PNG encoder can't satisfy the color type and bit depth requested with a "-define" directive.
+
2010-08-07 6.6.3-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The orient option sometimes improperly set "undefined" (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16795).
+
Only list orientation options for the -list orientation option (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16801).
+
Return proper standard deviation for combined channels (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16786).
+
Handle transparency properly for the PSD image format.
+
2010-08-05 6.6.3-3 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Properly map PNG intent to image->rendering_intent
+
2010-08-01 6.6.3-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Eliminate bogus "invalid colormap index" when pinging ICO images.
+
Support -set density / units.
+
2010-07-31 6.6.3-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Only use the first alpha channel in PSD image.
+
Only use XPM complying colors for XPM images (e.g. green is rgb(0,255,0)).
+
2010-07-27 6.6.3-2 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Eliminate useless message about assuming zero delay when writing a single-frame MNG, and changed it from Error to Warning when writing a multiple-frame MNG.
+
2010-07-25 6.6.3-1 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Don't "ping" a PNG image if it is embedded in a MNG. Otherwise the reader tries to read MNG chunks from the interior of the embedded PNG, resulting in an erroneous "corrupted image" message.
+
2010-07-09 6.6.3-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix memory leak in for corrupt BMP images (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16600).
+
Repair several issues when writing to stdout (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16620).
+
A GIF image with the .bgr extension is still a GIF (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16662).
+
2010-07-07 6.6.3-1 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
The PNG decoder failed to handle the tRNS chunk properly for grayscale images where the PNG bit_depth was not the same as the quantum depth, and the transparent color was not black.
+
2010-07-01 6.6.3-0 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Pinging the DJVU image format no longer faults.
+
Check for time-limit-exceeded in only one thread.
+
Reading filenames from a file (e.g. @filenames) no longer includes the utility name (side effect of StringToArgv() method).
+
2010-06-28 6.6.2-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support the tiff:fill-order define.
+
Filters are case sensitive (e.g. reduce-Colors).
+
Restore mogrify's -path option.
+
The -list module option lists image coders and image filters.
+
2010-06-27 6.6.2-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add the ImageView API.
+
Fix DJVU coder to read one page (e.g. 'image.djvu[2]').
+
Support -define png:bit-depth=1 -define png:color-type=3 for PNG format.
+
2010-06-22 6.6.2-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Skip byte when DDS bitcount is 32 (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16487).
+
Montage now uses final background setting (e.g. montage -background none ... -background lightblue show:).
+
Do not annotate directory paths in ListFiles().
+
Reset the image matte for png:color-type=2.
+
2010-06-17 6.6.2-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support new label:pointsize property.
+
Miscellany->Slide Show, in the display program, now cycles through the image sequence.
+
Recognize certain hex color values (e.g. #b9e1cc00) for the -fx argument.
+
Reduce memory requirements when dithering on the iPhone.
+
Command line operators no longer affected by settings that appear after them (e.g. -splice 10x0+0+0 -gravity center).
+
Compute the proper DPX user data field size.
+
2010-06-15 6.6.2-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix some nits to keep the clang compiler happy.
+
2010-06-14 6.6.2-5 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fix transprancy handling for Morphology Convolve
+
Adjustments of Hit And Miss and Edge Detection kernel definitions
+
Added 'ThinDiagonals' Thinning Kernel + two sub-types
+
Handling for Convolution of 1-D vertical kernels. However this was removed (using #if-#endif) as I found it slower in tests!
+
2010-06-12 6.6.2-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
mogrify -format properly handles compressed image filename (e.g. -format jpg logo.png.bz2).
+
Respect +dither option when saving to the GIF image format.
+
2010-06-08 6.6.2-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
End of string sentinal is \n not \r.
+
2010-06-06 6.6.2-3 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Don't decode pixels in coders/png.c when image->ping is set.
+
2010-06-06 6.6.2-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Reset image filename when reading inline images.
+
Don't clamp floating point values for HDRI-enabled ImageMagick.
+
2010-05-25 6.6.2-2 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Replaced '^' morphology kernel rotation with two variants '>' and '<'
+
'Skeleton' variant to thin down images as symmetrically as possible.
+
Spelling correction: Manhatten -> Manhattan
+
2010-06-01 6.6.2-2 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Properly scale color components of the PNG bKGD chunk.
+
Prevent MNG divide by zero in calculation of frame_timeout. Set both frame_delay and frame_timeout to infinite when ticks_per_second is zero, as required by the MNG spec.
+
2010-05-31 6.6.2-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add x:silent option to prevent beeps when reading the X image format.
+
Recognize TTF for GetMagicInfo().
+
Ensure the +set option deletes the image artifact.
+
2010-05-28 6.6.2-1 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Prevent coders/png.c from attempting to write an empty tRNS chunk.
+
2010-05-25 6.6.2-1 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fix for Square Array Rotates (off center origin rotate)
+
Added HitAndMiss kernel Ridges2 to find 2 pixel thick ridges
+
Added FreiChen:0,{angle} FreiChen:{angle} and FreiChen:-1 variations to complete this kernels definition
+
2010-05-24 6.6.2-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Respect density when rendering SVG images.
+
Set AVI handler to the MPEG coder.
+
Compute the proper DPX user data field size.
+
Do not interpret a format specifier when enclosed in brackets (e.g. rose_tile_%[filename:tile].gif.
+
Use 64-bit types when compiling with the 64-bit Visual C++ compiler under Windows.
+
Prevent MNG divide by zero in calculation of frame_delay (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16320).
+
2010-05-23 6.6.2-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Third Re-write of MorphologyApply() to better handle compound methods.
+
Implemented -set option:morphology:compose for merging results of multiple kernels. "None" means re-iterate results with next kernel. While "Undefined" means to use the internal default for a method. Thinning, Thickening, HitAndMiss, Convolve, Correlate defaults to "None" while HitAndMiss defaults to "Lighten" (union of all kernel results). Other morphology methods defaults still to be decided.
+
Added HitAndMiss Kernel: Ridges (find ridges and pixel width lines)
+
Rotation Expansion of single kernels '^' and '@' flags in arguments EG: -set option:showkernel 1 -morphology Convolve 'Blur:0x2^'
+
ExpandKernelInfo() (rotation expand) now groks symmetrical kernels. So the above will only produce a list of 2 kernels, not 4 kernels
+
2010-05-18 6.6.2-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Separation of internal function MorphologyApply() from MorphologyImageChannel() to calls to convolve without user settings.
+
Rewrite of MorphologyApply() to output better 'verbose' messages
+
Better handling of Gaussian tyle filters (bug fixes)
+
Bug fix and optimization of kernel size calculations in "gem.c"
+
Allow '^' or '@' flags in 'user defined' kernel size arguments to expand kernel into a rotated list. EG: -set option:showkernel 1 -morphology Thinning '3@: 0,1,0 0,1,0 0,0,0'
+
Allow a scaled unity kernel to be added to kernel (EdgeDet->Sharpen) EG: -set option:convolve:scale [kernel_scale][^!],[unity_scale][%]
+
Addition of "Laplacian of Gaussian" (LOG), also known as Mexican Hat EG: -morphology convolve LOG:0x1
+
Added FreiChen, Kirsch Convolution kernels
+
Added Descrete 'Laplacian of Gaussian' kernels (Laplacian type 15 and 19)
+
Added Edges HitAndMiss Kernel
+
2010-05-17 6.6.2-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
PSD images require a proper layer to support an alpha channel.
+
Enable PFM endian support.
+
Add context to -border for montage. Inside the parenthesis it adds a border to the image otherwise it sets the border for the layout manager.
+
24-bit BMP images are not colormapped even if header colors != 0.
+
Set DPX user data like this: -set profile dpx:userdata.txt.
+
Make sure Lab => RGB => Lab survives the round trip.
+
2010-05-15 6.6.1-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use ScaleCharToQuantum() in coders/src.c (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16229).
+
Don't clamp HDRI EXR pixels.
+
2010-05-14 6.6.1-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Increase the estimated # points for the path drawing primitive.
+
Remove any prior resolution block from PSD before writing the new block.
+
2010-05-14 6.6.1-9 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Addition of more Morphological/Convolution Kernels. DOG (Difference of Gaussians) and DOB (Difference of Blurs), EG: -morphology convolve DOG:0x1,3 -morphology convolve DOB:0x1,3,90
+
Added Prewitt, Roberts, Compass Convolution Kernels
+
Ring Symbol Kernel (subtraction of Disk from a Disk)
+
2010-05-13 6.6.1-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The pixel buffer was underallocated for some image formats when streaming.
+
2010-05-12 6.6.1-8 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Implementation of Pattern Matching Morphology methods HitAndMiss, Thicken, Thinning
+
Reporting of Kernel Strings that fail to parse (though not why)
+
Parsing of Multiple Kernel Strings, generating a list of kernels
+
Union of results from Multiple Kernels for HitAndMiss method
+
Interated Multiple Kernels for all other morphology methods
+
Added many new kernels for HitAndMiss and Convolution Sobel, Laplacian, Cross, Peaks, Corners, LineEnds, LineJunctions, ConvexHull (for Thicken), Skeleton (for Thinning)
+
2010-05-08 6.6.1-8 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Use proper background.index when writing indexed PNG, if the background color is in the palette.
+
2010-05-08 6.6.1-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix improper 'invalid colormap index' PNG bug.
+
Fix PerlMagick compile exception.
+
2010-05-07 6.6.1-6 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added % and ! modification flags to morphology distance kernel scaling factor, for easier usage.
+
Bug fix for compose math channel handling and morphology diff usage
+
2010-05-06 6.6.1-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not claim gray colorspace if gray image includes a non-gray pixel.
+
Initialize BMP alpha channel to opaque for RGB images.
+
Fixed under allocation for round rectangles.
+
The -list option returns a 0 status as expected.
+
2010-05-06 6.6.1-6 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Made use of new no-'sync' channel enabled mathematical compose methods for the difference morphology methods. These should now work correctly for specific channels, and more importantly for alpha shaped morphology.
+
2010-05-05 6.6.1-6 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Fixed bugs with losing the opacity channel while writing some PNG images. (bug reported by Anthony T.)
+
2010-05-05 6.6.1-6 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Simplified and corrected rowbytes calculation in coders/png.c and added more logging.
+
2010-05-05 6.6.1-6 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Rename of "Add" and "Subtract" compositions to "ModulusAdd" and "ModulusSubtract" for more clarity of there functions. Old names will continue to work as expected.
+
Fix "Minus", "ModulusAdd", and "ModulusSubtract" to follow normal SVG 'Over' blending specifications, (see next for override) Note that this does NOT include the "Plus" composition method which has SVG definition for it to use a 'Plus' blending rather than 'Over' blending.
+ +
By default mathematical compositions work as per SVG definition. That is the results are synchronized with 'Over' alpha-blending (except "Plus" which uses 'plus' alpha-blending).
+ By removing the default 'sync' flag from the -channel setting however Break this inter-channel synchronization and do the mathematical operations only on the individual channels as specified by the -channel setting. That is do 'channel' math rather than 'SVG' composition. + With this change you can then use mathematical composition methods on individual channels or even with the alpha channel of images. +
2010-04-28 6.6.1-6 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Special case handling in Barrel distortion (pixel at image center)
+
Calculation of image for Barrel distortion (pixel vs image coords)
+
Argument input (handling optional 'd' argument) for Barrel distortion
+
2010-04-24 6.6.1-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not declare timestruct under MinGW.
+
Respect -compose option for the montage utility (bug report by Anthony).
+
A 256 column gradient produces a 256 color GIF image (bug report by Anthony).
+
Register / unregister CALS format in static.c (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=16103).
+
Add SetImageColor() method.
+
2010-04-17 6.6.1-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Only write one ICC profile to PSD image.
+
Sync image colormap for PNG tRNS chunks.
+
The -direction option now works with the -annotate and -draw options.
+
For the histogram: format, if you have no need for the unique color list, use <kbd>-define histogram:unique-colors=false</kbd> to forego this expensive operation.
+
Match on literal after backslash in glob expression (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16068).
+
Enable JPEG-compression for grayscale TIFF images (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16064).
+
Don't write empty tile if tile geometry matches the image width (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16064).
+
Support -regard-warnings in the mogrify utility.
+
Output the correct units for the identify utility (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=16075).
+
2010-04-15 6.6.1-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not set the resample virtual pixel method when undefined.
+
Support writing grayscale PSD images.
+
Revert Lab-to-XYZ colorspace transform patch.
+
Clamp HDRI values for LevelImageChannel() method.
+
2010-04-12 6.6.1-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
For HSL to RGB, if color temperature is less than 0, set RGB to lightness.
+
Do not flip BMP image with negative height when pinging.
+
2010-04-08 6.6.1-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Improve support for device link profiles.
+
2010-04-06 6.6.1-1 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fixed bug in -auto-level for special case when only one value is present in some channel of the image. In this case no 'stretch is performed, just as -normalize does.
+
2010-04-05 6.6.1-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
WMF support under Windows does not produce the same results as under Linux.
+
2010-03-31 6.6.1-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fixed bug in equal-size tile cropping, when image has a page offset.
+
2010-03-31 6.6.1-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -recolor 4x4 matrix is now interpreted properly (previously it summed rather than attenuating the alpha channel).
+
Support writing 1-bit PSD images.
+
Support LCMS 2.0.
+
Improved WMF support under Windows.
+
2010-03-30 6.6.1-0 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
The new coders/png.c was failing to read a 1-bit paletted image properly.
+
Finished eliminating the deprecated direct references to members of the png_info structure. ImageMagick can now be built with libpng-1.5.
+
2010-03-21 6.6.0-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Respect the -density option when rendering a Postscript or PDF image.
+
Distort barrel no longer complains when 3 arguments are given (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=15883).
+
Support -direction left-to-right option for rendering text
+
2010-03-24 6.6.0-9 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
coders/png.c: Eliminated support of libpng versions older than 1.0.12.
+
Relocated the new, misplaced png_get_rowbytes() call.
+
Updated setjmp/longjmp/jmpbuf usage to work with libpng-1.5.
+
2010-03-21 6.6.0-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Windows does not support complex.h (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=15808).
+
Add support for monochrome PSD images.
+
VignetteImage() no longer crashes when x and y arguments are both greater than half the width (x) and height (y) of the image.
+
2010-03-20 6.6.0-8 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Eliminated some of the deprecated direct references to members of the png_info structure. This must be finished before we can build with libpng-1.5.
+
2010-03-18 6.6.0-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The animate program no longer loops twice when -loop 1 is specified.
+
The caption format would sometimes hang when the text was not UTF-8.
+
Don't gamma correct log to linear color conversion unless the -gamma is specified (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=15799).
+
2010-03-17 6.6.0-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Detect CMYKProcessColor AI tag.
+
Delete image from command line cache for -write option.
+
2010-03-13 6.6.0-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for the Adobe Large Document format.
+
Recognize -remap option for the mogrify utility.
+
The default Helvetica font is not always available, check for Century Schoolbook too (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=15780).
+
2010-03-11 6.6.0-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Permit user to get virtual pixels with a region width of 0.
+
Reformulate the jinc() function so that the main peak is of amplitude of 1.
+
Resampling filter must respect the image virtual pixel method.
+
2010-03-07 6.6.0-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -evaluate-sequence option behaves like -evaluate except it operates on a sequence of images.
+
2010-03-05 6.6.0-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for the -maximum and -minimum options.
+
2010-02-27 6.6.0-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Check to see if ICON image width /height exceeds that of the image canvas.
+
Set the DPX descriptor to Luma only if the image type is not TrueColor.
+
Add support for -fx airy(), j0(), j1(), jinc(), and sinc() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=15685). Anthony, review these for correctness.
+
Don't embed an XMP profile in an EPS image for now.
+
2010-02-21 6.6.0-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Insufficient image data in EPT is a warning rather than an error.
+
Respect -type TrueColor when writing gray DPX images.
+
Fix problem reading 10-bit grayscale DPX images when scanline length is not a multiple of 3.
+
BMP has an alpha channel, it was treated as an opacity channel.
+
2010-02-20 6.5.9-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Write 10-bit grayscale DPX images properly.
+
2010-02-18 6.5.9-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Detect PDF ICCBased colorspace.
+
2010-02-18 6.5.9-7 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Finalized -set option:convolve:scale kernel normalize/scale option
+
2010-02-16 6.5.9-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
TransformImage() resets the image blob when called in the PICT decoder; use SetImageExtent() instead.
+
2010-02-14 6.5.9-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support PSD RLE compression.
+
2010-02-13 6.5.9-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The jpeg:extent define sometimes exceeded the specified limit.
+
2010-02-09 6.5.9-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Resolve "too many open files" (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=15546).
+
2010-02-08 6.5.9-3 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added Correlate method which does a Convolve without reflecting the kernel.
+
2010-02-07 6.5.9-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Initialize grayscale colormap for PSD images.
+
2010-02-07 6.5.9-3 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Final testing and fixing of basic morphology operators
+
Addition Third-level Subtractive Morphology Methods: EdgeIn, EdgeOut, Edge, TopHat, BottomHat
+
Ensuring original kernels passed to morphology are cloned before being modified for use by specific methods (EG: convolve scale/normalize)
+
2010-02-03 6.5.9-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
display -immutable to display transparent image without a checkboard.
+
2010-01-27 6.5.9-1 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Make -define png:color-type less persnickity about what it will accept.
+
2010-01-24 6.5.9-1 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
added use of -precision in 'showkernel' output of -morphology
+
correct use of a 'reflected kernel' for 'Convolve' 'Dilate' and 'Distance' Morphology primitives. This does not have a performance hit, though is only truely applicable when the kernel is asymmetric. Note that 'Erode' does not use a 'reflected' kernel, so that 'Open' and 'Close' operations work properly. This 'reflected usage is defined by online morphology lecture notes (Google for "EECE Binary Morphology")
+
Added convolve kernel scaling setting "-set option:convolve:scale N" If undefined morphology convolve does not do any scaling or normalization of the convolution kernel. A value of 0.0 causes normalization for both zero and non-zero (added weights) kernel types.
+
2010-01-15 6.5.9-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Speed up reading the PSD image format.
+
Add the -precision option. Use it to set the maximum number of significant digits to be printed.
+
Add -features option to the identify program to display channel features.
+
Add -unique option to the identify program to display channel features.
+
2010-01-01 6.5.9-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for compact floating point (i.e. -depth 16 -define quantum:format=floating-point).
+
Transparent images no longer flicker on certain system when using the display program.
+
Permit interactive resizing with the display program.
+
Support heterogeneous distributed processing, see http://www.imagemagick.org/www/architecture.html#distributed.
+
Fix semaphore assertion when reading a corrupt image with Magick++.
+
Add support for -brightness-contrast option.
+
2010-01-05 6.5.9-0 Stephan Menzel <stephan.menzel@gmail...>
+
Add support for the BGRA raw image format.
+
2010-01-04 6.5.9-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added Kernel Generator to generate kernels from user strings, which allows the generation in many built in kernels for both Convolution and other Morphological methods. New Kernels currently include.. Convolution: Gaussian, Blur, Comet Morphological: Rectangle, Square, Diamond, Disk, Plus Distance: Chebyshev, Manhatten, Knight, Euclidean And both old and new (rectangular) user defined kernel specifications including the use of 'nan' to represent elements which are not part of the kernel definition. List built-in kernel types use "-list kernel"
+
Added -morphology {method}[:{iteration}] {kernel_string} Initial methods includes no only the basic morphology methods: Dilate, Erode, Open, Close; and a pixel color preserving 'Intensity' version, but also the special methods: Convolve, and Distance. Of course the appropriate kernel should be provided for each specific method.
+
2010-01-01 6.5.9-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add OpenCL-enabled filter (e.g. convert image.png -process "convolve '-1, -1, -1, -1, 9, -1, -1, -1, -1'" image.jpg).
+
Added StringTo...() processing functions
+
2009-12-27 6.5.8-9 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added MxN tile cropping with overlapping and space handling. See IM Examples, Cutting and Bordering, Cropping roughly Equal
+
2009-12-23 6.5.8-8 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
angle bug fix in variable blur composition with vertical ellipses
+
Added ability to have variable angles for ellipses in variable blur composition. See IM Examples, Composition, Variable Blur for details
+
2009-12-20 6.5.8-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
JPEG does not grok the HSL colorspace.
+
2009-12-18 6.5.8-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Off by 1 error when allocating the dash-pattern array in PerlMagick.
+
The -gaussian-blur over blurred the opacity channel (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=15218).
+
2009-12-13 6.5.8-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Declare InverseFourierTransformImage in Magick++/Include.h.
+
2009-12-09 6.5.8-5 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
The PNG8 encoder would fail to write a 1-color image, due to a bogus MagickFail return from CompressColormapTransFirst().
+
2009-12-05 6.5.8-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
SVG images are no longer double sized with the -density option.
+
2009-12-04 6.5.8-3 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Changed the one instance of PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA to PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA in coders/png.c
+
2009-12-03 6.5.8-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
It's interword-spacing, not interword_spacing (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=1515).
+
All JP2 depths (e.g. 4, 10, 12, 16) are now supported properly.
+
2009-11-28 6.5.8-2 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Changed the one remaining ping_info->trans to ping_info->trans_values in coders/png.c
+
2009-11-26 6.5.8-1 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Eliminate bogus 'skip to sync byte' exception for PCD image format.
+
-threshold option: threshold to white if the computed intensity of the color channels exceeds the threshold.
+
Add -define jpeg:extent option to restrict the maximum JPEG image file size.
+
2009-11-26 6.5.8-1 Dr. Ingo Bremer <bremer@wias-...>
+
Escape single quote in when writing the UIL format.
+
2009-11-25 6.5.8-1 Jee Teck <jee.teck@cteca...>
+
The mogrify program +opaque option now recognizes its required argument.
+
2009-11-19 6.5.8-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add magick/morphlogy.{c,h} source templates.
+
Sync image option when reading MPR images.
+
Optimize ping for SVG images.
+
SetLogFormat() no longer causes crash (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=15091).
+
Do not call MagickCoreTerminus() when memory allocation fails inside the locale component.
+
2009-11-18 6.5.7-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Read / write 32-bit SUN raster images with a odd width.
+
Cairo format returns pixels with the alpha premultiplied (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=15081).
+
2009-11-12 6.5.7-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Thumb::URI file URI now has the correct number of forward slashes.
+
2009-11-09 6.5.7-7 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Suppress libpng pedantic warnings and warn about using old libpng-1.4.0 beta versions.
+
2009-11-09 6.5.7-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Bump library age.
+
Restore -tile-offset functionality (bug report from Anthony).
+
2009-11-06 6.5.7-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Animate command line options are no longer ignored.
+
2009-11-04 6.5.7-5 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Bug Fix for Polynomial distortion. which is now working.
+
2009-11-01 6.5.7-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use -define delegate:bimodal=true to activate any bimodal delegates.
+
Make sure MagickWand semaphore is acquired before locking it.
+
2009-10-28 6.5.7-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Convert SVG clipping path points from unsigned to long.
+
2009-10-26 6.5.7-2 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Only call InstantiateXComponent() if X11 support is included.
+
Correct hue computation for the HSB colorspace.
+
2009-10-23 6.5.7-1 Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-l...>
+
Braille coder fix for DirectClass images
+
2009-10-19 6.5.7-1 Wang Dataton <wang@datat...>
+
Use fdopen() rather than MagickOpenStream() in coders/pict.c.
+
2009-10-18 6.5.7-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Alpha blending is not required for ScaleImage().
+
Gaussian noise operator is not longer discontinuous.
+
2009-10-14 6.5.7-0 Pino Toscano <pino@kde...>
+
ImageMagick fails to build in GNU/HURD due to absence of PATH_MAX.
+
2009-10-14 6.5.7-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Black channel is now set properly when resizing CMYKA images.
+
2009-10-10 6.5.7-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Bug Fixes for degenerate 'affine' cases of BilinearForward distortion.
+
2009-10-06 6.5.6-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Declare the MagickCore method SpliceImage() in Magick++/Include.h.
+ QueueCacheViewAuthenticPixels() for the CopyComposite optimization.
2009-10-04 6.5.6-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use GetCacheViewAuthenticPixels() rather than QueueCacheViewAuthenticPixels() for the CopyComposite optimization.
+
2009-10-03 6.5.6-8 Nick Wellnhofer <wellnhofer@aevum...>
+
Add missing libraries to the LIBADD entries in coders/Makefile.am, filters/Makefile.am and wand/Makefile.am.
+
Use LIBS rather than LDFLAGS in configure.ac for the Freetype delegate library.
+
2009-10-01 6.5.6-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Don't use group4 compression if the image is truecolor.
+
If image is gray, write grayscale DPX images.
+
We no longer lose a scanline when reading multi-frame raw images (Y, R, C, etc.).
+
Properly update the EXIF orientation tag.
+
2009-09-25 6.5.6-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Permit percentage of hue for HSL (e.g. hsl(12%,...)).
+
2009-09-25 6.5.6-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support -clamp option.
+
Patch for IsMagickColorEqual() for HDRI.
+
Permit non-percentage HSL colors (e.g. hsl(12.6316,134.58339,219.00012)).
+
2009-09-25 6.5.6-5 Elf <elf@ephem...>
+
Patch to fix configure's framework's undefinedness (only if the gslib tests are run).
+
2009-09-22 6.5.6-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Don't compile Huffman2DEncodeImage() unless the TIFF delegate library is enabled.
+
Hue in hsl() format is 0-360 and does not use %.
+
2009-09-21 6.5.6-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Deprecate LevelImageColors(), replace with LevelColorsImage().
+
2009-09-17 6.5.6-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Optimize copy composite operator.
+
2009-09-15 6.5.6-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use -define jpeg:size to scale a JPEG image to the specified size.
+
2009-09-13 6.5.6-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix ICON alpha mask scanline pad.
+
2009-09-11 6.5.5-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Return the global maximum threads to avoid the rare cache view assertions.
+
Throw an end-of-file exception for truncated raw gray images.
+
2009-09-10 6.5.5-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not include last line of text in the interline spacing computation.
+
2009-09-07 6.5.5-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Check that quantum_info is defined before destroying it in the PNG coder.
+
Add -interline-spacing option to convert.
+
2009-09-03 6.5.5-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support multi-page transparent Postscript and PDF.
+
2009-09-01 6.5.5-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
A union is required when converting a thread ID to an unsigned long.
+
2009-08-28 6.5.5-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for TIFF 3.9.1.
+
2009-08-27 6.5.5-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Validate with the netscape: reference image.
+
2009-08-26 6.5.5-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix memory leak for threaded PerlMagick scripts.
+
2009-08-24 6.5.5-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
SVG compile error when if MAGICKCORE_CAIRO_DELEGATE is not defined.
+
2009-08-23 6.5.5-1 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Bug Fix for transparency handling in Composite Variable Blur
+
Addition of -auto-level and -auto-gamma image enhancements (under trial not yet final)
+
Addition of a special -channel flag 'sync' which means that the specified channels are to be modified together by the same amount. The flag is enabled by default. This replaces the current 'channels not modified' type handling thought IM.
+
Modified -channel parsing to continue looking for words, after handling any shorthand channel options. For example: -channel RGB,sync
+
2009-08-10 6.5.5-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
identify -format %c logo.png returns the image comment as expected.
+
Clone ImageInfo members scene and number_scenes (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=14437).
+
Fix memory leak with the -remote option of the animate program (bug report from Anthony).
+
If a grayscale TIFF image has a colormap write it as a colormapped image.
+
MVG partial opacity not set properly (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=6&t=14442).
+
Black channel was not blurring properly (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=14473).
+
2009-08-06 6.5.4-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The display program honors -loop.
+
(ab) of Lab colorspace was not offset correctly.
+
Scale mag/phase and real/imaginary the same for HDRI and non-HDRI builds.
+
SVG permits multiple arc paths with an omitted 'A' (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=6&t=14377).
+
The 'skewY' MVG attribute produced incorrect angles (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=6&t=14144).
+
2009-08-02 6.5.4-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Optimize GammaImage() method.
+
2009-08-02 6.5.4-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
OpenMP-enable GetSimilarityMetric().
+
2009-07-30 6.5.4-7 Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@arkli...>
+
Structure trans_values was renamed to trans_color and trans was renamed to trans_alpha in PNG version 1.4.
+
2009-07-29 6.5.4-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Replace color blending in DrawGradientImage() to use Composite Blend. this makes Gradients handle transparency correctly!
+
2009-07-28 6.5.4-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -thumbnail option no longer removes color profiles (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=14312).
+
Do not scale real / imaginary FFT / IFT.
+
Check for localtime() NULL return.
+
import --help requires an X server (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=14323).
+
Fails to load MS Windows icons with compressed PNG elements (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=14324).
+
2009-07-25 6.5.4-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support the new JPEG version 7 delegate library.
+
2009-07-24 6.5.4-6 Alexander E. Patrakov <patrakov@gmail...>
+
Incorrect use of setjmp in coders/png.c.
+
2009-07-23 6.5.4-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
We broke -scene when we fixed the -dispose option. Try again.
+
2009-07-21 6.5.4-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Update autoconf support files.
+
More than one -dispose setting overwrote previous settings (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=14252).
+
Don't use JPEG's color reduction algorithm for less than 8 colors.
+
2009-07-13 6.5.4-3 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Final testing and bug fixes for all mathematical compose methods Including non-overlapping regions bugs found in in operators Divide, ColorDodge, VividLight. And the handling of transparency to follow standard 'Over' Blending in Divide. Only math methods not looked at are the addition methods Plus, Add, Minus, and Subtract, which do not follow normal 'Over' alpha blending behaviour, for the purposes of mask handling.
+
2009-07-12 6.5.4-3 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Addition of user definable 'Mathematics' compose method -compose Mathematics -set option:compose:args A,B,C,D -composite Will implement the formula f(Sc,Dc) = A*Sc*Dc + B*Sc + C*Dc + D this lets you implement most smooth polynomial compose methods. (requested by Fred WienHaus)
+
2009-07-11 6.5.4-3 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Finished the recoding of Composite methods to allow easier debugging and faster access.
+
Added PegtopLight compose method as an alternative simpler Softlight alternative. See notes and comparision to SoftLight in... http://www.pegtop.net/delphi/articles/blendmodes/softlight.htm
+
From the notes on Photoshop blend modes at http://www.simplefilter.de/en/basics/mixmods.html Added extra composition modes: VividLight, PinLight, LinearBurn, LinearDodge NOTE: 'LinearBurn' the same as 'Plus' but with the normal 'Over' blending.
+
2009-07-10 6.5.4-3 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Re-coding of Composite methods HardLight, SoftLight, Overlay, LinearLight, ColorBurn, ColorDodge, Multiply, Screen to make it more readable, easier to debug, and directly comparable to SVG specifications.
+
Specifications changed for SoftLight, ColorBurn, ColorDodge Though only SoftLight changed to significantly.
+
However implementation errors were found for ColorBurn, LinearLight
+
2009-07-01 6.5.4-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add -blue-shift option.
+
Add compression flag for each channel of a PSD layer.
+
Implement experimental forward and inverse Fourier transforms (contributed by Sean Burke and Fred Weinhaus). The -fft / -ifft option is not ready for prime time just yet.
+
Support -cdl (color decision list) option.
+
Support breaks in Chinese characters which traditionally do not include spaces.
+
Don't process directories as filenames when using wildcard paths (i.e. logo[1]/png).
+
2009-07-01 6.5.4-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Can't bit shift a float.
+
2009-06-25 6.5.4-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Off by one error for multi-frame raw grayscale images.
+
Can't stat() a Zip or Bzip opaque structure.
+
DPX user bits are no longer truncated.
+
Return image colorspace for -format [%colorspace] option.
+
ThumbnailImage(): don't subsample if image is already thumbnail size.
+
2009-06-23 6.5.4-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Automatic determination of B from C and C from B for a 'Keys Filter' when using the B,C Cubic Filter Expert options was broken. See http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=14037
+
2009-06-19 6.5.4-0 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added -compose 'Blur', variable blur mapping to CompositeImages Arguments X_scale x Y_scale + angle of the blurring ellipse.
+
Added "-blur" special compose option to "composite"
+
Cleanup of "composite" compose argument handling
+
2009-06-18 6.5.3-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Clone pixel cache when cloning image to prevent RMagick semaphore lock.
+
Set compare similarity image to NULL to prevent double free.
+
2009-06-16 6.5.3-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Set camera formats to require a seekable stream.
+
Do not let display program image window exceed the screen size.
+
2009-06-14 6.5.3-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Improve FITS keyword parser.
+
2009-06-14 6.5.3-7 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Cleanup of compose 'displace' of old useless code that is not used.
+
Implement a compose 'distort' mapping method, This is basically exactly like 'displace' but relative to a fixed point which may be user supplied as +X+Y
+
Default scaling to width/2 and height/2 of overlay (100% scale) with a distortion 'center' to the middle of the overlay image
+
If a '%' flag given scale displacement relative to image size
+
If a '!' flag given make scale and center relative to 'background' image instead of the overlay map.
+
If no 'height' scale given, use the X scale.
+
2009-06-13 6.5.3-6 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fixed bug for compose methods, Hue, Saturate, Luminize
+
2009-06-11 6.5.3-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Report the correct transparent pixel values in the display program magnify windows.
+
Do not advance when finalizing image settings in the mogrify program.
+
2009-06-11 6.5.3-5 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fixed "convert" to merge the third 'mask' image into the 'source' image for correct handling of 2 dimensional -compose "displace".
+
Fixed PerlMagick Composite() for the same thing.
+
Modified compose "Displace" so displacement image's alpha channel can be used to mask the transparency of the overlay area.
+
2009-06-07 6.5.3-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Added the HALD image Color LUT, and a no-op HALD: image generator. See Introduction at http://www.quelsolaar.com/technology/clut.html
+
2009-06-07 6.5.3-4 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Changed CompositeImageChannel() so that extra compose arguments are now passed in the ImageArtifact "compose:args". This can be assigned to images using -set "option:compose:args" 'args' where args are defined using 'geometry' style or 'comma separated numbers'.
+
Declared the special flag needed for Composite Tiling as the ImageArtifact "compose:outside-overlay".
+
Documentation update for CompositeImageChannel() in Core Library to reflect these changes.
+
Documentation update for DistortImage() in Core Library with the extra ImageArtifact controls it can use.
+
Bug correction in normalization of GetOptimalKernelWidth2D() of gem.c
+
2009-06-06 6.5.3-3 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Documentation update for CompositeImageChannel() in Core Library. This adds the information on how extra compose arguments needed for specific compose methods are actually passed to the library function. Compose methods such as Blend, Dissolve and Displace.
+
2009-06-01 6.5.3-3 Priya Hariharan <priya.hariharan@globa...>
+
The target profile in ProfileImage() is no longer accessed after it is freed.
+
2009-06-01 6.5.3-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Bug fix for -page.
+
2009-05-31 6.5.3-1 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Minor change to -function Arctan to make first argument match slope
+
2009-05-29 6.5.3-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not treat -page as a global option (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13864).
+
2009-05-28 6.5.2-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Create thread set for pseudo-random number generator.
+
2009-05-25 6.5.2-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not change opacity value for the -alpha background option.
+
Rebuild automake / autoconf scripts.
+
2009-05-23 6.5.2-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Check for XMakeImage() integer overflow vulnerability (Secunia Advisory SA35216).
+
2009-05-23 6.5.2-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Permit reading a specific frame of a multi-page TIFF with blobs.
+
2009-05-22 6.5.2-8 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added new -function methods Arcsin and Arctan
+
2009-05-19 6.5.2-8 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Fixed a regression with PNG8: format.
+
2009-05-19 6.5.2-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -geometry option was improperly applied twice.
+
2009-05-18 6.5.2-6 Richard Oehlinger <richard.oehlinger@celum...>
+
Set image colorspace to YCbCrColorspace if JPEG color space is JCS_YCbCr.
+
2009-05-14 6.5.2-5 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Updated help output and command-line options documentation to bring the -alpha options up to date with what's actually in the code.
+
2009-05-13 6.5.2-5 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Change "depreciated" to "deprecated" in several files.
+
2009-05-10 6.5.2-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Change OpenMP schedule from dynamic to static for RenderFreeType().
+
Recognize unicode strings when computing caption word wrapping.
+
New -alpha background option to set fully-transparent pixels to the background color.
+
2009-05-08 6.5.2-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Combined layer of transparent PSD image was not being read properly.
+
2009-05-06 6.5.2-3 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Progress on "-define png:bit-depth=value" and "-define png:color-type=value" It is now able to write an opaque black-and-white image in any of the 15 valid combinations of PNG color-type and bit-depth.
+
Fixed a regression with writing sub-8-bit grayscale PNGs.
+
2009-05-06 6.5.2-2 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Create 8-bit TIFF images if -depth is set to 8 and HDRI-enable ImageMagick.
+
2009-05-04 6.5.2-1 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Accept file lists on the command line (e.g. echo "rose: rose.png" | convert @- ...).
+
Duplicate line in tiff.c breaking read of zip compressed tif (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13688).
+
Support policies to permit or deny any coder, delegate, filter, or file path (see policy.xml).
+
2009-05-02 6.5.2-0 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
The mogrify -crop option returns multiple images if an x/y offset is not specified (e.g. -crop 100x100).
+
Generate a proper file path for -path @filelist.txt (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=13671).
+
2009-05-01 6.5.2-0 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Accept "-define png:bit-depth=value" and "-define png:color-type=value" options. This is work-in-progress with the objective of being able to precisely specify the type of PNG file to be written. The previously-used internal attribute "png:bit-depth" that was used to communicate between the PNG writer and the JNG writer is changed to "png:bit-depth-written". This feature needs testing. It is important to note that this feature cannot be used to force the PNG to use a bit-depth or color-type that does not losslessly represent the image. You can, however, cause the writer to use a larger depth or to use the RGB colorspace when grayscale or indexed would have been sufficent.
+
2009-05-01 6.5.1-10 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fixed the Rmin usage in Depolar and Polar distortions
+
The 6th argument (Ato) for Polar/Depolar is now optional and defaults to Afrom + 360 degrees (or a fill circle from the given start angle)
+
2009-04-30 6.5.1-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not return a black image for -channel RGBA -gaussian (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13669).
+
2009-04-28 6.5.1-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix 'conflicting types for Huffman2DEncodeImage' compile exception.
+
2009-04-25 6.5.1-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Generate BMP 32-bit ARGB format for images with transparency (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13633).
+
2009-04-24 6.5.1-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Grok 'image.psd[0]' and 'image.mpg[0]' (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=13609).
+
Normalize similarity based on reconstruction not the original (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13626).
+
Support multiple JPEG images encapsulated within DICOM.
+
2009-04-23 6.5.1-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Msys does not understand NAME_MAX.
+
2009-04-22 6.5.1-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Check for valid linked list before assigning next / previous pointers.
+
2009-04-21 6.5.1-4 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Check error return from CompressColormapTransFirst() in coders/png.c
+
2009-04-21 6.5.1-4 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Refrain from modifying image struct members (color, depth, matte) while writing PNG datastreams.
+
2009-04-21 6.5.1-4 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Sometimes the PNG8: format would produce 1-, 2-, or 4-bit PNG datastreams. Now it always produces 8-bit datastreams as users probably expect.
+
2009-04-21 6.5.1-4 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Suppressed "shadowed declaration" warnings in coders/jpeg.c and coders/png.c that are triggered by "-Wshadow" gcc compiler flag.
+
2009-04-17 6.5.1-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The display program now returns a 0 exit code on success (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13579).
+
2009-04-14 6.5.1-3 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Folded some long lines and made other cosmetic changes.in coders/png.c
+
2009-04-13 6.5.1-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
MVG autodetection failing (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=13542).
+
2009-04-11 6.5.1-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Image not properly placed when displaying to the X server root (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13532).
+
fmax() is not support on some platforms (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13533).
+
2009-04-11 6.5.1-2 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Rename existing "Bilinear" distortion as "BilinearReverse"
+
Added forward mapped bilinear distort as "BilinearForward"
+
The "Bilinear" distort is temporarily obsoleted but will eventually be added as a "BilinearReverse" and "BilinearForward" combination mapping though a unit square.
+
Sparse Gradient internally uses "BilinearReverse" for its "Bilinear" gradient function as that method is the direct use of such equations.
+
2009-04-01 6.5.1-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Default to min-is-white Photometric for fax / group4 compression (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13468).
+
Respect image resolution when setting PDF MediaBox (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=13350).
+
Add SimilarityImage() to return how similar one image is to another.
+
2009-03-28 6.5.1-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Graceful exit in djvu coder when EOF is thrown.
+
Support -unsharp option for the montage program.
+
2009-03-28 6.5.0-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Reduce deskew blurring: use AffineTransformImage() rather than RotateImage().
+
Unexpected end-of-file @ xwd.c/ReadXWDImage/252 (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13430).
+
2009-03-26 6.5.0-10 Markus Dahms <markus.dahms@progr...>
+
Support for -density & -units options in PSD writer.
+
2009-03-26 6.5.0-10 Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-l...>
+
Fix bug in the braille coder which makes it always segfault.
+
2009-03-25 6.5.0-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Enhance the compare program to locate a template image within a larger image.
+
Eliminate assertion when generating a PDF thumbnail.
+
2009-03-25 6.5.0-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix assertion in IntegralRotateImage (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13410).
+
2009-03-24 6.5.0-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Referenced counted blob was incremented incorrectedly in CloneImage().
+ http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13410).
2009-03-23 6.5.0-6 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Assertion failure reading PSD image (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13397).
+
2009-03-21 6.5.0-5 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Change -selective-blur to use gaussian kernel.
+
2009-03-21 6.5.0-4 ERB <entropy@xebec...>
+
Missing locks in blob - race condition (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13385).
+
2009-03-19 6.5.0-3 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Use default SVG resolution unless resolution is explicitly set (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13373).
+
Add support for -selective-blur option.
+
2009-03-19 6.5.0-3 ragesteel <iimagemagic-org-iapied0o@gt2.r...>
+
ImageToBlob() no longer faults if Jasper compression is wrong (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13372).
+
2009-03-19 6.5.0-3 ERB <entropy@xebec...>
+
Check the 8BIM profile resource block length (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13368).
+
Unlocked read in DeleteNodeByValueFromSplayTree (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13370).
+
2009-03-18 6.5.0-2 ERB <entropy@xebec...>
+
Eliminate race condition when acquiring a wand (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13357).
+
Use of "localtime" in FormatMagickTime not thread-safe (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13358).
+
2009-03-18 6.5.0-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix the image compose operator at OverCompositeOP for shadows (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=13330).
+
2009-03-14 6.5.0-1 Paul Smedley <paul@smedl...>
+
Patches to get ImageMagick working under OS2.
+
2009-03-10 6.5.0-1 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Expansion of Virtual-Pixel (Cache) handling, to include corrected Mirror, plus addition of CheckerTile, HorizontalTileEdge and VerticalTileEdge
+
2009-03-10 6.5.0-0 John Cupitt <jcupitt@gmail...>,
+
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
+
DICOM reader not handling signed pixels properly.
+
2009-03-09 6.4.9-10 Alexander E. Patrakov <patrakov@gmail...>
+
Don't call GetValueFromSplayTree() if image properties is NULL.
+
2009-03-09 6.4.9-10 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fix minor size issue with bestfit +distort operation.
+
Enable listing of -distort Polynomial
+
Minor tweeks and center fixes for Polar/Depolar
+
2009-03-01 6.4.9-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Convert returns MagickFalse for the -version option (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=13230).
+
Don't set pixel opacity unless the image alpha channel is active (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13189).
+
2009-02-27 6.4.9-8 Anthony Thyssen <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fix old -clut bug for re-coloring gray images using transparent and semi-transparent colors.
+
2009-02-22 6.4.9-7 Rick Mabry <rick.mabry@anony...>
+
Changes have been made to scores of the files that generate the documentation. The most noticeable cosmetic changes are to the command-line examples and command-line snippets, which now have a new look: dark blue boxes with white/yellow text to indicate sample input/output. Inclusion of current version and release dates in appropriate places are now automatically generated. Also, many changes have been made to begin to bring the pages into strict W3C compliance with respect to both HTML and CSS.
+
2009-02-21 6.4.9-7 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
The identify program reads the image pixels when the -format option is asking for image statistics.
+
Much improved ImageMagick validation suite (exercise with 'make check').
+
2009-02-18 6.4.9-5 Jon <jon@brick...>
+
Processing the arg list -tile is replaced by -sans0 which is 1 char longer and which overwrites the allocated area.
+
2009-02-16 6.4.9-5 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Add section to license to alert users to third-party licenses in the NOTICE file.
+
2009-02-11 6.4.9-3 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Replaced geometry string parsing using ParseGravityGeometry() in "composite" with more direct use of GravityAdjustGeometry();
+
2009-02-10 6.4.9-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support file descriptors (e.g. convert image.jpg fd:3 ...).
+
The stream utility no longer go into an infinite loop (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=13102).
+
2009-02-04 6.4.9-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
JPEG to PDF was not always reversible (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13020).
+
2009-01-30 6.4.9-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Stroking when annotating failed for stroks widths > 2 (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=13009).
+
2009-01-24 6.4.8-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
TransformImageColorspace() returns GRAYColorspace when set (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12990).
+
Don;t assume CMYK unless document process colors include Cyan, Magenta, or Yellow.
+
2009-01-23 6.4.8-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Increase random angle range for +polaroid from -7..7 to -15..15 degrees.
+
2009-01-22 6.4.8-8 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Fixed a -evaluate AddModulus 'patch' for correct 'negative' handling
+
2009-01-20 6.4.8-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Removed previous patches for -shear directions.
+
2009-01-20 6.4.8-8 Thomas Stegemann <Thomas.Stegemann@mater...>
+
SVG with resolutions other than 72.0 dpi, text is no longer transformed twice.
+
2009-01-20 6.4.8-8 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Renamed -evaluate methods 'sin' and 'cos' to math C math library names
+
Added "-function polynomial a,b,c,...." Eg: a*x^2 + b*x + c
+
Added "-function sinusoid freq,phase,amplitude,bias (all optional)
+
2009-01-18 6.4.8-7 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Removed "annotate" patches, which causes no end of problems. Original coding worked perfectly fine. Annotate isn't part of SVG!
+
2009-01-18 6.4.8-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Respect mouse wheel movements for display program (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=12938).
+
Grab button in Display Open menu now works consistently (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12942).
+
Patch for problem with opacity in MVG (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12946).
+
2009-01-14 6.4.8-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Don't accept discontinuous shear angles for the -annotate option. -- REMOVED
+
2009-01-14 6.4.8-6 Mark Freeman <mark.freeman@porci...>
+
Apply patch so ImageMagick compiles with Visual Studio 6.
+
2009-01-12 6.4.8-5 Alexander E. Patrakov <patrakov@gmail...>
+
Fix small memory leak on truncated PNG images.
+
Do not allocate pixels when pinging a PNG image.
+
2009-01-11 6.4.8-6 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Set the stroke opacity for "opacity" SVG element (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10594).
+
2009-01-10 6.4.8-5 Matthew Litwin <mlitwin@sonic...>
+
Convert to windows .ico format no longer inverts alpha channel.
+
2009-01-10 6.4.8-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Interpret geometry correctly for negative angles (-shear 30x-10).
+
2009-01-08 6.4.8-4 Eberhard Mattes <eberhard.mattes@web.d...>
+
Fix GetMagickToken() to accept locales that use "," as radix character.
+
2009-01-08 6.4.8-4 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Add (and Fix) -evaluate methods Sine, Cosine, AddModulus
+
2009-01-05 6.4.8-4 Rick Mabry <rick.mabry@anony...>
+
Check for negative offsets (bevel widths) for the -frame option.
+
2009-01-04 6.4.8-4 Alexander E. Patrakov <patrakov@gmail...>
+
Patch for a memory leak and a logical bug in coders/gif.c.
+
CopyMagickString() now returns the minimum of the source string length or the length parameter.
+
Properly set alpha channel in PNGs with palette and tRNS.
+
2009-01-01 6.4.8-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support %[] embedded filename tag (e.g. convert rose: -set area "%wx%h" 'rose-%[area].png').
+
Do not set the fill element when 'opacity' is set (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10594).
+
Restore support for decoding the DVI format.
+
Add perl and math lib reference to PerlMagick Makefile (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12840).
+
Fix crash on invalid JPEG XML profile.
+
Export libtool symbols in MagickCore.sym and MagickWand.sym.
+
Support sine and cosine as arguments to the -evaluate option.
+
2008-12-31 6.4.8-4 Amartyo Banerjee" <amartyo@gmail...>
+
Calculate the kurtosis and skewness of image channels (reference http://amartyosscrapbook.blogspot.com/2008/12/formulas-used-to-calculate-kurtosis-and.html).
+
2008-12-28 6.4.8-4 Rick Mabry <rick.mabry@anony...>
+
Patch magick/display.c and PerlMagick/ContrastStretchImage() to return the same results as the -contrast-stretch option.
+
ContrastStretchImageChannel() no longer interpreted as Contast() by MogrifyRegion() in PerlMagick.
+
2008-12-28 6.4.8-3 Rick Mabry <rick.mabry@anony...>
+
Reverse argument and option in Throw*InvalidArgumentException() macro for proper exception message.
+
Recognize negative geometries for -shear and -annotate (.e.g. 45x-30).
+
Fix Y shear angle for -shear option.
+
2008-12-26 6.4.8-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use GetImageArtifact() to retrieve -attentuate option value for +noise.
+
Support reading FITS test files (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12799).
+
Replace input.ttf with the public domain Tuffy.ttf font.
+
MagickNewImage() no longer faults when parameters are incorrect (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12817).
+
Allocate strings returned by XGetResourceInstance() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12818).
+
The -append gravity is relative to the container (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=12821).
+
2008-12-19 6.4.8-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Reference cache rather than acquiring when cloning an image.
+
2008-12-19 6.4.8-0 Cashish Kulkarni <ashkulz@redif...>
+
Cross-compilation failure using MinGW on Linux for ImageMagick trunk
+
2008-12-19 6.4.8-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add -interword-spacing option to convert.
+
Initialize the black channel when testing the CMY colorspace (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12685).
+
remove calls to exit() in MagickWand (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=12772).
+
Validate -affine arguments.
+
Accept -attentuate as an option for convert.
+
Properly create RGBA image if colormapped image has transparency.
+
Support X11 geometry like this: +-4+-4; wierd but X11 supports it.
+
2008-12-17 6.4.7-10 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Fix off-by-one problem with -shear.
+
Clone pixel cache method when cloning an image.
+
2008-12-16 6.4.7-9 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Make "-layers Coalesce" work as it should.
+
2008-12-16 6.4.7-9 Sam Fisher <fisher@image...?
+
Support > 2GB TIFF under Windows.
+
2008-12-12 6.4.7-8 mootools <help@mooto...>
+
FormatMagickTime() checks to ensure the provided time is valid.
+
2008-12-12 6.4.7-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add -kerning option to convert.
+
Remove halo effect for the -scale option.
+
2008-12-11 6.4.7-7 Alan Wright <alanwright.atex@google...>
+
Fix a 1 byte overrun in Postscript coder.
+
2008-12-10 6.4.7-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix small memory leak in ExpandFilenames().
+
2008-12-09 6.4.7-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix small memory leak in LoadLocaleList().
+
Fix small memory leak in GetProfilesFromResourceBlock().
+
Don't forget to scale grayscale values when quanum min-is-white is set.
+
2008-12-08 6.4.7-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Include delegate libraries in MagickCore-config script.
+
2008-12-07 6.4.7-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix off-by-one error for -chop 0x50%.
+
Performance improvement bilinear interpolation.
+
2008-12-06 6.4.7-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support absolute paths in the include directive within a configuration file.
+
2008-12-05 6.4.7-1 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Assume Log colorspace if DPX transfer is LogarithmicColorimetric.
+
Another attempt at properly extracting the IPTC profile from a 8BIM resource block.
+
2008-12-04 6.4.7-1 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
AppendImage() re-written to respect gravity properly! Routine simplified to a single loop for both styles of append
+
2008-12-03 6.4.6-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
AppendImage() respects gravity.
+
Protect against circular image list when cropping.
+
The index variable must be long rather than unsigned long for the DCM coder.
+
2008-12-02 6.4.6-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use ScaleQuantumToMap() to prevent fault in SetGrayscaleImage() when quantum depth is 32.
+
2008-12-01 6.4.6-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Global replaced accidently renamed MagickGetImagePixelColor().
+
2008-11-29 6.4.6-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed transient bug in the -white-threshold option.
+
-extent x256+100+100 no longer returns an exception (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=7&t=12583).
+
2008-11-27 6.4.6-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
TIFF pad is relative to bits-per-sample (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=12563).
+
2008-11-27 6.4.6-5 Koshiji Masayuki <kosiji.masayuki@da.mi...>
+
Support GBR raw image files.
+
2008-11-26 6.4.6-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
DPX 10 bit YUV 4:2:2 are now processed properly (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=12443).
+
Default PDF compression to that of the image unless overwritten by the -compress option.
+
2008-11-25 6.4.6-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Numerous pixel cache improvements including embeded support for OpenMP in a transparent manner.
+
2008-11-20 6.4.6-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Transient bug in encipher / decipher operation (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12540).
+
2008-11-14 6.4.6-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
MPC image files working again.
+
coders/wmf.c/lite_font_stringwidth() returns string width (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12528).
+
2008-11-10 6.4.6-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix temporary file leak.
+
2008-11-18 6.4.5-9 Koshiji Masayuki <kosiji.masayuki@da.mi...>
+
Fix bug for RGBO image @ line, plane and partition interlace.
+
2008-11-18 6.4.5-9 Chris Madison <madisonblu@gmail...>
+
Deprecate pixel methods: AcquireImagePixels(), GetImagePixels(), etc.
+
New pixel methods: GetVirtualPixels(), GetAuthenticPixels(), etc.
+
2008-11-15 6.4.5-7 Alexander E. Patrakov <patrakov@gmail...>
+
GPS and multivalued EXIF properties support
+
2008-11-14 6.4.5-6 Manish Aggarwal <manish@circu...>
+
Add TransparentPaintImageChroma() to MagickCore and transparentChroma() to Magick++.
+
2008-11-10 6.4.5-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Correct DPX frame position property label (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12440).
+
Textures are no longer painted as the background color.
+
Update both fields of an EXIF resolution.
+
Support query-font-metrics MSL tag.
+
2008-11-01 6.4.5-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Do not set image colorspace for the MSL modulate tag.
+
2008-11-01 6.4.5-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Off by one error when computing affine in DrawAffineImage() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12391.
+
2008-10-30 6.4.5-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed local adaptive thresholding when using an offset (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12371.
+
Set SetImagePixels() rather than SyncImagePixelCache() to update the pixel cache morphology.
+
2008-10-26 6.4.5-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Set explicit image format for BlobToImage() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=12340).
+
p_thread_t is an aggregate under MinGW.
+
2008-10-20 6.4.5-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
pthread_t can be aggregate so stop treating it like its atomic.
+
default the WPG image size to 1 top avoid "no pixels defined in cache" exceptions.
+
2008-10-17 6.4.4-8 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
slight modification of the added "radial-gradient:" image generator so the radius goes to an edge rather than the corner, allowing more user control based on image size.
+
fix -raise N to mean -raise NxN
+
2008-10-15 6.4.4-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for inline images.
+
2008-10-10 6.4.4-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
MinGW supports both Posix threads and Windows critical sections.
+
2008-10-06 6.4.4-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
pthread_self() can be an aggregate value.
+
Scale pixel quantum to match PNG tRNS range (i.e. 0-255).
+
2008-10-06 6.4.4-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Set sentinel byte for MVG coder.
+
fx:standard_deviation returns standard deviation now instead of mean.
+
2008-10-01 6.4.4-1 Florent Monnier <monnier.florent@gmail...>
+
Support radial gradients in DrawGradientImage().
+
2008-09-26 6.4.4-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix memory leak when XMP profile is corrupt.
+
Support filename references (e.g. convert image-%d.jpg[1-5] ...).
+
2008-09-25 6.4.4-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use -remap rather than -affinity.
+
Don't unregister a module for an image coder signature exception.
+
Don't assume a monochrome image is colormapped.
+
2008-09-25 6.4.4-0 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Attempt to fix three image "composite -displace" while also allowing use of separate X, Y grayscale displacement maps, or a merged X=red Y=green (later transparency mask will also be added) as discussed in IM Examples, 'distortion maps', but for -displace.
+
2008-09-24 6.4.3-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix pixel cache race condition.
+
2008-09-23 6.4.3-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed an OTB coder bug (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12119).
+
2008-09-23 6.4.3-8 Peter Fales <psfales@alcat...>
+
Add NULL terminator to options list to in MontageImageCommand().
+
2008-09-23 6.4.3-8 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
Added -layers TrimBounds which will adjust the offsets and canvas bounds to fit the current sequence of layered/animated images. The images themselves are not modified only the 'page' meta-data. As a side-effect all offsets will become positive, with a minimal canvas width/height.
+
2008-09-22 6.4.3-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS from MAGICKCORE_FILE_OFFSET_BITS.
+
2008-09-10 6.4.3-7 Anthony <A.Thyssen@griffith...>
+
String Memory leak from InterpretImageProperties() in "annotate" for Command line handling in mogrify.c
+
Allow percent escapes in both -sparse-color and -distort argument strings.
+
Fix -alpha to allow Set, Copy, and Extract from command line
+
Fix -alpha Set so it only clears the alpha when it was previously off
+
Changed 'AllChannels' to be just the 'real' channels (including K).
+
Special handling if +level-colors is given one color, and no separator.
+
Fix 'matte' flag in DisposeImages() (for -layer dispose)
+
2008-09-01 6.4.3-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix -interpolate / -compose settings.
+
No need to specify -endian for native floating point format.
+
Remove small memory leak when cloning image properties (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11981).
+
The scan delegate requires a device name, not a symbolic link.
+
Report alpha instead of opacity for the TXT image format (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12002).
+
Add channel support to -motion-blur.
+
Set the SVG affine matrix *before* we compute the scale (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12030).
+
Rely on 'omp critical' in the rare case where OpenMP is enabled but ImageMagick distribution is built without thread support.
+
Return the correct number of unique colors for colormapped image (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12055).
+
SVG depends on MagickWand for parallel make (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=12099).
+
2008-09-02 6.4.3-7
+
Addition of 'BarrelInverse' Distortion
+
2008-08-27 6.4.3-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Extract / embed namespace for JPEG XMP profiles (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11832).
+
Deprecate -map and replace with -affinity which supports dither methods.
+
Set image depth when -depth is fired.
+
Fix small memory leak in TIFF coder (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11968).
+
2008-08-24 6.4.3-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Parallelize the colorspace transforms.
+
Honor gravity for -extent option (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11944).
+
2008-08-22 6.4.3-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed a memory leak in the TransparentPaintImage() method.
+
2008-08-20 6.4.3-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Treat -compose as a setting.
+
Check for depth == 0 in GetQuantumScale() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11921).
+
Fix CIN coder scanline length (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11922).
+
2008-08-20 6.4.3-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add $(MAGICKWAND_LIBS) dependency to the PerlMagick Makefile (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11908).
+
Fix configure script to configure the JBIG delegate library (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11907).
+
Error in indexed PNG output if number of colors <= 16 (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11905).
+
2008-08-18 6.4.3-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Always reinterpret %[fx:] properties.
+
Composite based on the composite image compose operator.
+
2008-08-14 6.4.2-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add --coder-path and --filter-path options to MagickCore-config to support the Magick Coder and Image Filter kits.
+
2008-08-17 6.4.2-9 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
-sparse-color option completed with inital set of methods.
+
-distort Barrel arguments expanded.
+
2008-08-14 6.4.2-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -draw option no longer returns an error when for # like .6 (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11879).
+
2008-08-14 6.4.2-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New dithering selection option, -dither Floyd-Steinberg or -dither Riemersma.
+
2008-08-10 6.4.2-8 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Added new distort "Polar" and "DePolar" due to Forum Discussions
+
2008-08-07 6.4.2-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Change MPEG delegate from mpeg2decode/mpeg2encode to ffmpeg (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11827).
+
Extract embedded XMP and EXIF profiles froma Photoshop resource block.
+
Support -compose option in the compare program.
+
2008-08-04 6.4.2-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support -fx scientific-notation (e.g. '2.0*3.81469e-06').
+
Substitute DistortImage() with 'AffineProjectionDistortion' for the older DrawAffineImage() in AffineTransformImage().
+
Apply Sam Hocevar's patch to replace Hilbert-Peano curve dithering with Floyd Steinberg.
+
Added -virtual-pixel method VerticalTile as a complement to HorizontalTile
+
2008-08-02 6.4.2-6 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Added -virtual-pixel method HorizontalTile suitable for generating 360 degree Arcs and Polar Distorts.
+
2008-07-31 6.4.2-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Patch -fx to properly recognize maxima and minima.
+
Add channel specifier to -fx depth, mean, maxima, minima, and standard_deviation (e.g. depth.r).
+
Properly append .magick to the USERPROFILES path (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11806).
+
2008-07-30 6.4.2-6 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Added a "-set option:distort:scale" which scales the output 'view' by the amount given. This is directly useful for doing 'super-sampled' distorts, just set this, the scale the result back to a normal size.
+
2008-07-27 6.4.2-5 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Rewrite on coefficient handlig for DistortImages so allow for generation by other operators (SparseColor), and addition of verbose output of equivalent -fx functions for DistortImages to report of the internal coefficients that was calculated, and who they are used.
+
Initial implementation of SparseColor for interpolated gradients from sparsely separated points of color (or posibily other forms of arguments)
+
New distortion Barrel as defined by Helmut Dersch options A,B,C,D on his web page http://www.all-in-one.ee/~dersch/barrel/barrel.html And as developed by Fred WeinHaus in his PinBarrel script
+
2008-07-20 6.4.2-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Certain corrupt GIF images no longer hang (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11723).
+
Read more than one image (if they exist) from DJVU image files.
+
Don't set image depth in histogram coder (references http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11752).
+
2008-07-17 6.4.2-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed cache nexus threading problem to avoid spurious assertions when calling the DistortImage() method.
+
2008-07-17 6.4.2-4 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
New distortion Shepards which provide semi-localized distorts of control points within an image, as first developed for IM by Frew Weinhaus in his ShapeMorph script. http://www.fmwconcepts.com/imagemagick/shapemorph/ It's almost like taffy pulling!
+
2008-07-12 6.4.2-2 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Separate coefficient calculation from DistortImages (future development)
+
Perspective and Bilinear Distortions fallback to Affine when less than 4 point pairs are provided.
+
Affine Distortion now handles 2 point pairs (SRT of a single line) and a simple translation if only a single point pair is provided.
+
Added 'verbose' output of some of the distortion equations generated
+
Initial addition of polynomal distortion (incomplete - not working yet)
+
2008-06-29 6.4.2-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add log2 and round as -fx operators.
+
Add log and round as -evaluate operator.
+
Add -deskew option to straighten an image.
+
2008-06-22 6.4.2-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use the source image interpolation method when drawing an affine image.
+
2008-06-24 6.4.2-1 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Added new operator +/-level-colors which will 'level' images based on colors to use for the black and white points. This lets to adjust the image in terms of mapping the given colors from/to black and white respectivally.
+
2008-06-23 6.4.2-0 Christian Lackas <christian@lacka...>
+
Fix a problem with calling mpeg2encode with parameters (%o/%i) in wrong order.
+
2008-06-22 6.4.2-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Refactor additional ImageMagick algorithms for OpenMP support.
+
2008-06-25 6.4.1-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add pow as an -evaluate operation, using normalized values
+
2008-06-18 6.4.1-9 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Added a LevelizeImageChannels() which is simular to LevelImageChannels() Function maps black and white values to the given level values. Rather than mapping the given level values to black and white. Bacically a 'reverse-level' function, with different input args.
+
Set +level or a '!' flag in -level or LevelImage() to call the new 'reverse-level' function LevelizeImageChannels().
+
More work on IsMagickColorSimular() to fix relationship between transparent-black and opaque-black, which was matched as 'simular'. Also attempts to fix 'K' channel handling for CMYK colorspace. More work on this to come.
+
2008-06-25 6.4.1-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The TXT format correctly reports alpha channel (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11478).
+
MONOTCHROME1 Dicom images are not longer inverted (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11492).
+
2008-06-13 6.4.1-8 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Fixed IsMagickColorSimular() as used by -opauqe and -transparent so as to understand that the Hue Channel is cyclic by nature
+
2008-06-08 6.4.1-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -sketch option is working again (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11454).
+
2008-06-08 6.4.1-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
More algorithms refactored to support a threaded cache view.
+
EPS2 output only 1/3 of image when using LZW or rle compress (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewforum.php?f=3).
+
ISO C++ 1998 does not support 'long long' (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11405).
+
Patch GetMagickMemoryHandlers() to return the properly return the memory handler addresses.
+
Generate histogram comment if # unique colors exceed 1024 (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11434).
+
2008-06-03 6.4.1-6 Marton Bokor <marton.bokor@gfthu....>
+
Reading EMF files containing non-ascii characters no longer fails for UTF8 encoded paths on Windows XP.
+
2008-06-03 6.4.1-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -colorspace option is an operator, not a setting.
+
2008-05-31 6.4.1-5 rsnel <rik@snel....>
+
gif.c misreads Gifs in which LZW codes are split across three datablocks.
+
2008-05-31 6.4.1-4 Matthew Clark <mclark@gorge...>
+
Patches to the JPEG and DCM coders to fix a few problems reading certain DCM image types.
+
2008-05-15 6.4.1-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Interpreting the -set option is no longer delayed.
+
Add AcquireCacheViews() and DestroyCachewViews() to the API.
+
Call DrawAffineImage() instead of CompositeImage() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11288).
+
Throw exception for TIFF compression not support (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11289).
+
The +opaque option now recognizes its required argument (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11298).
+
The -background and -virtual-pixel settings are now applied correctly across parenthesis.
+
Only reset the exception signature if the relinquish memory is MagickTrue.
+
Correct recolor equation for computing opacity (referencee http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11346).
+
Set midpoint when scaling JP2 images.
+
Semaphores must be passed by reference when destroyed for reliable thread locks.
+
Updated Matlab coder (thanks to Jaroslav Fojtik).
+
2008-05-13 6.4.1-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
MagickGetResource(): resources are MagickSizeType not unsigned long.
+
2008-05-11 6.4.1-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Import: properly handle a hierarchy of subwindows under X11.
+
Refactor quantum pixel processor to inprove ease of use and speed.
+
2008-05-09 6.4.1-2 Leonardo de Paula Rosa Piga <lpiga@terra...>
+
OpenMP patch for sepia-tone effect.
+
2008-05-08 6.4.1-2 Bruno Cardoso Lopes <bruno.cardoso@gmail...>
+
OpenMP patch for NormalizeImage() & TintImage()
+
2008-05-06 6.4.1-2 <cristiannomartins@gmail...>
+
OpenMP patch for GetImageChannelDepth().
+
Set depth to 32 when saving MIFF HDRI image files.
+
2008-05-05 6.4.1-2 <joao.vita@gmail...>
+
OpenMP patch for OilPaintImage Function
+
2008-05-05 6.4.1-2 Sean Patrick Burke <seanburk@gmail...>
+
Update IPLab coder (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=11200).
+
2008-05-02 6.4.1-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Return correct result for -fx luminence.
+
Restore missing break so that PGM images remain PGM.
+
Speed up the processing of ASCII PNM files.
+
Return the correct number of MNG images for PingImage().
+
2008-05-01 6.4.1-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Remove C++ style comments from source.
+
Center motion blur kernel.
+
Reenable dithering for -monochrome option.
+
2008-04-24 6.4.0-11 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
For color reduction, use maximum tree depth if image has 1024 or less unique colors.
+
Use a uniform convolution filter for motion blur (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11122).
+
Add 'mean' and 'std' symbols to the Fx expression parser.
+
2008-04-20 6.4.0-10 Chris Madison <madisonblu@hotma...>
+
Updated to the latest autoconf/automake/libtool scripts.
+
Default to HSL colorspace when modulating (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=11073).
+
The -regard-warnings option properly returns a program status of 1 if and only if a warning or error exception is thrown.
+
Report 'no clip path defined' exception for -clip-path option (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11098).
+
2008-04-16 6.4.0-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Distinquish between pre and post processing of image list options.
+
Return MagickTrue if InvokeDynamicImageFilter() does not generate an exception (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=11065).
+
2008-04-16 6.4.0-7 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Instead of masking the PNG tRNS values when reducing from 16-bit, set image->matte to MagickFalse and emit a warning. This will produce behavior similar to that of libpng-1.2.27 (and libpng-1.2.19 and earlier).
+
2008-04-12 6.4.0-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix fault for animate -window root image.gif.
+
Use GetImagePixels() rather than SetImagePixels() when making multiple passes and setting image pixels (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=11022).
+
2008-04-10 6.4.0-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Compile error in coders/avi.c when JPEG delegate library is unavailable.
+
2008-04-09 6.4.0-5 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Mask the PNG tRNS values when reducing from 16-bit, in accordance with the PNG specification, instead of scaling them.
+
2008-04-09 6.4.0-5 Glenn Randers-Pehrson <glennrp@image...>
+
Revised png.c to avoid saving unknown chunk types that will never be used later. This prevents the vulnerability described in CVE-2008-1382, with respect to all unknown chunks except vpAg. To handle an invalid, zero-length vpAg chunk properly will require libpng-1.2.27 or later.
+
2008-04-04 6.4.0-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use mplayer delegate if ImageMagick does not grok AVI op code.
+
Use proper rounding for the -fx intensity expression.
+
2008-03-26 6.4.0-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix +swap option so it no longer throws an assertion.
+
Return correct min/max for grayscale JPEG images (e.g. -format %[min]).
+
2008-03-26 6.4.0-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Rewrote patch so that writing pyramid TIFF images no longer fails if a tile size is specified (e.g. ptif:image.tif[128x128]).
+
Malformed use of caption no longer consumes memory (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10914).
+
Don't run Ghostscript twice (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10922).
+
2008-03-21 6.4.0-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
SpreadImage() no longer introduces noise into the resulting image (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10892).
+
Properly handle min-is-white TIFF gray scale images.
+
Use CompositeImage() instead of DrawAffineImage() if the affine expansion factor is 1.0.
+
2008-03-20 6.3.9-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Writing pyramid TIFF images no longer fails if a tile size is specified (e.g. ptif:image.tif[128x128]).
+
Reset page geometry when interactively cropping an image with the display program.
+
2008-03-18 6.3.9-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
With a single swap argument should swap the image with the *last* image.
+
2008-03-16 6.3.9-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Make sure we don't sync a blob after it has been closed.
+
2008-03-14 6.3.9-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Patch mpeg:encode delegate to properly produce an MPEG image sequence.
+
2008-03-11 6.3.9-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support both GTK and CAIRO interfaces to RSVG (reference ttp://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=10802).
+
Display colormapped PNG images with alpha properly (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10819).
+
2008-03-09 6.3.9-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Define inline to _magickcore_inline (to satisfy HP's aCC compiler).
+
2008-03-08 6.3.9-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The rsvg delegate library depends on cairo-svg.
+
Account for min-is-white 8-bit gray TIFF images.
+
2008-02-29 6.3.9-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for the Postable Document Archive Format.
+
Add support for Braille images.
+
Add support for DDS images (contributed by Bianca van Schaik).
+
Add GetImageAlphaChannel() method.
+
PSD clipping paths are once again recognized.
+
2008-02-24 6.3.9-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Return the actual image format for HTTP: or FTP: format (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=10715).
+
Fix so image.quantize(true) returns error as expected (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=10735).
+
2008-02-20 6.3.9-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed a small memory leak (8 bytes) in TransformImages().
+
Render to Cairo surface rather than a GDK buffer when rendering SVG.
+
Identify now reports both actual and reported image depths (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=10716).
+
2008-02-17 6.3.8-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Speed up converting large PDF/PS images when only selecting a few pages (e.g. pdffile.pdf[195-199]).
+
Deprecate HSLTransform() and TransformHSL().
+
2008-02-16 6.3.8-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix Magick++-config script to reflect the MagickWand / MagickCore dependencies.
+
2008-02-14 6.3.8-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Promote colormapped to truecolor images when enciphering.
+
2008-02-08 6.3.8-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add EncipherImage() / DecipherImage() methods.
+
Add -encipher / -decipher options to the command-line utilities.
+
2008-02-03 6.3.8-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
New Unix/Linux refactoring (should be transparent since changes are reflected in Magick-config and ImageMagick.pc pkg-config files): /usr/local/include => /usr/local/include/ImageMagick libMagick => libMagickCore libWand => libMagickWand Magick-config (deprecated) => MagickCore-config Wand-config (deprecated) => MagickWand-config Add Magick++-config, MagickCore.pc, MagickWand.pc, Magick++.pc
+
2008-01-28 6.3.8-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Liquid rescale limits the final size to twice the original size (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=10536).
+
Read EXIF data in TIFF images; writing is pending until we can figure out how to use the libtiff delegate library to write EXIF data.
+
2008-01-24 6.3.8-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for liquid rescaling (e.g. -liquid-rescale).
+
Support a ^ meta character in an image geometry (.e.g convert 640x480.png -resize 240^ returns a 320x240 result).
+
2008-01-20 6.3.8-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix transient bug where "identify -format '%w;%[exif:Model]'" failed to return camera model number.
+
2008-01-14 6.3.8-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Monochome EPS3 images are no longer corrupt (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10422).
+
Eliminate memory corruption with broken PICT image (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10447).
+
Return a Grayscale colorspace for grayscale DPX image (previously returned Log colorspace).
+
Fix -g option for PCL6 support (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10462).
+
2008-01-08 6.3.7-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Only read ICON alpha mask if BPP is <= 16.
+
Add support for +opaque and +transparent (requested by Anthony).
+
Throw an exception *before* we call wmf_api_destroy() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10420).
+
2008-01-01 6.3.7-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use explicit format specifier to render transparent Adobe Illustrator files (i.e. convert ai:image.ai image.png).
+
Set RSVG base URI (patch provided by tsdineen).
+
2007-12-20 6.3.7-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
`Magick-config --version` returns Q16 instead of Q@MAGICKCORE_QUANTUM_DEPTH@.
+
Permit commas in numbers in certain locales (e.g. german +100,000).
+
2007-12-13 6.3.7-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Added an exception reason to BlobToImage() in the event an image has no magic number and neither the image magick or filename is set.
+
Do not pass PhotoYCC data thru gamma-corrected lookup-table.
+
Fix bug in GetEXIFProperty() (reference https://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10300).
+
2007-12-12 6.3.7-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Adding comments to your image is now possible with the display program.
+
2007-12-09 6.3.7-3 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Adjusted -clut multiplyer for correct handling of "-interpolation Integer" in color lookup.
+
2007-12-01 6.3.7-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix 'insufficient image data' for DCM format (reference https://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10227).
+
Force a colormapped image if Palm bits-per-pixel < 16.
+
Fix multiple problems with Palm Data Base reader (patch from 1tms@gmx.d...).
+
Do not exit after first image with the display --immutable option.
+
Update autoconf/automake/libtool configuration files.
+
Add support for resource limit units (e.g. -limit memory 16mb).
+
Return original image if gaussian blur sigma is 0.0.
+
Colormapped multi-image PDF's are no longer corrupt (reference https://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10258).
+
2007-11-27 6.3.7-2 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Finalisation of new resize filters, "Lagrange" self-windowing filter now adjusts automatically with different support window size.
+
Added "Bohman" (another 2'rd order cosine function) and "Bartlett" (triangluar) resize windowing filters.
+
Adjusted -clut to use a grayscale image (with no alpha) to select colors from the Lookup Table image.
+
2007-11-26 6.3.7-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Not all DCM tags were being saved as image attributes (patch provided by jcupitt@gmail...).
+
Normalize pixel values when quantum format is floating-point.
+
Initialize the pixel sum to zero when averaging image pixels.
+
2007-11-23 6.3.7-1 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Bug fix in height calculation for -layers merge operation
+
2007-11-02 6.3.7-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for SCT grayscale images.
+
Fixed transparancy bug for the ICO image format.
+
Fixed small memory leak in the caption and label coders.
+
Fixed -threshold option to return all white for -threshold 0 (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10126).
+
2007-11-06 6.3.6-10 Chris Madison <madisonblu@hotma...>
+
Corrected CGM delegate command in config/delegate.xml.
+
2007-11-05 6.3.6-9 Chris Madison <madisonblu@hotma...>
+
Reclassified X server open error from fatal to non-fatal.
+
New SetImageAlphaChannel() method to activate, deactivate, reset, or set the image alpha channel.
+
Patch for Scanalytics IPLab image format for non 8-bit images (contributed by Sean Burke).
+
2007-11-04 6.3.6-8 Chris Madison <madisonblu@hotma...>
+
Remove ctrl-M characters on in various source files.
+
Fix signature for Magick++ averageImages() regression tests for HDRI.
+
Only invoke PerlMagick x11 regression test if DISPLAY variable is set.
+
2007-11-03 6.3.6-7 Chris Madison <madisonblu@hotma...>
+
MAGICK_ERX_SRCS should be MAGICK_EXR_SRCS in coders/Makefile.am.
+
2007-11-02 6.3.6-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Upgrade to FPX version libfpx-1.2.0.14 (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10041).
+
Modules are searched first in the directories specified by the environment variables, and then -- if the desired module is not found -- in the compiled-in path. (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=10039).
+
2007-11-01 6.3.6-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Update FPX regression test reference images.
+
Fixed Magick++ compile error for Sun Studio 10 compiler.
+
2007-10-25 6.3.6-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -equalize option now respects the -channel option.
+
2007-10-23 6.3.6-4 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Additional Filters: Welsh, Parzen, Lagrangian
+
Addition of Cubic filter B,C controls
+
'verbose' filter plotting output using -define "filter:verbose"
+
2007-10-20 6.3.6-3 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Further expansion and handling of filters with expert options. -filter selects from a table of standard filter settings, while expert options allow complete selection of filter, windowing, support and blurring options. Includes automatic switch from Sinc to Bessel for operators using 2-dimensional cylindrical filter, rather than two pass 1-dimensional orthogonal filters.
+
2007-10-14 6.3.6-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Obsolete -support (set filter blur factor)
+
Expansion to add -set/define filter options
+
2007-10-12 6.3.6-2 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Least Squares coordinate handling added for -distort methods Affine, Perspective, Bilinear. This allows for more than the minimal number of coordinates to be used to 'fit' a distortion function to an image. This addition will allow the use of image registration to generate panarama overviews and better geographical coordinate correction.
+
Cosolidated the simular methods FlattenImage() and MosaicImage() into a new layers function MergeImageLayers() method, adding 'flatten' and 'mosaic' layer methods.
+
Addition of another simular layers method 'merge' which 'unlocks' the normal flatten/mosaic layer merger from the origin, The resulting image will have a virtual canvas of minimal size with an offset. Also images with negative offsets will not be clipped by the 'merge' form of the command. This was created for better layering of distorted images, such as panarama overlays.
+
Bug fix in handling transparency for EWA resampling.
+
Access to Resize Filter Functions from resize.c (for resample.c) with possible future filter sources... Acquire/Destory/Call ResizeFilter()
+
All resize filters added to resampling, but filter handling is incomplete.
+
2007-10-05 6.3.6-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The box filter no longer produces a black grid when resizing an image under Mac OS X.
+
Respect cropbox for PDF with a subimage specification (e.g. image.pdf[1-3]).
+
Detect proper PDF bounding box when offsets are negative.
+
2007-10-02 6.3.6-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Speed up the Fx interpreter.
+
Use ULL not ui64 for MinGW 64-bit constants.
+
Call SyncCacheView() instead of SyncImagePixels() in WaveImage().
+
Close all references to a pixel cache on disk before removing the temporary file as required under Windows.
+
2007-09-29 6.3.6-0 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Added Scaling 'derivitives' to -distort Arc, so image arcing is now sharp and clear as you approach the center of the distort.
+
Added " -set option:distort:viewport 'geometry' " special option that can be used to override the output image size and offset.
+
Fixed experimental use of -filter and -support in Resampling (more later).
+
Changed order for coordinate arguments in -distort (for later leastsq multiple coordinate distortion function fitting)
+
2007-09-22 6.3.6-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Check the API version and quantum depth before loading a coder module or image filter (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9780).
+
Add exception to the image filter signature.
+
Get the execution path under Mac OS X.
+
TIFFTAG_STRIPBYTECOUNTS requires a uint32 pointer (magick/compress.c).
+
Fixed memory leak in CloneString() (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9763).
+
Set S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP mode when writing a file in CopyDelegateFile().
+
2007-09-18 6.3.5-9 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Bug fix for +distort in Perspective, also effected PerspectiveProjection
+
2007-09-17 6.3.5-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Replace all InterpolatePixelColor() calls to use the ResamplePixelColor() method instead.
+
Map the display program pan icon window for each oversized image.
+
The ufraw delegate does not like quotes around the output filename.
+
Adjust the sensitivity of a few PerlMagick tests to pass the validation on a 64-bit FreeBSD system.
+
The -level option now works properly for colormapped images.
+
Allow Extrapolated blending of images using -blend http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/doc/extendedopacity.html
+
2007-09-12 6.3.5-9 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Major Addition, Area Resampling Functions, (scaled interpolation) for pixel lookup in Distortion functions. This improves the look in areas of minification enormousally, especially in situations of infinite tiling and horizon views. All virtual pixel methods have been handled to minimise computation time involved with area resampling. To use the new function distortions need to be able to determine scaling vectors (distortion function derivitives) for correct working. All -distort methods, except Arc, uses scaled area resampling.
+
Improvements to perspective distort method, to include the correct differentation between the 'ground' on which the image lies, and the 'sky', the color of which can be set using the -mattecolor setting (as the distortion invalid pixel color). Background color is retains for surrounding ground areas. The horizon is also correct anti-aliased and transparent colors are also allowed, allowing you to add backdrops of gradients and patterns.
+
2007-09-04 6.3.5-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Read/Write Scanalytics IPLab image format (contributed by Sean Burke).
+
Patched ReadBlobString() to fix a off-by-one vulnerability (alert from iDefense).
+
Patched ReadDIBImage() to fix a sign extension vulnerability (alert from iDefense).
+
Patched AllocateImageColormap() to fix an integer overflow vulnerability (alert from iDefense).
+
Patched ReadDCMImage() to fix an integer overflow vulnerability (alert from iDefense).
+
Patched ReadDIBImage() to fix an integer overflow vulnerability (alert from iDefense).
+
Patched ReadXBMImage() to fix an integer overflow vulnerability (alert from iDefense).
+
Patched ReadDCMImage() to fix an denial of service vulnerability (alert from iDefense).
+
Patched ReadXCFImage() to fix an denial of service vulnerability (alert from iDefense).
+
If image size changes, don't trust DPX orientation attributes.
+
2007-09-04 6.3.5-9 Gozer404
+
Add French to the messaging system (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=9601).
+
Add -fopenmp to MAGICK_PCFLAGS (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9608).
+
2007-08-14 6.3.5-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add -alpha {activate,deactivate,reset} option to activate, deactivate, or reset the alpha channel.
+
Render proper image labels for VID coder.
+
Resolved a conflict for the -list option. Use -list font to list ImageMagick fonts and -list type to list image types.
+
Catch any errors returned by pthread_mutex_init() (problem report from devman@gmx-t...).
+
TransformHSL() returns a proper hue component.
+
Added -clut option and the ClutImage() method.
+
Fix glyph memory leak in AnnotateImage (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9523).
+
Rename analyze.c to Analyze.c (reference ttp://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9538).
+
2007-08-07 6.3.5-6 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Enabled use of +distort to auto resize destination image to 'bestfit' the distorted input image. This also enabled the use of virtual canvas offsets in source and destination images for most distortion methods.
+
2007-08-05 6.3.5-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Remove atexit in Magick++ code to avoid possible client crash (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9270).
+
2007-08-01 6.3.5-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Read/Write Scanalytics IPLab image format (contributed by Sean Burke).
+
2007-07-30 6.3.5-5 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Added -distort arc. This update also allows the destination image size and offset to be set according to the specific distortion being applied.
+
2007-07-29 6.3.5-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Set the -poloroid border color with the -bordercolor option.
+
2007-07-25 6.3.5-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Remove extranous break statement so -type option properly sets the image_info->type member (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9261).
+
2007-07-21 6.3.5-4 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Allow the use of optional arguments in -distort SRT
+
2007-06-29 6.3.5-0 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Initial addition of three Affine Distortions to -distort with the affine mapping defined by the use of; an Affine Matrix, Coordinates of Triangles, or separate Scale-Rotate-Translate actions.
+
2007-06-18 6.3.5-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix X11 font ascender.
+
Add -distort option.
+
Add random noise option (e.g. +noise random).
+
Many internal algorithms are now threaded to take advantage of speed-ups offered by the new dual and quad-core processor technologies. and quad-core processor technology.
+
Tiff images in the LAB colorspace are no longer identified as RGB (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9015).
+
Update image color_profile and iptc_profile members in the JPEG coder (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9063);
+
2007-06-13 6.3.4-10 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix composite mask bug (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/bugs/composite_mask/).
+
Speed up GetPixelOpacity() method (patch from seth@price...).
+
Set icon image width/height before allocating the image colormap.
+
Remove Photoshop string segment from JPEG profile (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=9006).
+
2007-06-11 6.3.4-9 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Converting a jpg to pdf is creating an empty pdf object (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=8954).
+
Respect the '-set type:hinting off option' (bug report from Richard Jones).
+
WritePSDImage vulnerable to exploitable heap corruption (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=8967).
+
2007-06-09 6.3.4-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
SetMagickRegistry() post-increment the value 'id' (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=8944).
+
2007-06-02 6.3.4-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Read/write 10 & 12-bit packed DPX images.
+
Reduce stack requirements for messaging system.
+
Small memory leak for raw profiles in the PNG coder.
+
2007-06-01 6.3.4-5 Glenn <glennrp@image...>
+
Added GIF, JPEG, and PNG interlace types. For backward compatibility, you can continue to use "-interlace Plane" to request these.
+
2007-04-30 6.3.4-0 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Fixed minor bug in the 'curl' for Polaroid of very non-square images.
+
2007-06-01 6.3.4-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Set min-is-white for Group4-compressed PDF.
+
Add PaintFloodfillImage() method.
+
2007-05-30 6.3.4-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add MEPP metric to compare program. Returns the mean error per pixel along with the normalize mean and maximum error.
+
Attach an XMP profile to an image (e.g. convert input.tif -profile xmp:metadata.xmp output.tif).
+
2007-05-22 6.3.4-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed mogrify conversions with -format and -path (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=1&t=9127).
+
2007-05-15 6.3.4-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
SVG style element was not always parsed properly.
+
Do not dither when the number of unique colors is already less than the maximum.
+
Return normalized PAE metric (compare utility).
+
2007-05-03 6.3.4-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add support for PFM images.
+
Check for corrupt EXIF image profiles.
+
Writing JPEG YCbCr TIFF images no longer faults (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=8896).
+
2007-04-30 6.3.4-0 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Fixed minor bug for crop missed images and 'background' GIF disposal.
+
2007-04-28 6.3.4-0 Glenn <glennrp@image...>
+
Added profile support to the GIF decoder/encoder. They are stored as GIF Application Extensions. Known extensions include existing ICCRGB1 (for ICC profiles) and new MGKIPTC0 and MGK8BIM0 (for IPTC and 8BIM profiles). Unknown extensions found in GIF files are read as gifappNNN.
+
2007-04-28 6.3.4-0 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Invert Opacity change for user defined ordered dither threshold maps, so that 'off' map is transparent, and 'on' is opaque.
+
2007-04-24 6.3.4-0 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Added an initial Coalesce Images, and a final +map local colortable optimization to the -layers Optimize method, for a simple to use GIF optimization operation. (more work to come)
+
2007-04-22 6.3.4-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Properly set the virtual canvas of a multi-frame GIF image sequence.
+
Add AcquireOneVirtualPixel() method.
+
Set Log colorspace properly when writing DPX images.
+
Add -tile-offset option.
+
Add support for the EXR image format.
+
Improve support for DPX images.
+
Add --enable-hdri option to the configure script.
+
Add support for high dynamic-range images (HDRI).
+
2007-04-20 6.3.3-9 Peter Hull <peterhull90@gmail...>
+
Improve support for writing multiple image icons.
+
2007-04-18 6.3.3-9 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Separated -layers Optimize from -layers OptimizeFrame to allow the former expansion into a general (multiple method) optimizer of GIF animations
+
merged -layers OptimizeTransparency into -layers Optimize method
+
2007-04-12 6.3.3-8 Chris Madison <madisonblu@hotma...>
+
Fix fault whem comparing a colormapped image with a non-colormapped one.
+
Fix race condition when spawning delegate programs.
+
TIFF JPEG now respects the -quality comptression setting.
+
The -fx option now properly groks the logical and operator.
+
DPX tilestamp property should be timestamp.
+
2007-04-13 6.3.3-7 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Added GravityAdjustGeometry() to "geometry.c" to adjust geometry settings according to given gravity and canvas area it applies to. This is for code simplification thoughout MagickCore.
+
2007-04-09 6.3.3-6 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Fixed CoalesceImages() to reset virtual canvas info on second and later frames. Other animation handlers may also need to reset virtual canvas sizes to match the first frame, as well.
+
2007-04-06 6.3.3-6 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Addition of a CompositeImages() "layer.c" function to compose two separate image lists together (with a virtual canvas offset) in three different ways, depending on the size of the lists.
+
A 'hack' for command line use (the two lists separates by the special "NULL" image, which is junked) has also been added. Specifically... "-layers Composite".
+
2007-04-04 6.3.3-6 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Add -layers RemoveDups method to remove duplicate sequential images in coalesced animations.
+
Add -layers RemoveZero method to remove images with a zero time delay (with no action and a warning is all images have zero time delay)
+
2007-04-01 6.3.3-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Permit generic profiles (e.g. -profile name:profile).
+
2007-03-31 6.3.3-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed DCM and XWD buffer overflow vulnerabilities (reference http://labs.idefense.com/intelligence/vulnerabilities/display.html?id=496).
+
2007-03-28 6.3.3-4 Anthony <anthony@griffith...>
+
Code duplication, simplification, and possible logic faults in "list.c".
+
Added new Composition method, 'ChangeMask' to return pixels that have changed or will cause a color change in overlays
+
Used 'ChangeMask' to implement the "-layers" method "OptimizeTransparency" to improve the compressibility of frame optimized GIF animations. See IM Examples... http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/anim_opt/#opt_trans
+
2007-03-19 6.3.3-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fixed two memory leaks in wand/magick-image.c and magick/stream.c and made some minor changes to the GIF coder to make reading and pinging images faster (patch provided by mstemm@cloud...).
+
2007-03-19 6.3.3-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Patch RotateImage() to properly rotate CMYK images.
+
Patch the XWD coder to prevent heap overflow vulnerability (vulnerability report from idefense.com [IDEF2108] [IDEF2221] [IDEF2226]).
+
2007-03-19 6.3.3-3 Anthony <Anthony@griffith...>
+
Fixed bug for GIF Optimization for images without a matte channel.
+
Improved image handling for "-layers" method "Dispose".
+
2007-03-11 6.3.3-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Improve configure script to better support Ghostscript under Mac OSX ( reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?t=8557).
+
Force a virtual pixel method of Tile for GetFillColor() and GetStrokeColor().
+
Add -reverse option to reverse the image list.
+
2007-03-08 6.3.3-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Support versions 2.1.0 and above (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=8620).
+
Support SVG rotation about a point (e.g. rotate(45 75 75)).
+
Fix fault in DCM coder (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=8618).
+
Check for a NULL parser in SVGReference in coders/svg.c (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=3&t=8609).
+
Add --disable-deprecated configure script option.
+
Composite mask now works properly with transparent images.
+
2007-03-04 Daniel Kobras <kobras@debia...>
+
Fixed additional data-driven faults (reference http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=412945).
+
Allocate proper scanline length to prevent a PCX overflow.
+
2007-03-03 6.3.3-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Patch ImageMagick to permit referenced labels: -set option:mylabel "color = %[pixel:u[0].p{12,26}]" label:'%[mylabel]'
+
2007-02-24 6.3.3-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Escape indirect labels and comments (e.g. -label @file).
+
Added -format %C to return the image compression type.
+
Do not report channel statistics if -ping -format is specified with the identify program.
+
Add ResetImagePage() to reset the image page canvas and position.
+
Upgrade to LCMS 1.16
+
Configure Ghostscript for library or framework (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?f=2&t=8557).
+
Add -taint option to convert/mogrify to mark image as ineligible for
+
Fixed various data-driven faults (reference http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=412945). The corrupt JP2 image faults but its failing in the JP2 jas_image_decode() method, not MagickCore. The corrupt XWD image faults but its failing in the X11 XGetPixel() method, not MagickCore.
+
2007-02-20 6.3.2-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Use -define quantum:polarity=min-is-black or -define quantum:polarity=min-is-white to toggle the photometric interpretation for a bilevel TIFF image.
+
2007-02-17 6.3.2-8 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Don't interpret embedded format characters when reading comments/labels from a file.
+
Reading an image from stdin stopped working.
+
2007-02-17 6.3.2-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
PerlMagick Label() no longer faults.
+
Fix double-free when using the display/animate -geometry option.
+
Add GetStringInfoLength() and GetStringInfoDatum(); deprecate profile->length and profile->datum.
+
2007-02-16 6.3.2-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix file leak in InjectImageBlob().
+
Do not reinterpret image properties (e.g. -comment %%w).
+
2007-02-14 6.3.2-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Don't over-allocate file buffers.
+
2007-02-12 6.3.2-5 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Format strings in the POSIX locale.
+
Make font metrics invarient to the strokewidth.
+
2007-02-10 6.3.2-4 Albert Chin <china@thewr...>
+
Patch to fix configure.ac typo.
+
2007-02-08 6.3.2-4 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Permit ImageMagick to run as a service under Windows.
+
Remove duplicate EXIF properties.
+
Support strokewidth option for the caption format.
+
Don't use Ghostscript for rendering fonts if Freetype is available.
+
2007-02-02 6.3.2-3 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Added thumbnail format to write EXIF thumbnails.
+
Move ReadByteImage() out of Min() macro of ReadPALMImage().
+
Move EXIF properties to the EXIF namespace (e.g. exif:XResolution).
+
2007-01-26 6.3.2-2 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Add interpolate and background options to PerlMagick's AffineTransform().
+
Revert to Postscript rendering if Freetype delegate library is not available.
+
2007-01-20 6.3.2-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Accept Fx expressions from a file with -fx @filename.
+
Enhance -fill and -stroke to accept image filenames as patterns.
+
2007-01-16 6.3.2-0 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Save grayscale images as JPEG-compressed grayscale when writing in the TIFF format.
+
Update EXIF resolution fields when image density changes.
+
2007-01-07 6.3.1-7 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
The -polaroid option now respects -gravity.
+
Deprecate Get/SetImageAttribute(). Recommend Get/SetImageProperty() instead.
+
Any form of "-crop" with a percentage, implies an offset for the crop.
+
Fixed percent option for -border (e.g. -border 10%x0%).
+
Add -path option to the mogrify program to specify where to write the images.
+
2007-01-06 6.3.1-6 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>
+
Fix the -auto-orient to work with an image sequence (reference http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.html?t=8100).
+
Add -polaroid option to simulate a Polaroid picture.
+
Eliminate double-free bug in GradientImage().
+
Set AppendImage() matte channel only when image has matte attribute set.
+
The -crop with negative offsets do not modify the virtual canvas.
+
Caption: Given both the width and height ("-size") of the area to fill, adjust the fonts "-pointsize" until the text just filles the whole space without overflowing.
+
Generate proper Windows icon image files (patch provided by Robert M. Jansen).
diff --git a/www/command-line-options.html b/www/command-line-options.html index 38f2e9fe0..1fda76cdb 100644 --- a/www/command-line-options.html +++ b/www/command-line-options.html @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/command-line-processing.html b/www/command-line-processing.html index e8af6c627..e7eca099f 100644 --- a/www/command-line-processing.html +++ b/www/command-line-processing.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/command-line-tools.html b/www/command-line-tools.html index f4f794c16..9284aa302 100644 --- a/www/command-line-tools.html +++ b/www/command-line-tools.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/compare.html b/www/compare.html index c6e1d7d7d..0f152ab27 100644 --- a/www/compare.html +++ b/www/compare.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/compose.html b/www/compose.html index 7b808315c..bc5a98c97 100644 --- a/www/compose.html +++ b/www/compose.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/composite.html b/www/composite.html index 748c5bea4..4895cebfa 100644 --- a/www/composite.html +++ b/www/composite.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/conjure.html b/www/conjure.html index a0e2f0c59..8071ab9e8 100644 --- a/www/conjure.html +++ b/www/conjure.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/contact.html b/www/contact.html index 2305279e4..9ea3aa9f1 100644 --- a/www/contact.html +++ b/www/contact.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/convert.html b/www/convert.html index cc0cd8f18..c959e70c8 100644 --- a/www/convert.html +++ b/www/convert.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/display.html b/www/display.html index f02d4959b..e31c0a1dc 100644 --- a/www/display.html +++ b/www/display.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/download.html b/www/download.html index 4c8fe743b..8022784f0 100644 --- a/www/download.html +++ b/www/download.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/escape.html b/www/escape.html index fd6269676..9b309cd5d 100644 --- a/www/escape.html +++ b/www/escape.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/examples.html b/www/examples.html index 7ebbf8840..fbb845c5d 100644 --- a/www/examples.html +++ b/www/examples.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/exception.html b/www/exception.html index 5f4bf6861..72350cc6e 100644 --- a/www/exception.html +++ b/www/exception.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/export.html b/www/export.html index 277f1f315..5ee2042db 100644 --- a/www/export.html +++ b/www/export.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/formats.html b/www/formats.html index 0fbfedcab..9f7034d64 100644 --- a/www/formats.html +++ b/www/formats.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/fx.html b/www/fx.html index d034a04e1..5f864ee6a 100644 --- a/www/fx.html +++ b/www/fx.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/high-dynamic-range.html b/www/high-dynamic-range.html index 9365dd7fe..84e005740 100644 --- a/www/high-dynamic-range.html +++ b/www/high-dynamic-range.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/identify.html b/www/identify.html index 696e44357..1634573cf 100644 --- a/www/identify.html +++ b/www/identify.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/index.html b/www/index.html index 153c6b139..d4e7fc004 100644 --- a/www/index.html +++ b/www/index.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/install-source.html b/www/install-source.html index 2e5fe4e46..385688f79 100644 --- a/www/install-source.html +++ b/www/install-source.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/jp2.html b/www/jp2.html index 4c0d5ba97..436aadbad 100644 --- a/www/jp2.html +++ b/www/jp2.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/links.html b/www/links.html index e3f193cec..1a79f731f 100644 --- a/www/links.html +++ b/www/links.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/magick++.html b/www/magick++.html index 4f9a060f0..10c69f29c 100644 --- a/www/magick++.html +++ b/www/magick++.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/magick-vector-graphics.html b/www/magick-vector-graphics.html index 2bc5b0aeb..0d928b394 100644 --- a/www/magick-vector-graphics.html +++ b/www/magick-vector-graphics.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/magick-wand.html b/www/magick-wand.html index 02e625f5d..5376edcc6 100644 --- a/www/magick-wand.html +++ b/www/magick-wand.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/miff.html b/www/miff.html index f6ae69be6..ef801ea27 100644 --- a/www/miff.html +++ b/www/miff.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/montage.html b/www/montage.html index 6b862aa9d..0744ca82c 100644 --- a/www/montage.html +++ b/www/montage.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/motion-picture.html b/www/motion-picture.html index 4a1c578da..558b046c7 100644 --- a/www/motion-picture.html +++ b/www/motion-picture.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/perl-magick.html b/www/perl-magick.html index 581b3920e..29ae34afa 100644 --- a/www/perl-magick.html +++ b/www/perl-magick.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/porting.html b/www/porting.html index 3d1e1ff02..e86104e9e 100644 --- a/www/porting.html +++ b/www/porting.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/quantize.html b/www/quantize.html index effd18930..527f3837d 100644 --- a/www/quantize.html +++ b/www/quantize.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/resources.html b/www/resources.html index 847143e14..f4e52ca62 100644 --- a/www/resources.html +++ b/www/resources.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/search.html b/www/search.html index ebb3c0706..3021b3475 100644 --- a/www/search.html +++ b/www/search.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/sitemap.html b/www/sitemap.html index 76c43df33..a184801f2 100644 --- a/www/sitemap.html +++ b/www/sitemap.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/sponsors.html b/www/sponsors.html index d7daf38f7..5b3f80fe4 100644 --- a/www/sponsors.html +++ b/www/sponsors.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/stream.html b/www/stream.html index 4f1c2d32d..1bde41055 100644 --- a/www/stream.html +++ b/www/stream.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings diff --git a/www/subversion.html b/www/subversion.html index 92707628d..d15604ae1 100644 --- a/www/subversion.html +++ b/www/subversion.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Web Hosting Ratings -- 2.40.0